Home

FLDIGI Users Manual

1. lt XOUT gt send exchange out string lt XBEG gt mark exchange in start lt XEND gt mark exchange in end lt SAVEXCHG gt save marked text to contest exchange in Macro Description lt RX gt receive lt TX gt transmit lt TX RX gt toggle Transmit Receive Macro Description lt SRCHUP gt search UP for next signal lt SRCHDN gt search DOWN for next signal Macro Description lt CSV on off t gt on off toggle Analysis file Macro Description lt GOHOME gt return to waterfall cursor to sweet spot lt GOFREQ NNNN gt move waterfall cursor to freq NNNN Hz lt QSYTO gt same as left clk on QSY button lt QSYFM gt same as right clk QSY button lt QSY FFFF NNNN gt Qsy to transceiver frequency in kHz optional waterfall Audio frequency in Hz If not specified it i not changed Several QSY frequencies or ranges of frequencies provided by one increment can be proposed in which case the first frequency after the current frequency is chosen Macro Description lt RIGMODE mode gt send CAT command to transceiver to change to a valid mode lt FILWID width gt send CAT command to transceiver to change to a valid filter width example to QSY to sweetspot center of bandpass filter and select narrow filter Macro Description lt QSYTO gt lt FILWID 200 gt lt QSYFM gt lt FILWID 2700 gt example to restore previous waterf
2. Lal Sauvegarder Effacer Pause Non stop Zoom 50 FIR Narrow az gt i image LPM 120 42 _ x 1809 Slant 4J0 009 gt Align C J r Noise r Bin 1 28 black AA QsyTmrMtric LoopFM SAI E PEK31_ Time chupTiniloopMatch QsyTimefimerNoCon MetricFM MetricTimer we 4 o pl 4f 70 b x 4 MW Norm j4 1508 gt p Store rtk Rv rR WEFAX576 s n 29 dB sn 18 dB Receiving Decoding phasing line reset 4 3 0 p Figure 5 46 WEFAX 5 14 1 Configuration As for any modem weather fax has its own tab in the configuration window Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 14 WEFAX 131 i Fidigi configuration Op rateur ul Chute d eau Modems Rig Audio ID Divers Web Ps cntst CW Dom Feld MT63 Olivia PsK RTTY Thor Packet Navtex Wefax Embedded Wefax Gui 4 Hide Transmission window O Log Wefax messages to Adif fi le Frequency shift 800 Hz 2500 Received fax maximum rows number 5000 Fax images destination directo home rchateau fldigi images EssaiSave V Save image as monochrome file AAA Restaure d fauts Figure 5 47 WEFAX Configuration 5 14 1 1 Embedded vs floating display mode There are two display modes for this modem e Embedded mode This is the default mode the normal receipt
3. Clock Error 1 1 Audio RF 1 0 06 1 1 1000 06 10000000 0602 2 0 043 1 1 1000 043 10000000 0434 3 1 0 04 1 1 1000 04 10000000 0398 4 1 0 03 1 1 1000 03 10000000 0298 5 1 0 027 1 1 1000 027 10000000 0274 6 1 0 022 1 1 1000 022 10000000 0223 7 2 0 018 1 1 1000 018 10000000 0177 8 2 0 013 1 1 1000 013 10000000 0132 9 2 0 009 1 1 1000 009 10000000 0093 10 2 0 004 1 1 1000 004 10000000 0040 11 3 0 001 1 1 1000 001 10000000 0008 12 3 0 002 1 1 999 998 9999999 9978 13 3 0 006 1 1 999 994 9999999 9944 Clock is in seconds for the start of the recording Error is in Hz from the selected waterfall frequency The 1 are simply data point to make it convenient to display a graph in a spreadsheet program Audio is the estimated audio tracking frequency in Hz RF is the estimated radio frequency tracking frequency in Hz 1 5 1 0 5 0 0 5 1 1 5 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Figure 6 18 Frequency Analysis The analysis csv file will be cleared and restarted every time that the waterfall tracking point is changed by the operator using either the WF cursor left click or the WF frequency selection control A new macro tag has been added to assist the operator to manage the recording lt CSV onJoff t gt on restart file off stop recording t toggle on off ARRL frequently announces a frequency measurement test FMT which takes place on 160 80 and 40 meters This is a chance to
4. Colors and cursors Palette bobspal3 FA a SESSSCUCES Bandwidth Center line Signal tracks Notch VON VON v ON _ Color _ Color B color Color Wide Wide JWide Frequency scale v Always show audio frequencies Font Transmit signal un Sinal level Y Monitor transmitted signal 015 0 J estr coe Figure 2 49 UI Waterfall Display The waterfall palette or color scheme can be altered to suit your personal tastes and visual needs When fldigi is first started it creates a wide range of pre built palettes in the HOME fldigi folder The Load button gives you access to those palettes You may change any palette by clicking on the various color buttons beneath the palette sample A color picker opens for you to select the color by various means including specifying the RGB values If you create a palette that suits you better than any of the prebuilt ones you can Save the palette The waterfall cursor is a set of markers on the frequency scale that are spaced a signal bandwidth apart You canadd a pair of lines that drop down from those two markers for the full height of the waterfall by selecting Cursor BW You can add a center line cursor to this pair of BW line by selecting Cursor Center line You can also add a set of BW lines that straddle the received signal tracking point by selecting Bandwidth tracks All three of these options are color selectable Click on the colored button below th
5. Open File Location Change Icon Advanced Open File Location Change Icon Advanced Fidigi 3 20 28 HF Figure 6 67 Multiple Copies of FLDIGI There are times that you may need to simultaneously operate two or more instances of fldigi Or you might simply want to maintain two different configurations based on hardware usage The screen shot shows how this is done on Vista but the process is nearly the same on XP Win7 and Linux When you install fldigi it creates a desktop icon launcher Most of the Linux window managers allow you to create a desktop launch icon Make as many copies of the launcher as needed for your applications and rename them accordingly Then change the executable target entry to include the command line switch config dir followed by the full pathname of the folder that will hold that particular configuration You do not need to create that folder as fldigi will do so the first time it is launched from that desktop icon If the various configurations all use independent hardware i e sound cards and rig control ports then you can have them operating simultaneously Each instance will have it s own configuration files status file macros and logbook It is possible to have each instance use the same logbook but then simultaneous operation is not possible as the logbook file is not currently designed to allow that type of sharing If e
6. o 0000 133 5 14 1 2 Hide transmission WINDOW o s sa stas do ae oaa ea 134 5 14 1 3 Logging messages to ADIF file o 134 5 14 1 4 Frequency shift adjustment pe eee 134 9 14 15 MaximMunTtowS number lt 2 44 20 665 bbe Bae eee Peed ke es 134 5 14 1 6 Destination directory for saved images 2 0020 ae 135 5141 7 Monochrome images lt oc insecto be ee 135 5142 TManstinganiMage s cc ra coria a Oe ee a o Raa 135 5 14 9 Receving SW Nags e roe cee rada a ec 136 5 14 3 1 APT control reception mode a e eee 138 5 14 3 2 Manual reception mode Non Stop o o e eee 138 S142 MOUCFIR TIES AA A 138 5 1434 CeOnlering an image c e itir ee ee i k p a eee ee a 140 51435 Picture witht Slant su e oed a cea rea be e d e e es 140 14 3 6 Automatic centering o sc scos a wasoma nau niaar daa 140 5 14 3 7 Image detection based on signal power a saoao a a a 140 5 14 3 8 AFC Automatic Frequency Control aoao 0000 eee 140 51439 Nome glMminalon os lt cac oa anuos n a kod wane h a L R n Be aih a 140 BO Bilary Mages oc a Ree a GAG EP Eee A e a De A 141 5 14 3 11 Displaying received files ee 141 5 15 WWY iranhamit mode oc betwee Si ee a A a A eG ee es 141 S16 Mode TAS o po ra AO ae we ee de we eG A A 142 SiGe Poe bow ee hee bade beat bbb be mhee bab dh bee ee de heed 142
7. lt TIMEOUT gt TT lt TIMEOUT gt TT in milliseconds lt RETRIES gt NN lt RETRIES gt NN integer lt WRITE_DELAY gt TT lt WRITE_DELAY gt TT in milliseconds lt POST_WRITE_DELAY gt TT lt POST_WRITE_DEL AY gt TT in milliseconds lt BAUDRATE gt BAUD lt BAUDRATE gt BAUD 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 lt STOPBITS gt B lt STOPBITS gt B 1or2 lt RTSCTS gt BOOL lt RTSCTS gt BOOL true false hAw handshake used for data flow control lt RTSPLUS gt BOOL lt RTSPLUS gt BOOL true false set RTS signal line to 12 V lt RTSPTT gt BOOL lt RTSPTT gt BOOL true false toggle RTS signal line for PTT lt DTRPLUS gt BOOL lt DTRPLUS gt BOOL true false set DTR signal line to 12 V lt DTRPTT gt BOOL lt DTRPTT gt BOOL true false toggle DTR signal line for PTT Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 232 Developers lt ECHO gt BOOL lt ECHO gt BOOL true false xcvr interface echoes all chars typical of CI V interface lt CMDPTT gt BOOL lt CMDPTT gt BOOL true false use command string for PTT not supported by all rigs The transceiver modes are specified within the lt MODES gt lt MODES gt tag pair Each entry or element associated with a mode has a symbol name text and a way to specify what the data transfer consists of The data transfer might be a si
8. Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 24 Configuration 2 12 2 EQSL 600 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Call Lookup east User ID WIHKJ Password Show QTH Nickname deep south Options _ send when logged log button lt LOG gt lt LNW gt C Use date time off for log entry Default message Tks for MODE QSO NAME 73 Text Tags tags use delimiters These tags can also be used in lt EQSL message gt CALL other ops call sign NAME other ops name MODE full mode submode Restor ous Goce Figure 2 23 EQSL Configure the eQSL log entry upload with your user ID password and QTH nickname See Macros for additional information 2 12 3 FLdigi Logging Figure 2 24 Log It If you check the send when logged button then the logged record will be sent to eQSL when either the log it button is pressed or when the macro tag lt LOG gt or lt LNW gt is executed You may elect to use the default of date time ON or date time OFF for the eQSL submission You may send a message with the log record If you fill in the default message text then it will be used for that purpose You might want to use something like Tks for MODE qso NAME 73 pse eQSL Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10
9. TT 516 Fi On 7070 00 Aca on uss _ 3000 Om Bt P enty wW e CAns A Crpt M CRep M Cincr I o CQ CQ DE F4Et at HG Er oo FSEZD CO EU CS el D F4EZD F4E yD KA ota Q CO CO DE FAEZD ca EREZD o F700 CO IDE EM F4EZD F4D KitrCQ CQ DE F4r F ueoe 582 eberto HW Manks for t y EAEZD Coe FAEZD Ktte e t ree CQ CQ CQ DE eg4EZD F4EZD F4EZD K de e CQtdQ Om F4EZD te F4EZD co GC jQ DE F4EU aa 17D F4ont D b gCQ Df CQ DE F4E yD es F4EZD 4ED EO EQ EQ DE FED jFy4ZD h F1IZL F1IZL CQ CQ de F1IZL F1IZL CQ CQ de F1 iZL fg e C 1377 GCQ CQ CQ DE F4EZ 4EZD F4EZD el 2008 2204 e94 2317 18e S to you and you Jily Lwe Ja o PA 60 pf a Ja Jm o J norm Jafa 1927 9 po asy J store rte av cm J BPSK31 sin 3 de imd 22 de Q narc 7 sau Figure 6 77 Main Dialog Browser This panel can be resized horizontally by dragging the interface between the browser and the Rx panel to the left and right You can drag all the way to the left to close the panel or use the menu button The drag to the right is limited to prevent sizing the Rx Tx panels below their allowable limits The browser can decode up to 30 simultaneous signals As each signal is acquired within a 100 Hz channel width it is printed on the associated line The user can elect to have each line annotated with a channel number the water
10. 6 16 1 2 SIGNAL STRENGTH 1 Faint signals barely perceptible 2 Very weak signals 3 Weak signals 4 Fair signals 5 Fairly good signals 6 Good signals 7 Moderately strong signals 8 Strong signals 9 Extremely strong signals 6 16 1 3 TONE 1 Sixty cycle AC or less very rough and broad 2 Very rough AC very harsh and broad 3 Rough AC tone rectified but not filtered 4 Rough note some trace of filtering 5 Filtered rectified ac but strongly ripple modulated 6 Filtered tone definite trace of ripple modulation 7 Near pure tone trace of ripple modulation 8 Near perfect tone slight trac of modulation 9 Perfect tone no trace of ripple or modulation of any kind 6 16 2 RSQ Give the report as RSQ for digital modes but especially BPSK and QPSK see http www psb info net RSQ Reporting Table html 6 16 2 1 READABILITY 1 0 undecipherable 2 20 occasional words distinguishable 3 40 considerable difficulty many missed characters 4 80 practically no difficulty occasional missed characters 5 95 perfectly readable Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 208 Operating 6 16 2 2 STRENGTH 1 Barely perciptible trace 2 n a 3 Weak trace 4 n a 5 Moderate trace 6 n a 7 Strong trace 8 n a 9 Very strong trace 6 16 2 3 QUALITY 1 Splatter over much of the visible waterfall 2 n a wm Multiple visible pairs
11. Lowe a o Pa es fifa JA TT norm uya 1000 gt fm asy store fuk Jr Rv ANALYSIS 99999995 0dB writing csv file aja 6 0 m0 arc Figure 6 17 Frequency Analyzer have set the sound card up using the WWV modem and have it adjusted for the proper PPM offset on receive followed the frequency calibration procedure for the FT 950 adjusting the WWV carrier signal for exactly 1000 Hz with the transceiver tuned to 9999 0 MHz The FT 950 provides the user with a digital adjustment to the reference frequency Menu 035 Then fldigi was used in the Freq Analysis mode to track the WWV carrier at 10 MHz In this mode the decoder measures the frequency of the marked signal using DFT based parameter estimator as described by Tsui and Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 6 Frequency Analyzer 161 Reisenfeld in the January 2006 issue of the Jornal of Telecommunications and Information Technoloby A highly accurate DFT based parameter estimator for complex expontials The digiscope is not used During the measure ment both the estimated signal and it s s n will be displayed in the two left two status bar report controls The 3rd status bar control will be blank or indicate that the measurements are being recorded to a file writing csv file The data file is named analysis csv and is written to the files temp directory The format is
12. 4 n a al One easily visible pair 6 n a 7 One barely visible pair 8 n a 9 Clean signal no visible unwanted sidebar pairs Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 17 Signal Browser PSK and RTTY signals can be viewed in a multi channel context You can open an embedded or a separate dialog to access the browser These browsers can help to locate a signal of interest on a busy band The browsers can be visible at any time but are only active when fldigi is in one of the PSK or RTTY modes Open the external by clicking on the View Signal browser menu item Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 17 Signal Browser 209 E Floating scope fa MFSK Image Figure 6 75 View Menu It looks like this e800 Signal Browser Find co 14072 50 ftetnctI watched it and hoped Army would do something but th 14072 04 to you anr courFy Pse ld f 14071 99 eeteeee 14071 83 14071 70 HE4 14071 39 west of Marysville Washington Kelly my station Radio 14071 26 u 14071 14 E e a JX Close Figure 6 76 Browser Panel Toggle the visibility of the embedded viewer by selecting the View Hide Channels on the same menu list Your main fldigi screen then opens a browser panel on the left side of the Tx Rx panel s Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 210 Operating fidigi W1HKJ
13. Chapter 1 FLDIGI Users Manual Version 3 21 en fidigi KKSVD Ele OpMode Configure View Logbook Help JE Spot a reo a TxD 7 TUNE Hamib FT 897 Ep Freg 144301 504 J On o3z3 oflos34 inf ou EE e co winx Op Davia Az o39 David H Freese Jr rmy y y 2 amftoner sifaL Pr tocfEmesav lt DATA 73 7FF8 gt 4093 27 n07HyUgSUjOIPqd8Y2hMEKXsjSSohIWqBD300Cr1XKmTSQZB0SpHCINjFXL3HX89 g lt DATA 73 6BF3 gt 14093 28 s3Pk26d6jbQWD CP12GT4WWAEQDOEPCHKMOMAgKnhvKXrCIK3bnmPwJHSVbb1VoD lt DATA 73 7364 gt 4093 29 PwAphYkGmdZfDma sBvDUvgoDPWtX0j2J h apCLz F27N3a0m1AQceprFTt4bfR lt DATA 73 8984 gt 4093 30 zUUiVEzsKteQoi6g27B baSxAiQ6nKTODOB86MugehqEASXmZHUgIQOOCGK8 XTs lt DATA 22 98BA gt 4093 31 so b64 end lt CNTL 10 43C4 gt 4093 E0F lt CNTL 10 3C8 gt 4093 EOT QST DE KKSVD K ERA c er eC CADX CQDx2xK CQ2K GRZ Cail LogQSO CW CQM WEFAX BPSK31 BPSK63 BPSK 63F BPSK 125 KNW SKI Me Qth Brag LV Me QTH SV Brag S we fa 7 ola s pl xt Ja fm lr rast ale 150 Pw asy store Jr rue Pskearcz0 Jala 30 poarc rsa 1 1 Fidigi Configuration and Operational Instructions e Configuration e Modems Operating Logging e Macros e Developers e License s e Recognitions Return to Top of Page FLDIGI Users Ma
14. Y MFSK 8 Y MFSK 16 Y MFSK 32 Y MFSK 4 Y MFSK 11 Y MFSK 22 Y MFSK 31 Y MFSK 64 Y MT63 500 Y MT63 1000 Y MT63 2000 O BPSK 31 Y BPSK 63 Y BPSK 63F M BPSK 125 y Clear All X Close Figure 2 69 Transmit Modes 2 26 2 Video Text Transmitted video text will appear as a sequence of characters on the waterfall The text can be a brief mode identifier or some user specified text You can use a small font that always appears as a 2 character wide sequence or a larger font that can be 1 to 4 characters wide You should be aware that the video signal is a constant energy signal and the content will be spread across multiple characters The highest s n at the receiving end will be for 1 character wide video Small font at 2 character width is next in s n performance followed by 2 character large font etc You can select which modes will include the video text preamble You can limit the horizontal frequency width of the video signal in one of several inclusive ways e Number of characters per row of text e Constrain to be less than or equal to 500 Hz Constrain to be within the bandwidth limits of the mode in use Fldigi uses abbreviated acronyms for the mode and it s characteristics when you are transmitting the mode ID using a video text Here are two examples one in small and the other in large font Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual
15. You select this operation by checking the Use serial port PTT Select the serial port from the list fldigi will have searched for available ports Then specify whether the h w uses RTS or DTR and whether a or voltage is required to toggle PTT on You can use a serial port for control with the RTS and DTR pins configured for you particular interface The program allows you to use RTS DTR or BOTH for the PTT signal Press the Initialize button to start the serial port Parallel Port Linux and Free BSD only Fldigi sets and clears the parallel port pin PARPORT_CONTROL_INIT pin 16 on the 25 pin parallel port connector Keydown sets Pin 16 to 5 volts and keyup sets the voltage to zero HH Router MacOS X Simular functionality can be achieved on the Macintosh operating system using 4H Router by Kok Chen W7 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 204 Operating AY See UH Router Website for specific details and requirements A selectable check box option will be available on the Rig gt Hardware PTT Configuration panel PTT delays You can accommodate delays in transceiver switching between receive and transmit by adjusting the PTT delays The control values are in milliseconds These controls have no effect on external PTT circuits such as those implemented in the SignaLink interfaces They rely on detecting the audio data stream You can use a combination of macro tags in a macro
16. 0 0 126 0 0 214 145 142 96 181 184 48 223 226 105 254 254 4 Don t bother trying to modify these using an editor The palette editor is much easier to use and will keep you from wrecking havoc with the program The easiest way to find the working files folder is to start fldigi and then select the menu item File Show config Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 10 Installing Fidigi on Windows The port of fldigi to the Windows operating system is built using cross compilers on Linux The cross compilation environment is created using mingw32 Installing fldigi on windows is very simple Simply execute the installer program and both fldigi and flarq will be installed in the default programs directory structure for the specific Microsoft version that is being targeted Desktop icons and desktop menu items will be created An uninstaller link will be created on the desktop menu Click on the desktop icon to start the application If this is a new installation you will be guided through the inital configuration with a new install wizard Resize the main dialog to suit your screen Adjust the Rx Tx divider to your liking Then set up the operator and sound card configuration items configuring fldigi When you have fldigi receiving and decoding signals you can exit the application which will allow you to save your configuration settings Now open up the following folder using your windows file explorer if you
17. 12 msec Changing the weight dash dot or edge of the waveform does not change the WPM at which the code is generated When a conflict occurs between the various settings WPM takes first priority and Edge second In the above examples the Edge setting could not exceed 12 msec even if the control were set higher than 12 0 The figures were generated by capturing the output data being sent to the sound card and then formatting it using Gnumeric An oscilloscope photo of the signal is virtually identical The setting for inter character and inter word spacings are fixed at 3 and 7 respectively The 3 is achieved by sending a silent period of 1 dot element length at the beginning of each character and 2 at the end of each Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 23 CW Configuration 49 character shown in the figures This silent period is sufficient for most transceivers to respond to the PTT signal which occurs at the beginning of the transmission so that the first dit or dash is not lost in transmission QRQ high speed CW operation You may wonder why fldigi can go as high as 200 WPM It s hard to believe but there are CW operators who can decode 100 WPM in their head These operators also usually operate QSK full breakin A2 CW and PTT operation and QRQ QSK are not a natural mix But fldigi can be used for this type of operation if an external keyer is used For that purpose the A2 Tx output from f
18. 2 13 Colors and Fonts 27 2 13 3 Frequency Display 600 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Cars Colors Fonts RT Fra Disp Log F F_keys Tabs Buttons SigLu sy cons Resor ae Goce Figure 2 27 Frequency Display The rig control panel uses a special button for each digit the represents the transceiver frequency The buttons are responsive to mouse clicks on the upper and lower half with corresponding changes it that unit s value Unit value is also controlled by the mouse wheel when the cursor is over a particular digit Select the background and foreground colors to please your overall color scheme and for best visual acuity The System colors are the same ones that are used by all input and output text controls 2 13 4 Logging controls Operator ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio iD Misc Web Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Rx Tx Frq Disp Log F keys Tabs Buttons SigLvi Logging Panel Controls wmo Coge ron Com Logbook Dialog 4 070000 Figure 2 28 Logging controls Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 28 Configuration You can select the background color the font the font color and the font size for both the logging controls on the main dialo
19. 38 degr 12 East Standard frequencies 4996 9996 and 14996 kHz Radiated power 5kW on 4996 and 9996 kHz 8kW on 14996 kHz Period of operation 24 hours per day except 08 00 16 00 msk for maintenance as below on 4996 kHz 1st wednesday of the 1st month of quater on 9996 kHz 2nd wednesday of the 1st month of the quater on 14996 kHz 3rd wednesday of each odd month Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 5 DXCC List etal 159 Coverage 20 degr 120 degr East 35 degr 75 degr North Time signals A1X are given every second of 100 ms duration with a frequency of 1 Hz Minute pip is extended to 500 ms Hourly transmission schedule mis M S 00 00 07 55 MON signals no modulation 08 00 09 00 transmitter is signed off 09 00 10 00 station s identification is sent by Morse Code 10 00 19 55 A1X signals and identification of DUT1 dUT1 20 00 29 55 DXXXW signals 30 00 37 55 NON signals no modulation 38 00 39 00 transmitter is signed off 39 00 40 00 station s identification is sent by Morse Code 40 00 49 55 A1X signals and identification of DUT1 dUT1 50 00 59 55 DXXXW signals See Transmitting Simulated WWV Timing Tone Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 5 DXCC List etal Fldigi uses several data files that are not included with the distribution These must be downloaded from the list m
20. C20 gt C32 gt C4 gt C5 gt lt MODEM PSK800R lt MODEM QPSK125 gt lt MODEM QPSK250 gt lt MODEM QPSK31 gt lt MODEM QPSK500 gt Cc2 gt lt MODEM QPSK63 gt lt MODEM RTTY 170 lt MODEM RTTY 170 lt MODEM RTTY 850 lt MODEM RTTY gt 45 45 5 gt 50 5 gt 175 5 gt lt MODEM SITORB gt lt MODEM SLOWHEL lt MODEM THOR100 gt lt MODEM THOR11 gt lt MODEM THOR16 gt L gt lt MODEM THOR22 gt lt MODEM THOR25x4 gt lt MODEM THOR4 gt lt MODEM THOR5 gt lt MODEM THOR50x1 gt lt MODEM THOR50x2 gt lt MODEM THOR8 gt lt MODEM THRBX1 gt lt MODEM THRBX2 gt lt MODEM THRBX4 gt lt MODEM THROB1 gt lt MODEM THROB2 gt lt MODEM THROB4 gt lt MODEM WEFA lt MODEM WEFA X288 gt X576 gt 4 1 3 Other Modems The following modems perform other functions not involving data transportation Non Data Modems Description lt MODEM NULL gt Null modem Rx stream is discarded Tx stream is silent but PTT is enabled lt MODEM SSB gt SSB modem place holder lt MODEM ANALYSIS gt Analyze Frequency Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 90 Macros lt MODEM WWV gt Calibrate Sound Card Local references are specified during the program configuration and can be changed during program operation Remote references are all part of the qso log field definitions and are routinely changed from contact to contact
21. Web Devices Settings Mixer Right channel OSS mixer Manage mixer Mic In Device dev mixer2 v Line In Figure 2 4 Audio Mixer Mixer controls are only active on Linux using OSS ALSA backends and if the distribution provides application layer mixer support Select whether you will be using Line In or Mic In for the audio connection from the receiver output Fidigi ALWAYS expects to use the Line Out for driving the transmitter audio Set the PCM level for your sound card If you check Manage mixer then the Tx and Rx volume controls on the main fldigi dialog will be active Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 8 Configuration 2 7 1 Right Channel Audio Output 00 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc Web Autostart Devices Settings Right channel Wav C Modem signal on left and right channels _ Reverse Left Right channels PTT tone on right audio channel CO CW QSK signal on right channel _JPseudo FSK on right audio channel These controls are on other tabs They are replicated here for convenience You may change the state from either location Trees E E AR Figure 2 5 Right Audio Channel You may elect to make the right and left channels both contain the modem signal Or you may reverse the right and left channel audio signals These two controls only change the functio
22. clear all of the text e Cut delete the marked text by left click drag over text Copy copy the marked text to the clipboard e Paste the clipboard text to the current text insertion point Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 10 Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts 189 Insert file select a file from file browser to insert in text at insertion point Word wrap turn word wrap on off The Tx panel is fully drag and drop aware That means you can add a file to the transmit text by simply opening up a file manager different for different OS and choice of desktop Select the file from the manager and then drag and drop it onto the Tx panel The mouse pointer will move the cursor insert point for the drop A number of additional shortcuts can be found in the Keyboard Operation section 6 10 1 2 Waterfall display Most of fldigi s unusual shortcuts are specific to this widget 6 10 1 2 1 Waterfall display Keyboard Shift Left Right move the b w marker by 1 Hz Ctrl Left Right move the b w marker by 10 Hz 6 10 1 2 2 Waterfall display Mouse Left click drag move the b w marker to and start decoding at the cursor frequency Right click drag as above but return to previous position on release Middle click toggle AFC Ctrl Left click replay audio history at b w marker position Ctrl Right click replay at cursor frequency and return on button release Ctrl Middle click c
23. rig release_control n n Switches rig control to previous setting log get_frequency sin Returns the Frequency field contents log get_time_on sin Returns the Time On field contents log get_time_off sin Returns the Time Off field contents log get_call sin Returns the Call field contents log get_name sin Returns the Name field contents log get_rst_in s n Returns the RST r field contents log get_rst_out s n Returns the RST s field contents log get_serial_number s n Returns the serial number field contents log set_serial_number nis Sets the serial number field contents Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 8 Xmirpc Control 241 log get_serial_number_sent s n Returns the serial number sent field contents log get_exchange s n Returns the contest exchange field contents log set_exchange n s Sets the contest exchange field contents log get_state sin Returns the State field contents log get_province sin Returns the Province field contents log get_country sin Returns the Country field contents log get_qth sin Returns the QTH field contents log get_band sin Returns the current band name log get_notes sin Returns the Notes field contents log get_locator sin Returns the Locator field contents log get_az sin Returns the AZ field contents log clear n n Clea
24. the next frequency is chosen The following macro transmits the same message on the frequencies 144800 MHz 144900 until 146000 then loops back waiting five seconds between each transmission lt TX gt lt QSY 144800 00 100 146000 gt lt MODEM NULL gt lt MODEM PACKET gt lt FREQ gt CQ CQ de lt MYCALL gt lt RX gt lt TIMER 5 gt 4 3 4 Execution errors Several error messages can be displayed in the macro editor in case of a parameter If this happens the execution of the macro is stopped Here is the list of possible messages 4 3 5 Invalid frequency range There must be valid frequencies This macro will display the message lt QSY abcdef gt 4 3 6 Increment must be positive The frequency increment must be positive This macro will fail lt QSY 89000 1000 88000 gt 4 3 7 Frequency not positive All frequencies must be strictly positive Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 96 Macros 4 3 8 Frequencies must be increasing The sequence of frequencies must be strictly increasing Thus this error message can appear with a macro such as lt QSY 89000 88000 gt 4 3 9 Inline Macro Tags Unless otherwise noted all of the macro tags discussed thus far are meant to be executed at the time that the macro is invoked by the button closure It is possible by execution of the tag to be delated until it appears in the transmit data stream This delayed execution capability is limit
25. time is zero then data are kept for ever 6 8 13 Command run on KML creation This command is executed at regular times by default 180 seconds and only if new data was written to any KML files The first time this command is run its process id is stored Next time this command must be run we check if this process is still running If yes no new process is created The intention is to handle the same way programs which should always be running for example KML visualizers and on the other hand one shot scripts or converters Typical situations are e Starting a program such as Google Earth or Marble only once per session e They will be automatically restarted if they crash because their process identifier is not present anymore Run as needed conversion programs such as GpsBabel to another format GPX Or a FTP transfer to a remote platform for inclusion of KML files in Google Maps e Accordingly do not restart this conversion process as long it is not finished FTP transfers might take long Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 170 Operating 6 8 13 1 Example of commands 6 8 13 1 1 FTP Transfer A new transfer and a new process must be initiated at each KML file save A script is created for this purpose and the command can be fldigi scripts ftp_kml_files sh ftpperso free fr MyFtpUserName MyPassword kml Fidigi Google Maps Mozilla Firefox Fichier Editi
26. 5xPSK250R 6xPSK250R 7xPSK250R 2xPSK500R 4xPSK500R Figure 6 40 PSKR All PSKR modes are phase shift keying with FEC and interleaving psk 125R 126 5 baud psk 250R 253 baud psk 500R 506 baud psk 1000R 880 baud MultiCarrier 4 x psk 63R 4 carrier bandwidth 330 Hz 5 x psk 63R 5 carrier bandwidth 416 Hz 10 x psk 63R 10 carrier bandwidth 550 Hz 20 x psk 63R 20 carrier bandwidth 1725 Hz 32 x psk 63R 32 carrier bandwidth 2775 Hz 4x psk 125R 4 carrier bandwidth 352 Hz 5 x psk 125R 5 carrier bandwidth 440 Hz 10 x psk 125R 10 carrier bandwidth 1100 Hz 16 x psk 125R 16 carrier bandwidth 1760 Hz 2 x psk 250R 2 carrier bandwidth 440 Hz 3 x psk 250R 3 carrier bandwidth 660 Hz 5 x psk 250R 5 carrier bandwidth 1100 Hz Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 181 6 x psk 250R 6 carrier bandwidth 1320 Hz 7 X psk 250R 7 carrier bandwidth 1540 Hz 2 x psk 500R 2 carrier bandwidth 880 Hz 3 x psk 500R 3 carrier bandwidth 1320 Hz 4 x psk 500R 4 carrier bandwidth 1760 Hz 2 x psk 800R 2 carrier baud 800 bandwidth 1280 Hz 2x psk 1000R 2 carrier baud 1012 bandwidth 1760 Hz Additional information PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems 6 9 1 2 10 Olivia 8 250 8 500 16 500 8 1000 32 1000 Custom Figure 6 41 Olivia 8 250 8tone 250 Hz wide signal format 8 500 8 tone 500 Hz
27. Global references are for items like Greenwich Mean Time The macros mdf file can be edited with any ascii text editor such as kedit gedit geany nano etc But it is much easier to use the built in macro editor provided in the program 4 1 4 Macro Editor Right click on any macro key or the alternate set and a macro editing dialog opens with the current copy of that macro and its label This looks very similar to the DigiPan macro editor at the urging of Skip Teller KH6TY Macro editor macros mdF_ Macro Text Select Tag A lt INFO1 gt S N etc pr lt INFO2 gt IMD etc lt MODEM RTTY 170 45 45 5 gt lt IDLE 2 gt lt LOC gt other locator lt FILE home dave arrl_test bulletin txt gt lt NAME gt TR lt MODEM NULL gt lt GOFREQ 1000 gt lt IDLE 5 gt lt MODEM BPSK31 gt lt IDLE 2 gt lt QTH gt other QTH ee txt gt lt RST gt other RST lt MAPIT gt map on google lt MAPIT adr lat loc gt map by value lt CLRRX gt clear RX pane clear TX pane text to NAME QTH lt LOG gt save QSO data lt LNW gt log at xmt time lt CLRLOG gt clear loa fields Macro Button Label ARRL Apply Close Figure 4 1 Macro Editor The Text box is a mini editor with a very limited set of control functions You can mark bound and select text for deletion ctrl X copy ctrl C and paste ctrl V Marked text can also be deleted with the delete or the backspace key
28. Non stop Zoom 50 FIR Narrow qc a mage LPM 120 gt x 1809 Slant 4Jo 009 p align 0 at EA Bin black we o p4 70 p x 4 M NORM 44 4 1508 gt gt Store rtk Rv PTR WEFAX576 sin 19dB sjn 18dB _ Receiving Image reception sample 1380000 Ja 3 0 pil are r so Figure 5 52 Received WEFAX File 5 14 3 1 APT control reception mode This mode uses the APT start and STOP frequencies to detect the beginning and end of an image Additionally it tries to detect the phasing signal a wide black band to detect the center of the image This method is helped by the estimation of the signal power of these frequencies 5 14 3 2 Manual reception mode Non Stop In this mode the image is continuously read and displayed When the maximum number of lines is reached the image is saved and blanked and the line counter returns to one 5 14 3 3 Input FIR filters There are three input Finite Impulse Response filters available Here are their frequency characteristics Narrow filter the default one give the better results Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 14 WEFAX 137 0 05 1152 25 3 35 Figure 5 54 Middle filter response 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 05 1 15 2 25 3 35 Figure 5 55 Wide filter response Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by D
29. Resor eat Figure 6 78 Browser Configure 1 select the number of 100 Hz channels you want visible 2 select the start frequency for the browser your transceiver may not rx signals below this value 3 select the inactivity timeout for the browser After this number of seconds the channel will be cleared and prepared for the next detection cycle 4 select whether you want a Marque type of continuous scrolling or simply clear the line when it is filled 5 select what kind of label annotation you want on each line 6 select the font and font size to be used in the browser 7 You can enter any text you want to search for in the Seek Regular Expression widget This text can be a simple text snippet such as CQ or any regular expression With a regex you can specify a more generic pattern which means that you can match more things and your search is somewhat noise tolerant Here is an example for a CQ from a US station should match most callsigns cq aknw a z 0 9 a pr z a z 1 2 This says cq followed by at least one character followed by one A K N or W followed by an optional letter followed by a digit followed by a letter that is not q followed by one or two letters The search is case insensitive All plain text is a valid regular expression unless you really had been looking for these metacharacters These will have to be escaped with a backslash Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page
30. Selection of interleave short long is made from the modem menu MT63 500S MT63 500L MT63 1000S MT63 1000L MT63 2000S MT63 2000L Interleave and 8 bit extended characters are usually agreed upon before a QSO exchange begins The default is to use the long interleave 8 bit extended characters allow the transmission of Latin 1 accented characters To assist the Rx operator you can transmit a short tone at the lowest and highest tone frequencies You can set the tone duration Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 64 Configuration You may also elect to use manual tuning position on the waterfall of the Tx Rx signal Be careful when doing this so that the signal does not extend beyond the limits of your transceiver SSB filters MT63 is used extensively in the Military Affiliate Radio System MARS Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 29 Olivia Configuration 600 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax 8 Tones Receive synchronizer g 8 gt Tune margin tone frequency spacing 4 12 gt Integration period FEC blocks Reset FEC blocks when changing BW or Tones v 8 bit extended characters UTF 8 Resor ae Figure 2 84 Description Olivia is a family of MFSK modes with a high redundancy
31. Three of the four buttons at the bottom left are pretty much self explanatory Add to the list an event you have just specified or select an event from the list and Remove it or change some of its parameters and Update it The Test button allows you to test an event with some text of your choice This is particularly useful with the custom text search as it s too easy to enter a RE that will never match The dialog will show you the default test string for the two fixed event types Careful the Station heard twice event type expects a non alphanumeric character at the end of its input The default test string has a space at the end If nothing happens it may be because you have not specified any actions or because the event s filter does not match or because the trigger limit or dup handling are preventing the actions from happening In the latter case updating an event will reset its dup data But it s better to add the dup and trigger limits at the end after you ve tested the event The list at the bottom of the window shows the events you have added All contents are saved in the file fldigi notify prefs The list has a context menu for quick access to Update Remove and Toggle The first two have the same effect as clicking on the button of the same name The Toggle item lets you flip the Enabled status of an event this is like selecting an event clicking on the Enabled button in the Event pane to de activate it a
32. WA5ZNU 2007 2008 2009 Joe Veldhuis N8FQ 2008 2009 Stephane Fillod F8CFE 2009 John Douyere VK2ETA e 2013 Remi Chateauneu F4ECW 2013 Robert Stiles KK5VD This application and all supporting documentation is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Library General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the source code for fldigi if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 675 Mass Ave Cambridge MA 02139 USA Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 248 License s Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 10 Recognitions This software would not have been possible without the contribution of many programmers who have given their best to the open source community The application is built upon the foundation of the Fast Light Tool Kit nt tp www f1tk org a wonderfully fast and efficient graphical user interface design library Many have asked what the Fast Light means There are probably as many answers
33. c e c cos e ee Bd ee ee ee aa ee ee ee es 42 2 20 2 1 Waterfall Mouse Behavior Tailoring lt lt 42 WRNI LOGS 2 242 2026 Geo ew eta tee bP BRAG PROS PRGA L MS 42 Contesta CONTIQUISMION so di hae RRA ee ea bea a oe ee 44 CW CONNQUIBHON onda be we A A ee oe ea ee a 45 Bee TIMO ali de ke Bogie as be ge Ah eR E deed Ae ae od ee eee bok AA 46 Pee SK ii hehe pbb ee hed be PPS HASH AGERE eh oe Eh EE LES 49 22d PROSIONS o c 26 0bi5e 0b Pe vA eee bbe eb eee be Robe bes 50 DomingEX GOmTIGUISHON lt lt hey Rope ee Re Re a Ee ee E E de 51 Feld Hell Gontiguravion lt lt baw a a ER PE Pe ee eB ab eae ae es 52 TEV 32 caos hoe Es Gets Serer ah Pos ese ae Apes Poa CAE ie ip de ae eee es ws a 53 226 1 Reed Solomon identifier 2 0 cocotero Ee ee be hee 53 2202 Videg IGM i wees ome Gn DER toe BRU RO aa ERE eRe Se Bs GE Es 55 226 5 CW Postamble oone 4 2 oo 46 A ee oe ee ee ee eG we 57 Miscellaneous Configuration aoaaa ee 59 ied SECU SOO ng or a ale Aw Ee a Ee Se BM Be Be em 59 2 27 2 Galisign SPONG 2 2204 004 a eae Eo eS e a 59 2273 OPU PE AS io a A ee we ee we ee ee la 60 Porm TAO cn eee Be ee ee ee ea Ce ae Bae ee 60 2 275 NBEMS timsgstlwrap Interface lt o ea ee ee 61 2 278 DIMF decoding o c erdietsita tpai eraa ehh eee he ee 62 2277 WAG XML QUES 2 ak o bog ee ee a A ae Ee a Be 62 TES CONUJUIVOM ox zg kk Gee de a RA ee a A es Gar ee EE R a a 63 Olivia Sonnigurailon 24 ba ek ee OG ee Se Re a e
34. psk 500 phase shift keying 506 baud psk1000 phase shift keying 1012 baud e MultiCarrier 12 x psk 125 12 carrier psk125 126 5 baud bandwidth 2000 Hz Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 179 6 x psk 250 6 carrier psk 250 253 baud bandwidth 2000 Hz 2 x psk 500 2 carrier psk 500 506 baud bandwidth 1200 Hz 4 x psk 500 4 carrier psk 500 506 baud bandwidth 2600 Hz 2 x psk 800 2 carrier psk 800 810 baud bandwidth 2300 Hz 2 x psk 1000 2 carrier psk 1000 1012 baud bandwidth 3200 Hz Additional information PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems 6 9 1 2 8 QPSK QPSK 31 QPSK 63 QPSK 125 QPSK 250 QPSK 500 Figure 6 39 QPSK qpsk 31 quadrature phase shift keying 31 25 baud qpsk 63 quadrature phase shift keying 63 25 baud e qpsk 125 quadrature phase shift keying 126 5 baud qpsk 250 quadrature phase shift keying 253 baud qpsk 500 quadrature phase shift keying 506 baud Additional information PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 180 Operating 6 9 1 2 9 PSKR MultiCarrier gt 4xPSK63R 10xPSK63R 20xPSK63R fb bpsk3 Kh i 3xPSK500R 2xPSK800R 2xPSK1000R 32xPSK63R 4xPSK125R 5xPSK125R 10xPSK125R 12xPSK125R 16xPSK125R 2xPSK250R 3xPSK250R
35. s VOX or an outboard sound card interface such as the SignalLink SL 1 which produces its own VOX type of PTT In that case simply leave all of the PTT options unselected If you are using a transceiver or a rig interface such as Cl V that echos all serial data you check off the Commands are echoed box That will suppress fldigi trying to respond to a command it just sent to the transceiver Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 14 Configuration You may need to try various values of retries retry interval and command interval to achieve consistent rigcat control Press the Initialize button after setting all of the parameters If the settings are all correct fldigi should start receiving frequency information from the rig and annunciating them on the rig control frequency display 2 8 3 Hamlib CAT control Hamlib is a set of standard libraries for interfacing to a large number of transceivers The hamlib library system consists of a front end which acts on behalf of all rigs and backends which are specific to each rig Fidigi configuration Figure 2 12 Hamlib CAT Control Select your transceiver from the list of supported units Then select the serial port and baud rate If you are familiar with the hamlib library you can send various startup sequences to the rig using the advanced configuration PTT control can be achieved using CAT commands or via DTR RTS on the same port as the control
36. where it is known as AMTOR B or AMTOR FEC It transmits at 100 baud FSK modulation with a frequency shift of 170 Hz The frequencies are 518 kHz International frequency always in English 490 kHz Regional transmission in local languages Not used in the United States 4209 5 kHz Marine Safety Information The implementation reflects this structure The Navtex modem is a specialization of the SITOR B modem Fldigi supports both modes We will specify when their behaviors are different 5 7 1 Transmitting a text Transmitting a text is done with the usual GUI The only difference between the SITOR B and Navtex modes is that data Whether sent with the GUI or with XML RPC are untouched in SITOR B In Navtex on the contrary They are preceded by a phasing signal of several seconds e A ZCZC B4 Bo Bg By preamble is sent Then the original message is transmitted followed by the NNNN terminator and another phasing signal Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 112 Modems 5 7 2 Receiving a text The only difference between the SitorB and Navtex modes is that messages are processed Parsed and optionally stored only in Navtex mode Here is a typical transmission showing The end of a previous message NNNN The preamble of a new message EA85 85th navigational warning A of the Niton station in England E The message itsel
37. 1 1 Text input fields Most text fields use a combination of CUA PC and Unix style keybindings Text can be marked copied pasted saved to a file as well as transfer to other main panel controls A right click on any text control will open a context sensitive menu for that particular control A full list can be found on the FLTK web site The received transmitted text widgets use CUA key bindings with some modifications Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 188 Operating 6 10 1 1 1 RX text This widget is read only and ignores shortcuts that would modify its contents See logbook for details on the Rx right click popup menu system 6 10 1 1 2 TX text The text that has already been sent is protected but can be deleted one character at a time with the Backspace key Right clicking on the Tx text panel opens the following popup menu Transmit T Send image C Paste 5 Insert file vV Word wrap Figure 6 56 Fidigi Receiving Editing Tx text F Receive Abort D Send image C Paste gt Clear B Insert file V Word wrap Figure 6 57 Fidigi Transmitting Transmit put the program into the transmit operation e Receive during a transmit or tune end the transmit and restore receive operation Abort during a transmit receive without waiting for the modem to finish sending Send image for MFSK only send an image using MFSKpic mode e Clear
38. 125 22 1750 Hz wpm Feld Hell X9 1102 5 baud 22 5 cps 225 22 3150 Hz wpm FSK Hell 245 baud 2 5 cps 25 wpm 80 490 Hz FSK Hell 105 105 baud 2 5 cps 25 wpm 80 210 Hz Hell 80 245 baud 5 0 cps 50 wpm 100 800 Hz 5 4 3 Hellschreiber Waterfall Feld Hell look like this when being received by fldigi LWT ILL SUL TET Ts Pri OW 15 the Men NOW 1s the Figure 5 8 Feld Hell Slow Hell Feld Hell X5 and Feld Hell X9 are all pulse Feld Hell seems to be the most commonly used and use can usually be found on 80 and 40 meters at the high end of the digital sub bands Extreme linearity is required in the transmit path in order to control the bandwidth of the transmitted signal Feld Hell X5 Feld Hell X9 and Hell 80 should probably not be used on HF in the US They can be used on VHF and UHF Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 5 MFSK 105 5 5 MFSK MFSK16 and MFSK8 are multi frequency shift keyed MFSK modes with low symbol rate A single carrier of constant amplitude is stepped between 16 or 32 tone frequencies respectively in a constant phase manner As a result no unwanted sidebands are generated and no special amplifier linearity requirements are necessary The tones selected are set by the transmitted 4 or 5 bit bit pattern and a gray code table The mode has full time Forward Error Corre
39. 1809 Slant 4 6 0 gt align 0 Noise HsyTmrMtric LoopFM LbopSearchU Store rik JmrRv CT R lula 3 0 p gt arc r soL p x 4 MY norm jad a 2311 gt p gt Receiving Decoding phasing line reset wF 4 o 4 70 WEFAX576 s n 17 dB Figure 5 51 Reception Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 14 WEFAX 135 To enter reception mode one can click the View menu tab and select Weather Fax Image At this time the reception window opens A big blank picture is visible this is where the received image will be displayed Several controls are available Save This allows to save the current image as a PNG file at any moment Non stop At startup the modem goes into automatic mode and the text Abort is displayed When clicking Abort this blanks the image and resets the APT detection When Manual mode is clicked no APT detection is done The Automatic Manual mode is displayed in the reception window label Pause Resume At any moment the image reception can be paused and resumed State is displayed in the reception window label Zoom This allows to zoom in out the image FIR This allows to select an input FIR Finite Impulse Response filter Practically the narrow filter Default value gives the best results The selected value is saved in the configuration file Skip APT Skip phasing When in au
40. 1809 Slant 4J0 009 p Atign _ F Noise J r Bin 1 29 JOINT OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGY amp OCEANOGRABHY CENTRE NOR TIWOOD UK y OE es WL LT a ar rae aaa EN Lol B LPM 120 TxB W Charge Zoom 50 Effacer Fermer a is a 1 1500 2 2 00 3500 Pa eter ome A e Ly ca n iae wF 4 o p 4 70 gt x1 4 M norm a 1508 gt gt Store rtk Rv C T R WEFAX576 s n 9 dB sfn 18dB Receiving Decoding phasing line reset Wla 3 0 F OL AFC Figure 5 56 Received Image Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 15 WWV transmit mode The WWV mode is normally used to measure the offset of the sound card oscillator see WWV ppm measurement It can also be used to transmit time tick signals similar to the format that is used by WWV The WWV modem sends a time tick which is a 200 msec wide pulse at a once per second rate when the T R button is enabled This pulse is shaped with a 4 msec raised cosine shape on the leading and trailing edges to reduce key clicks The accuracy of the transmitted time tick is solely dependent on the accuracy with which the WWV ppm measurement was performed Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 140 Modems The purpose of the WWV time tick transmission is to allow other stations to calibrate their sound cards against your calibrated system This can be used to align all systems in a VHF UHF net for ex
41. 2008 UTC RX 2008 12 30 11 37Z o ur property No pwr even for a day is rough TX 2008 12 30 11 392 TX 2008 12 30 11 39Z CQ CQ CQ de W1HKJ W1HKJ W1HKJ TX 2008 12 30 11 40Z CQ CO CQ de W1HKJ W1HKJ W1HKJ pse k RX 2008 12 30 11 402 mG sk Logging stopped at Tue Dec 30 11 48 11 2008 UTC Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 222 Operating This log is appended to with each start and stop That means that no data is ever overwritten Status log A log of errors warnings and status reports is written for each session This file is overwritten each time the program is opened and subsequently closed Its format is also ASCII text and will contain data such as Q main fldigi 3 04BV log started on Tue Dec 30 05 47 10 2008 W dxcc_open Could not read contest country file home dave fldigi cty dat This data is identical to that which can be viewed with the event log dialog which is opened using the menu item Help Event log Event log 1 28 25 spot pskrep cxx Spotted AAIME n butter RW de AAIME pse kn DRW de AAIME 28 25 spot pskrep cxx 408 Added call AA1ME loc mode PSK31 freq 14072166 g EN e 1293827305 type 1 g 14 28 25 spot pskrep cxx 374 Spotted AA1ME in buffer W de AAIME pse kn DRW de AAIME 14 28 42 spot pskrep cxx Spotted KESAAO MM in buffer CQ a CQ de KESAAO MM KESAAO mode 14 28 42 spot pskrep cxx
42. 25 48 1000 Unusual combinations of symbol rate and bandwidth can be selected using the Contestia Configuration tab Contestia is a digital mode directly derived from Olivia that is not quite as robust but more of a compromise between speed and performance It was developed by Nick Fedoseev UT2UZ in 2005 It sounds almost identical to Olivia can be configured in as many ways but has essentially twice the speed Contestia has 40 formats just like Olivia some of which are considered standard and they all have differ ent characteristics The formats vary in bandwidth 125 250 500 1000 and 2000hz and number of tones used 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 The standard Contestia formats bandwidth tones are 125 4 250 8 500 16 1000 32 and 2000 64 The most commonly used formats right now seem to be 250 8 500 16 and 1000 32 Contestia performs very well under weak signal conditions It handles QRM QRN and QSB very well also It decodes below the noise level but Olivia still outperforms it in this area by about 1 5 3db depending on configuration It is twice as fast as Olivia per configuration It is an excellent weak signal ragchew QRP and DX digital mode When ragchewing under fair or better conditions it can be more preferable to many hams than Olivia because of the faster speed For contests it might also be a good mode IF the even faster configurations such as 1000 8 or 500 4 are used Contestia get it s increa
43. 3 QSO Logbook Fldigi maintains a large set of QSO logbook fields that will probably be sufficient for casual operating contesting and some certificate logging All of the fields that are captured in the logbook are maintained in an ADIF database that can be read by any logbook program that can read the ADIF text format Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 3 3 QSO Logbook 75 3 3 1 List of Log Fields The complete set of logbook fields are Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 76 Logging ADIF FIELD USE BAND QSO band computed from frequency CALL contacted stations call sign COMMENT comment field for QSO COUNTRY contacted stations DXCC entity name CQZ CQ zone DXCC contacted stations DXCC country code FREQ QSO frequency in MHz GRIDSQUARE contacted stations Maidenhead Grid Square Loc IOTA Islands On The Air IOTA Islands On The Air designator ITUZ ITU zone MODE QSO mode MYXCHG sent contest exchange NAME contacted operators name QSLRDATE QSL received date QSLSDATE QSL sent date QSO_DATE QSO data at start of contact QTH contacted stations city RST_RCVD received signal report RST_SENT sent signal report SRX QSO received serial number STATE contacted stations state STX QSO transmitted serial number
44. 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 13 Colors and Fonts 25 2 13 Colors and Fonts System colors are set by command line switches The default is black on a white background From the Menu Configure Defaults select the menu item Colors and Fonts and then select one of the following tabs 2 13 1 Text Ctrls Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio D Misc Web Ss Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Rx Tx Frq Disp Log F_keys Tabs Buttons SigLvi Transmit Text Tx bkgnd Text Highlighting ry fy XMIT CTRL SKIP ALTR SEL Figure 2 25 Colors Fonts RX TX The initial color font and font size for the Rx and Tx panel are the default values You can always return to these by pressing the Defaults button The background color font and font size are independently selectable The Rx panel displays text in one of 5 colors normal received text Rx font button transmitted text XMIT button control characters CTRL button skipped characters Tx ON OFF in Tx pane SKIP button e quick view characters ALTR button select text highlight SEL button The text widget used for Rx Tx and Event log displays has been improved to give better performance with propor tional fonts Fixed width fonts still give better performance and are not as demanding on the cpu There are several very good fixed width fonts that include a slashed zero w
45. 6 Latitude 27 6 40206 52011 222 00203 Sea surface temperature 20 3 C Temperature type Intake measurement 64522 16123 99591 70347 46 WMO Station 64522 WMO station WMO_64522 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 OLLLL token Present Longitude 34 7 Latitude 59 1 49920 57004 23 2056 26555 16123 998 6 WMO Station 26555 WMO station WMO_26555 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 70269 46 40168 52008 WMO Station 70269 WMO station WMO_70269 Precipitations Omitted no observation Station type Automated station No observation No 7WW Visibility Missing Wind direction No motion or no waves Wind speed 0 knots Estimated Sea level pressure 1016 hPa Pressure tendency Increasing steadily Raises Pressure change 0 8 hPa 25617 16123 99867 1173 6 WMO Station 25617 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 18 SYNOP decoding 215 WMO station WMO_25617 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 OLLLL token Present 149 52001 13660 16123 992 WMO Station 13660 WMO station WMO_13660 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 40222 52817 52 08 02 44551 16123 99376 70378 46 WMO Station 44551 WMO station WMO_44551 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 OLLLL token Present Longitude 37 8 Latitude 37 6 40185 52022 Sea level pressure 1018 hPa Pressure tendency Increasing st
46. 6 12 2 Transmit level attenuator Store rik Rv CTR ile 7 gt Phet osa Figure 6 65 TX level It is often difficult to adjust the audio drive for the point where ALC is just barely active Mixer controls are OK but not usually designed for very small changes They are after all designed for adjusting listening levels fldigi provides the ability to control the audio drive in increments of 0 1 dB over a 30 dB range This control is located in the bottom right corner of the main dialog Set this control for 6 dB and then adjust the sound card mixer control for the best ALC level you can achieve Then adjust the Tx level control for best just visible ALC on the transceiver That should give you a very clean PSK signal Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 198 Operating 6 12 3 Operating split with fldigi flrig Note In the above example most features are disable as they are not available for the indicated radio On flrig eoo flrig FT 897D Files Config Memory Mem save Debug Help S3 S6 9 20 40 60 a ee Te VE E A 14080 00 vioA voB Tune 8 Po 20 40 60 80 14070 0 DIG jo at Pre Cars Csom Fem SQL 15 J IFsh 0 li Neh 0 i PWR 15 mf Mic 0 i NR O i RF 15 f Vol o 1 Figure 6 66 TTY Split Ops Unless specifically supported by the transceiver and impleme
47. C2 G1B PSK500 500 3200 80 00 2600 4 PSK 2600H 263 28 C4 G1B PSK500R 500 440 80 00 500 1 PSKR 500 HG1 187 BC PSK500 500 880 80 00 1400 2 PSKR 1400H 263 24 RC2 G1BC PSK500 500 1320 80 00 1900 3 PSKR 1900H 263 25 RC3 G1BC PSK500 500 1760 80 00 2600 4 PSKR 2600H 263 26 RC4 G1BC Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion PSK800 800 2300 80 00 1400 2 PSK 2300HG 263 57 C2 B1 PSK800 800 1280 80 00 1400 2 PSKR 800HG 263 54 RC2 B1C Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion PSK1000 1000 1600 80 00 1800 1 PSK 1800H 263 50 G1B PSK1000 1000 880 80 00 1800 1 PSKR 1800H 263 51 R G1B PSK1000 1000 3200 80 00 3600 2 PSK 3600H 263 52 C2 G1BC PSK1000 1000 1760 80 00 3600 2 PSKR 3600H 263 53 RC2 G1BC 5 16 2 QPSK Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion QPSK31 31 25 50 80 00 31 1 QPSK 31H0G1B 110 QPSK63 62 5 100 80 00 63 1 QPSK 63HG1B 3 QPSK125 125 200 80 00 125 1 PQSK 125HG1B 5 QPSK250 250 400 80 00 250 1 PQSK 250HG1B 127 QPSK500 500 800 80 00 500 1 PQSK 500HG1B 5 16 3 Contestia Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 142 Modems Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion CO
48. HeraeRy cce ach eee aoe a SER A ee ee O ee ee eS 173 lt A AE 173 B92 Op MOE ac 2404 pha ve bee be PAGE Rew ee e e de eS 175 CALI ASOWMOUIE nos ec Ro ae ee a ee ge Pw Beek eS 186 Bie MEW cou Ae eee da Be ee ee a ee BE ee eS 186 6919 LOGIC 324 ai ack die Gs Pp awe de ee BADE Ge es 187 O98 Map sicario dd te eds 188 6 9 1 7 Spot Tx RSID Rx RSID and Tune Buttons 189 Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts gt se ssor esa saena die naa ee 189 GAOT Man WNION c rocr a hos siya ai oa e paeh we ae Re a G 189 GITA Ter mnpuriddS ci doo pa Oe we A RA A ae a ie 189 Ci Wateral SPY 5 baie Pa be ee rd Peed ke ee 191 PISO gt a fo Redes a Sees UR Et e ee A ae Se a eee we he oe SS 192 Operating Controls and Displays secare sanace e da o 196 6 121 Mode Status INdicatorS o s i s s ace noe ele ee e aa Go oe aoe AA 199 6 122 Transmit level attenuator o o 2 0 66 occ eee t a tat oea be hee 199 6 12 3 Operating split with fldigi flrig ooa 0 02 00 02 eee eee eee 200 Operating Multiple Copies s s os s rosato pot le he A 201 a E 202 6 14 1 Automatically spot callsigns in decoded text 0 o 202 6 14 2 Send reception report when logging a QSO 0 0 o o a o 202 6 14 3 Repor ORG ele imc a A A a ee 202 6 144 Hostand PoE e e ses oe de A eee A eS Ge 202 Aig Connie ose Se a ee Ee WR EEO Re eh Ee ee eae el es 204 615 1 Fl GON QUESI A cc s e a ae RE Re RE RO AR 205 6132 MICAT COMM
49. Keyboard Shortcuts Notifier Operating Controls and Displays Operating Multiple Copies PSK Reporter Rig Control RST and RSQ Reporting Signal Browser SYNOP decoding UTF 8 support Using the FLdigi Rt Channel for transmitter PTT WWV transmit mode Working Logs Supporting Data Files Acquisition 146 Operating 6 1 Contest How To Fidigi supports a basic contesting format Select the menu item View Contest fields to see how the QSO entry entry fields change for contest data You will see that fldigi has fields to support received and sent contest numbers as well as generic contest exchange information 6 1 1 Contest Fields 0ut In xchg Figure 6 1 Contest Fields The serial number out Out is automatically initialized and updated by the built in serial number generator You can enter the appropriate exchange information via the keyboard or mouse Text in the Rx pane can be selected by the usual left click swipe of highlighting Then right click anywhere after highlighting the desired text and a popup menu will appear allowing you to select the destination QSO field Make your selection and the info is placed in the correct text box Note that the popup menu changes with the QSO logging view and also with a change in Quick entry A full description is found in the description of operating the Logbook The important thing to note for contest operation is that the Call and Serial are single word captur
50. OcCleanup on startup HTML tables lise KML balloon display style scripts ftp_kml_files sh HOST USR PWD Command run on KML creation Test command Restaure d fauts Sauvegarde Fermer Figure 6 21 KML configuration tab Fidigi maintains in a internal container a set of placemarks which are data associated to geographical coordinates an unique name a set of key value pairs and a timestamp At regular intervals a thread is woken up to save these Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 166 Operating geographical data to a KML file in a specific directory At this moment a process can be started running an external command Depending on the type of data a given file name will be used All KML files are accessible from an unique KML filename Placemarks are identified with an unique name for example a vessel name or their WMO identifier Placemark with a moving position such as ships can have their path visualized because they still cen be identified in two different reports These reports can be kept as separate or they can be merged into a single placemark This depends on the distance between two placemarks with the same name compared to the merging distance parameter Data can be kept for a given retention time after which delay they are purged At startup former KML data can be reloaded or cleaned up Data as key value pairs associated to a
51. Open in browser fimsg Applications fimsg 1 1 33 app Contents MacOSifimsg Locate fimsg 2 0 Atrio out secs Resor ae Figure 2 80 Config Misc NBEMS The NBEMS suite of programs fldigi flarq flwrap and flmsg provide the emergency operator with a set of tools to assist in the transfer of data files over HF and VHF radio Additional information on flarq is available here flarq help system wrap help system flmsg help system The reception of a flwrap and flmsg files can be automated by selecting the Enable detection amp amp extraction option The wrap program can then be used to test for validity and data extraction at some later time fldigi can recognize flmsg data files and automatically open the flmsg program with the newly received data stream It can also transfer the data stream to flmsg and instruct flmsg to save the data file unwrap and decode it display the data in a fully formatted html page and then exit Pressing Locate flmsg performs differently on the different OS that are supported e Linux a file finder is opened to the usr local bin folder Select the flmsg executable and the entry box is correctly populated e Windows a file finder is opened to the C Program Files folder Drill down to the most current flmsg folder and then select the flmsg exe file The entry box will be correctly populated OS X a file browser is opened to the Applications folder Locate
52. Thresh old Correcting ATC detector The resulting bit stream is then processed to extract the byte data EA os Figure 2 89 Classic RTTY XY Scope Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 68 Configuration Ll HE A A Figure 2 90 Pseudo Signal XY Scope The Digiscope display can be defaulted to the X scope or the Signal scope The classic XY scope is similar to older hardware scopes that show the output of the separate Mark Space filters one applied to the horizontal and one to the vertical axis The Pseudo XY scope is similar with the exception that the horizontal and vertical are phase related to the Mark Space signals but not the actual signal The Classis XY scope will appear noisier than the Pseudo XY scope PseudoFSK selection generates an additional audio signal on the right channel This signal is a burst tone at the FSK keying rate You can full wave rectify and filter the signal so that it can be used as the FSK keyline signal to a rig that supports FSK transmissions See Pseudo FSK for additional information and a suitable keying circuit Your log can record either the center frequency between the Mark and Space or the Mark frequency You can also select the color that should distinguish the Mark frequency eN Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart cw Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK
53. Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 17 User Interface Configuration General 35 2 17 1 Visible Modes O Visible rf fo rx Y CW Y DominoEX 4 M DominoEX 5 Y DominoEX 8 Y DominoEX 11 Y DominoEX 16 Y DominoEX 22 Y Feld Hell M Slow Hell M Feld Hell X5 Y Feld Hell X9 M FSK Hell M FSK Hell 105 M Hell 80 Y MFSK 8 Y MFSK 16 Y MFSK 32 Y MFSK 4 Y MFSK 11 Y MFSK 22 Y MFSK 31 Y MFSK 64 Y MT63 500 Y MT63 1000 Y MT63 2000 M BPSK 31 Y BPSK 63 Y BPSK 63F M BPSK 125 gt Figure 2 41 Visible Modes You may not want to use all possible modes when operating fldigi Press the Visible modes button and open the mode selector dialog The use of this dialog should be obvious after a few clicks here and there Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 36 Configuration 2 17 2 Limit Modes WEFAX Navtex SitorB WW Figure 2 42 Limit Modes By deselecting all but CW PSK31 PSK63 and RTTY the Op_Mode menu is uncluttered of all the other modes The WWV and Freq Analysis modes are always visible When a subset of the entire mode bank is selected a new menu item is added to the Op Mode menu Show all modes This is a toggle to restore all modes to the menu The inverse toggle is Show fewer modes Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIG
54. View Logboo Figure 6 28 Text Capture Capture all received and transmitted text to a date time stamped file Each day s data will be stored in a single file in which the text is appended fidigiYYYYMMDD log This file will be in the Fldigi config folder which can be accessed per the File Folders menu item A brief example log of Rx data Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 173 Logging started at Wed Jan 5 18 42 51 2011 UTC RX 14071955 PSK31 2011 01 05 18 42Z d dx sk S RX 14071756 PSK31 2011 01 05 18 42Z PSE lr dACQ CQ de WX1GRS WX1GRS RX 14071756 PSK31 2011 01 05 18 42Z CQ CQ de WX1GRS WX1GRS RX 14071756 PSK31 2011 01 05 18 42Z CQ CQ de WX1GRS WX1GRS RX 14071756 PSK31 2011 01 05 18 42Z PSE K aie Logging stopped at Wed Jan 5 18 43 04 2011 UTC Each line contains the program state RX or TX the frequency the mode the date time and the data stream 6 9 1 1 4 Audio Figure 6 29 Audio e Rx Capture allows capturing the incoming audio to a wav file Tx Generate allows capturing the generated tx audio to a wav file e Playback playback a previously captured or generated wav file 6 9 1 1 5 Exit Op Mode Configure View Li Figure 6 30 Exit Exit exit the program closing down the various interfaces in a nice controlled manner 6 9 1 2 Op Mode Op Mode the current operating mode will show as a highli
55. a QSO you needed to slow down to give the other op a better chance to copy what you are sending just hit the x on the numeric keypad and the CW code will immediately switch to sending CW at the set default value 18 wpm in this example Press the x again to return to back to the CW speed that you were previously using 2 23 1 Timing Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc Web CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax General Timing and asx Prosigns 4 3 0 gt Dash to dot ratio 60 P Edge timing CIQSK on right audio channel A Test char 4 0 0 b Pre keydown timing ms Send continuously 4 0 0 b Post keydown timing ms Figure 2 57 Timing Fidigi generates CW by inserting a keyed tone at the current waterfall audio frequency The transceiver should be operated in either USB preferred or LSB mode The CW signal is completely generated in the software so it is possible to control many aspects of the CW signal The actual transmitted signal will be at the USB carrier the audio frequency or the LSB carrier the audio frequency If fldigi is tracking and receiving a CW signal on the waterfall your transmitted signal will be exactly on the frequency of the other operator The CW generated this way has a nearly ideal attack and decay time controlled by the software modem But a caveat your transmitter must never be overdriven and it
56. a high line to line correlation the AFC locks until the frequency or mode is manually changed 5 14 3 9 Noise elimination This option eliminates short lived noise individual pixels with a different value from their horizontal neighbors They are modified using median values This is based on the fact that no line should be narrower than two pixels otherwise such an image would not be broadcast because not correctly readable It is therefore impossible to have one single pixel simultaneously very different from its left and right neighbors Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 15 WWV transmit mode 139 5 14 3 10 Binary images Faxes can be stored as binary or grey level images The cutoff level between black and white Default 128 can be adjusted No information is lost until the image is saved therefore this level can be freely modified until image end The purpose of this option is to save disk space 5 14 3 11 Displaying received files Each time the end of an image is detected an image file is created and its name appears on the file list of the reception window By clicking on a file name it is displayed in the transmit window i fidigi FAECW Fichier Mode Op Configuration Vue journal Aide a RxID a TxID r TUNE Enter xcvr Freq IG lrreg qso D butrin indicatif 0637 st pr Pays Effacer Pause Non stop Zoom 50 FIR Narrow LPM 120 531 x
57. and transmit windows gets graphic Like Hellschreiber mode e Floating mode There are two separate windows for transmission and reception This was the only available mode until fldigi 3 21 49 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Modems Effocer Pause Non stop Zoom S 188 x11309 Slant 410 0098 Align i Envoyer image Hamib FT 817 IG Frog G50 D butfin i fiss e iam St bi 1 Wh Coop iiopSearct AGS LT ERENER WF DH 70 EFARSTb 5 14 1 2 Hide transmission window Aide EAO e TxD TUNE indicatif hom im Ox Not Py Pays Loc Loads an image fo Supported types PNG JPEG El utopisch oop Matec Dey Tint ho Cord ic tr Tim aa e o eee Ge ala A 207 MM Figure 5 48 Detached WEFAX Window This option allows to closed by default the transmission window when entering Wefax mode In embedded mode this means that the entire window is used for reception Most common mode In floating mode this implies that the transmission window is not opened by default However it is always possible to manually open or close the transmission window at any time 5 14 1 3 Logging messages to ADIF file Each time an image is saved it is possible to log this event with the frequency and reception time to the Adif file This option is disabled by default 5 14 1 4 Frequency shift adjustment The default frequency is 800 Hz However it is possible
58. be blurry if the AFC is not locked on and become very distinct when AFC lock has been achieved The tone dots will move from bottom to top opposite the direction of the waterfall This is the same signal mistuned Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 128 Modems Figure 5 44 DominoEx Mistuned and with the signal badly mistuned Figure 5 45 DominoEx Mistuned 2 Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 12 Throb The THROB family of modes use two tones at a time These tones are also amplitude modulated and can be a single tone for some symbols The mode has no Forward Error Correction and is difficult to tune It is fairly sensitive and moderately robust Keyboard to keyboard QSOs are reasonably fast Tuning must be very accurate and the software will not tolerate differences between transmit and receive frequency The amplitude modulation component of THROB is a raised cosine AM modulation of each symbol This combined with two tones transmitted at the same time means that a very linear transmitter is required It also gives the mode its very unique sound You will never mistake Throb for any other mode For THROB nine tones are used spaced 8 or 16 Hz For THROBX 11 tones are used spaced 7 8125 or 15 625 Hz Fldigi supports the following 5 12 1 Throb baud rates and tone spacings Mode Symbol Rate Typing Speed Bandwidth THROB1 1 0 baud 1 0
59. by Doxygen 56 Configuration Figure 2 70 Small Font Figure 2 71 Large Font Notice that Olivia 16 500 is abbreviated to OL 16 500 and that the number of characters is limited to 8 per row You might want to use the large characters by default if you routinely have QSO s with operators using older digital mode programs or one whose waterfall visual is not on a par with fldigi s 600 Eldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart RsID Video cw Video Preamble ID Transmit mode ID Video ID modes E masossareocrnonrencancoserarsaramsussasonescosrasoesasa esos none nt gt Transmit video text ca Y Use small font Chars Row e 500 Hz limit lt lt Mode width limit Figure 2 72 Video ID Config Panel Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 26 ID Configuration 57 O Video ID fo px O cw M DominoEX 4 M DominoEX 5 M DominoEX 8 Y DominoEX 11 M DominoEX 16 M DominoEX 22 M Feld Hell X5 M Feld Hell X9 M FSK Hell M FSK Hell 105 M Hell 80 Y MFSK 8 M MFSK 16 Y MFSK 32 Y MFSK 4 Y MFSK 11 Y MFSK 22 Y MFSK 31 Y MFSK 64 Y MT63 500 Y MT63 1000 Y MT63 2000 O BPSK 31 M BPSK 63 M BPSK 63F M BPSK 125 y Figure 2 73 Video ID Modes 2 26 3 CW Postamble You can transmit your callsign in CW as a p
60. by side comparison between gmfsk and fldigi source code you will see that they follow the same general structure The primary difference is that gmfsk is written in the C language and uses the gnome gtk libraries for the user interface Fidigiis a C application that uses the Fast Light Tool Kit Fltk gui library The design of Fidigi puts emphasis on separating the user interface from the sound card and transceiver input output operations Nearly all modern digital modem programs use a programming paradigm called threads Threads are light weight processes that share the same memory space but each has its own stack The use of threads makes the program look and feel responsive to the user while a lot of code is being executed in the background Many of the modem source code files are C to C rewrites from the gmfsk application They say that copying is the best form of flattery and gmfsk simply had the best explanations and the easiest source code to read and understand The author had also spent several months creating improvements and fixing bugs in the original gmfsk application That exercise was the impetus to create Fidigi The Fast Fourier Transform used by Fldigiis a rewrite of John Green s public domain FFT code FFT for RISC for MAC The rewrite is in C and is implemented as a C template Some of the signal processing algorithms used in Fidigi are from Dr Smith s book His on line publication is sufficient to allow you to become fl
61. can be Stereo or Mono socket Figure 6 83 W5ZIT Interface 13 Pin ACC 2 Z gt AF Oui lt S GND PTT gt GND GND PTT AF Out gt AF In GND a GND gt 2 ST Connector can be changed for other type radios Figure 6 84 TS 2000 ACC 2 to DB9 Adapter Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 21 WWV transmit mode 221 6 21 WWV transmit mode The WWV mode is normally used to measure the offset of the sound card oscillator see WWV ppm measurement It can also be used to transmit time tick signals similar to the format that is used by WWV The WWV modem sends a time tick which is a 200 msec wide pulse at a once per second rate when the T R button is enabled This pulse is shaped with a 4 msec raised cosine shape on the leading and trailing edges to reduce key clicks The accuracy of the transmitted time tick is solely dependent on the accuracy with which the WWV ppm measurement was performed The purpose of the WWV time tick transmission is to allow other stations to calibrate their sound cards against your calibrated system This can be used to align all systems in a VHF UHF net for example It is only necessary for one of the net members to be able to calibrate his or her sound card against WWV The other s would then be calibrated by proxy use of the WWV time tick transmit mode This can even be used in the case where no memb
62. can turn them off also Fldigi offers three different look and feel based on the parent Fast Light Toolkit graphics interface base gtk and plastic These can be combined with command line specifiers for the default background and foreground colors to create a user unique look to fldigi You will probably discover that the default colors and the gtk UI scheme are to be preferred Fldigi has internationalization files for French Italian and Spanish These control the contents of various menu items and labels Linux users should build and install fldigi from source to gain access to these Windows users should select the language of choice from the list press the Save button and then close and restart fldigi The UI language selector is only present on the Windows version of fldigi The percentage indicates the completeness of the translation CW RTTY baudot THROB and CONTESTIA are modes that only transmit in upper case characters They also have a very limited set of non alpha characters A screen full of UPPERCASE characters can be stressful Select this option to print all of this text in lower case Select the configuration items to allow prompting when exiting the program Note that the prompts are only active if the menu item File Exit is used You can elect to have the program check for updates every time it is started You can also manually check for updates from the Help Check for updates menu item Generated on
63. change with the various modes but they will all have the same general appearance If the signal is mistuned the sloped lines will become bowed and distorted 6 3 4 PSK The digiscope display just to the right of the waterfall displays signal quality in various formats The display for PSK modes is the vector scope a The display with no signal or below b The display with a normal psk31 c AFC off and receive carrier set be squelch level If the SQL is off this dis signal The vector flips between 0 and low the center of the received signal play will be random vectors driven by 6 o clock noise d AFC off and receive carrier set e AFC enabled Fading History Dis f AFC enabled Fading History Am above the center of the received sig play Mode Selected left click on plitude Display Mode Selected 2nd nal scope left click on scope Figure 6 11 PSK Digiscopes You can see the effect of mistuning by slewing the carrier carrier control moving from low to high over the signal You must do this with AFC off Engage the AFC and the vectors will immediately snap to vertical positions You can alter the appearance of the phase vectors by left clicking on the digiscope display One click will give you a history of phase vectors that fade with time A second click will give you a history of phase vectors that both fade with time and are amplitude significant The third click returns you to the original phase vector display The
64. channel of the stereo audio out of your sound card The left channel will be the normal raised cosine shaped CW wave form that you may use for your side tone The following circuit may be used to take the FLdigi QSK OUT signal from the right channel of your SOUND CARD to key your transmitter or a QSK circuit Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 3 Digiscope Display 153 FULL WAVE DIODE VOLTAGE DOUBLER 2 TO RIG GERMANIUM T ii JACK 6000HM 14 6000HM o AUDIO IN o ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 1N914 GERMANIUM Figure 6 5 CW Keying Circuit NOTE L1 Radio Shack has two items that may be used for this isolation transformer Catalog 270 054 Catalog 273 1374 Attach an audio cable from the Rt Channel out of the your computers SOUND CARD to the input of this QSK INTERFACE CIRCUIT input of L1 Attach another cable from the output of this circuit to your Rig s Keying Jack mall gt Every CW tone that is generated by FLdigi is rectified by this FULL WAVE VOLTAGE DOUBLER circuit The resultant voltage turns the Q1 transistor on and grounds the collector which takes the RIG S CW KEYING JACK to ground and keys the transmitter You can adjust the start and stop timing of the QSK circuit relative to the CW waveform with the pre and post settings Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 3 Digiscope Display Fidigi provides several different views of the
65. cps 10 wpm 72 Hz THROB2 2 0 baud 2 0 cps 20 wpm 72 Hz THROB4 4 0 baud 4 0 cps 40 wpm 144 Hz THROBX1 1 0 baud 1 0 cps 10 wpm 94 Hz THROBX2 2 0 baud 2 0 cps 20 wpm 94 Hz THROBX4 4 0 baud 4 0 cps 40 wpm 188 Hz Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 13 TUNE Transmit a single tone carrier Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 14 WEFAX 129 5 13 1 TUNE Mode Too often you see an overdriven signals on the digital sub bands multiple audio sidebands on PSK splatter from overdriven MFSK and RTTY There is absolutely no reason for a transceiver driven by fldigi to exhibit this type of performance You can set up your computer transceiver for good solid performance without excessive drive The TUNE button generates a continuous single frequency audio signal at the exact frequency to which the waterfall cursor has been set The peak amplitude of this signal is the peak amplitude of every modem signal generated by fldigi None will exceed this value even the simultaneous multi tone modes like Throb Every modern SSB transmitter uses some automatic level control ALC for preventing overdrive for SSB voice A little overdrive on a voice channel can be tolerated to a degree In fact that is what an analog RF compressor does overdrive and then subsequent filtering But you absolutely cannot tolerate that with the digital modes Here is the way to set up your transceiver fo
66. data to a DX cluster or similar Here is a simple Perl script that uses notify send in the package libnotify bin on Debian to display desktop notifi cation bubbles A better version would use the libnotify bindings for Perl or Python directly E snip usr bin perl exec notify send t 5000 i usr share pixmaps fldigi xpm Heard SENV FLDIGI_NOTIFY_CALLSIGN SENV FLDIGI_NOTIFY_COUNTRY SENV FLDIGI_NOTIFY_STR_0 Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 12 Operating Controls and Displays WENA o folle Eo odo am lp Y mor Jae 1500 Joe osY J store Ji BPSK31 lula 5 8 Heare r sor Figure 6 61 FLDIGI Controls The main display for fldigi is the waterfall display shown above in color and in scale x1 The button WF toggles the display between a waterfall a spectrum display and an oscilloscope type view of the Rx and Tx signals This button acts as a rotary Left clicking moves the display selection in one direction and right clicking in the other direction The three display modes are WF waterfall FFT spectrum Fast Fourier Transform and Sig oscilloscope time domain Let the mouse cursor hover over any one of the controls and a small hint box will open to help you navigate the various controls The Norm button controls the speed of the waterfall drop This is also a rotary type of button control The speeds available are SLOW NORM FAST and PAUSE The load on
67. drop an image file Supported types PNG JPEG BMP Load Close Figure 5 13 Xmit Picture Dialog box You can only transmit an image while in the MFSK 16 mode The image can be prepared for transmission while in the receive mode Right click in the transmit text box and select Send Image from the popup menu This will open up the transmit image dialog which will be blank to start Press the Load button and a file selection dialog will allow you to select a suitable image for transmit The file selection dialog also has a preview capability so you will see what the image looks like You may also open a window manager file browser and drag and drop an image to the center part of the Send image dialog The X1 button is a three way toggle that allows you to transmit an image file in X1 normal and compatible with other modem programs X2 double speed and X4 quadruple speed X2 and X4 are fldigi specific image modes XmtClr Figure 5 14 Xmit Picture Dialog Box with Image The Send image dialog after the image was drag and dropped onto the dialog The properties box said this image was 120 x 119 24 bit color So it should take 42 8 seconds to transmit in full color You can send a color or a b w image in either color mode or b w mode If you transmit a color image in b w the program will convert the image before transmitting If you transmit a b w image as full color you are in effect transmitting redundant infor
68. effect is the same with QPSK signals except you will see 4 vectors that are 90 degrees from each other Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 156 Operating 6 3 5 RTTY Figure 6 12 Digiscope RTTY The signal can be viewed in two different ways on the digiscope This is the time domain representation of the detected FSK signal The two yellow lines represent the MARK and SPACE frequencies This display is for Baudot 45 45 baud 182 Hz shift If the transmitting station were transmitting at 200 Hz shift the signal extremes would lie above and below the yellow lines Try tuning across the RTTY signal with the AFC disabled You will see the signal move above and below the yellow lines as you tune Then enable the AFC and the signal should rapidly move into the center region of the display This signal was about 3 6 dB above the noise floor It looked marginal on the waterfall but still gave good copy Figure 6 13 Digiscope RTTY This is the other digiscope display for RTTY You obtain this view by left clicking anywhere in the digiscope display window You can toggle back and forth between these views The MARK SPACE frequencies are represented by the quadrature ellipses When the RTTY signal is properly tuned in the lines will be in quadrature and aligned as shown Tune across the RTTY signal and the MARK SPACE lines will rotate around the center If the sending station is using a shift that is sma
69. enable the RST sent and Serial out check boxes as this info is already contained in the Exchange in field 72 Logging You captured incoming exchange data into the Exch field as RST SER TIME Do not enable the RST rcvd or the Serial in check boxes You must then open the file with a plain text editor and modify the appropriate entries Check with each contest sponsor to see what their requirements are Here is an example of a generated cabrillo report format before being edited START OF LOG 3 0 CREATED BY fldigi 3 11 The callsign used during the contest CALLSIGN W1HKJ ASSISTED or NON ASSISTED CATEGORY ASSISTED Band ALL 160M 80M 40M 20M 15M 10M 6M 2M 222 432 902 1 2G CATEGORY BAND Mode SSB CW RTTY MIXED CATEGORY MODE Operator SINGLE OP MULTI OP CHECKLOG CATEGORY OPERATOR Power HIGH LOW ORP CATEGORY POWER Station FIXED MOBILE PORTABLE ROVER EXPEDITION HQ SCHOOL CATEGORY STATION Time 6 HOURS 12 HOURS 24 HOURS CATEGORY TIME Transmitter ONE TWO LIMITED UNLIMITED SWL CATEGORY TRANSMITTER Overlay ROOKIE TB WIRES NOVICE TECH OVER 50 CATEGORY OVERLAY Integer number CLAIMED SCORE Name of the radio club with which the score should be aggregated CLUB Contest AP SPRINT ARRL 10 ARRL 160 ARRL DX CW ARRL DX SSB ARRL SS CW ARRL SS SSB ARRL UHF AUG ARRL VHF JAN ARRL VHF JUN ARRL VHF SEP ARRL RTTY BA
70. fidigi W1HK File Op Mode Configure View Help Spot F RxID r TxID Enter Xcvr Freg losorreq On off cal Name In Out Noti jrooo feo on uss x lien neo 1 1 COM ANS GSO TKN II SK IT Me Qth Brag TR xP Rx XA 1 we Ja 20 P 70 a AMP NORM Jafa 1000 9 oy Store Jruk sv CR BPSK31 ln arc r soL l Figure 2 14 Main Dialog New Install Fldigi will create a working files folder multiple sub folders and also populate them with a set of default files The working files folder is different on the different OS Operating System Folder Directory Windows C Documents and Settings lt username gt fldigi files Vista C Users lt username gt fldigi files Linux home lt username gt fidigi Macintosh Users User_Login_Name fldigi After closing the application the working folder will contain the following folders and files Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 9 New Installation 17 palettes 0 a fldigi20081230 log images D scripts lt FLDI lt RSIC lt TRAN lt SLOn fidigi_def xml Figure 2 15 logs macros FLT a ver j SPF temp fidigi prefs rfc Q me 10005 1807 Lasost frequencies2 txt status log txt Working Folder The help images logs scripts and temp folders will be empty They will contain program crea
71. for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 31 RTTY FSK Configuration 67 eo cr Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Rx Tx Synop COSYNOP to ADIF O SYNOP to KML _JInterleave SYNOP and text Restore defaults l Save Close Figure 2 88 RTTY SYNOP Fidigi operates RTTY using AFSK and the transceiver set to USB The RTTY signal can be transmitted anywhere within the USB passband of the transceiver You can select from various Shifts Bauds Bits Parity and Stop Bits for both AFSK and FSK keying of the transmitter You can elect to have fldigi automatically insert a CFLF when it reaches character 72 on a line You can also have it insert a CR CR LF sequence instead of the standard CR LF sequence This is very useful if you are communicating with someone using a hardware TTY printer The extra carriage return will give the physical device time to move to the left margin before new characters arrive The RTTY decoder maintains an internal AFC system for tracking the desired signal Depending on operating conditions you may need to adjust the action of the AFC loop Select from the Slow Normal or Fast AFC loop You can also disable AFC with the AFC button on the main panel The received signal processing consists of a tuned Raised Cosine Filter followed by an optimized Automatic
72. for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 8 KML 167 Therefore the KML destination directory can safely be accessed by one writer and multiple readers Several sessions of fldigi might also updates different KML files as long as the main 1digi kml file is not changed 6 8 7 KML root file This is the default name of the entry file of the generated KML document which by default is fldigi kml If it does not exist it is generated with the list of possible source of KML data Synop Navtex etc If Google Earth or Marble are installed on your machine then they are associated to the file extension kml and you just need to click on fldigi kml to visualize it It is automatically refreshed when fldigi adds new Synop weather reports or Navtex messages to it 6 8 8 KML refresh interval This delay in seconds is used at two places e This is the frequency at which new KML files are created if new data is available e This is the refresh interval specified in the KML file with tag lt refreshInterval gt This should not be too small especially if the data files are big otherwise fldigi will soend most of its time refreshing KML data and accordingly Google Earth or Marble reloading them 6 8 9 Cleanup on startup By default at startup fldigi reloads the existing KML files extracting the key value pairs contained in the Extended Data tags However it is possible to force fldigi to restart from scratch 6 8 10 Merging dista
73. given placemarks can be displayed several ways All these parameters are controlled by the KML configuration tab 6 8 6 Destination directory Gi system media sda6 rchateau fidigi kn O X Document Edition Affichage Aller Signets Outils Configuration Fen tre Aide Pldigi balloon Font Fanily Fldiga balloon color red background co fidigi css fldigi kml Navtex kml 4 s y styles kml Synop kml User kml 6 l ments 6 fichiers 2 6 Mo au total Aucun dossier Figure 6 22 Directory of generated KML files The default destination directory where KML files are saved is a subdirectory called kml in the fldigi users di rectory For example on Linux SHOME f1digi kml and lt defaultpath gt fldigi files kml on Windows This destination can be freely changed The file 1digi css is created at installation and is not changed later Therefore it is possible to customize it by adding specific icons The file 1digi km1 is created by fldigi when it is not there or when the refresh interval is changed If this destination directory is accessible from the internet then it can be published to Google Maps Note Files updates are atomic This means that a file is not accessible by a reader until it is completely written and closed This is achieved by writing into temporary files which are atomically renamed POSIX function rename at the end of operation Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39
74. gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 500 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 01 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2400 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 02 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 6000 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 03 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt BW CMD gt lt BW REPLY gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 300 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 03 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 500 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 02 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2400 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 01 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 6000 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 00 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt BW REPLY gt Fidigi can parse and decode message returned from the transceiver that define 4 aspects of the transceiver operation OK data accepted by the transceiver BAD data rejected by the transceiver MODE current operating mode of the transceiver BW current bandwidth setting of the transceiver FREQ frequency of the active VFO might be either A or B for example These are all contained within multiple lt REPLY gt lt REPLY gt tag pairs This is an example of a fixed format message with no variable fields It is the OK message sent back by the Icom 746 PRO lt REPLY gt lt SYMBOL gt OK lt SYMBOL gt lt SIZE gt 6 lt SIZE gt lt BYTES gt FE FE E0 66 lt BYTES gt Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by
75. gt lt XEND gt K lt RX gt Will place the expanded lt RST gt lt CNTR gt lt QSOTIME gt into the Exchange Out field of the logbook when the contact is saved This is much better illustrated with a screen shot This one shows the macro editor contents the logbook entry in Exchange Out and the transmit text buffer Macro editor macros mdf contest counter decrement counter increment counter exchange out inux_alsa c pression Val failed in sr pression par inux_alsa c pression Val failed in sr pression pari inux_alsa c pression Val W3NR TU 599 1 M145 de W1HKJ Figure 6 3 Exchange Begin End Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 152 Operating 6 2 CW Keying Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D misc Web CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex wetax General Timing ana ask Figure 6 4 Timing and QSK Click on the Configure menu item to open the fldigi configuration dialog Click on the Modems tab and then on the QSK tab 1 Set the Pre Timing and Post Timing to zero 2 Activate the QSK feature by clicking QSK on right channel Click the CW tab and adjust the CW settings to your preference Use the Test char and the Send continuous controls to ease the adjustment process FLdigi is now ready to generate a 1600 hertz CW tone on the right
76. ignored Having no entities selected is the same as selecting all of them i e any country but is a more efficient The entity list can be sorted by clicking on the row headers and there is a right click context menu that can de select by continent and CQ zone The buttons and search fields at the bottom behave as you d expect The list is also available with the menu item View Countries in the main window You need cty dat for all this to work c The Not worked before check button asserts that if you have selected a above the callsign must not be in your logbook Same with b but now you must not have had any QSOs with stations from that country in the log d The LotW user and eQSL user buttons specify that the callsign must be on one of these two lists the docu mentation explains where to get the user lists from and where to put the files The Action pane is where you choose how fldigi will alert you when an event matches the filter bits a The text in the Show alert text box if not empty is shown in a pop up window The alert window has a timer and dismisses itself after a configurable time interval the Hide after control The user can click anywhere inside the window to stop the timer O AI States O Heard nOcall United States 4 cq de nOcall nOcall Time 02 21 28 PM CDT 0500 Mode BPSK31 3581 589 KHz coto1589Hz Figure 6 59 Notifier Popup The button next to the tex
77. issue the following aplay l Here is an example of what you may see xxx List of PLAYBACK Hardware Devices xxxx card 0 ICH6 Intel ICH6 device 0 Intel ICH Intel ICH6 Subdevices 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 card 0 ICH6 Intel ICH6 device 4 Intel ICH IEC958 Intel ICH6 IEC958 Subdevices 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 card 1 AudioPCI Ensonig AudioPCI device 0 ES1371 1 ES1371 DAC2 ADC Subdevices 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 card 1 AudioPCI Ensonig AudioPCI device 1 ES1371 2 ES1371 DAC1 Subdevices 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 If it does not already exist you will need to create the following file etc modprobe d alsa options You will have to root privileges to create the file so a system such as Ubuntu that depends on sudo you would enter sudo touch etc modprobe d alsa options Using the above example you edit that file so that it s contents contain Set preferred order of the sound cards options snd ICH6 index 0 options snd AudioPCI index 1 The simplest terminal editor that is on just about every distribution is nano so to edit the file you just created you can again use sudo sudo nano etc modprobe d alsa options If you want to test this new file reboot and open a terminal and again issue the command aplay l Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 10 Configuration You will normally find that your internet browser an
78. key definition to achieve a resolution For example try a macro definition similar to this to insure that the RSID is sent via a slow FM xcvr or via a VHF repeater lt TX gt lt MODEM NULL gt lt IDLE 2 5 gt lt MODEM MT63 500 gt lt TXRSID on gt Change the idle time value in fractional seconds to suit your needs 6 15 2 RigCAT control Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Hardware PTT RigCAT Hamlib XML RPC Rig description file FT 950 xml Device dev ttyUSB1 v Retries Retry interval ms 2 oo Baud rate 38400 arite s ms aria E D Commands are echoed CAT command for PTT Toggle RTS for PTT Toggle DTR for PTT ORTS 12 v ODTR 12 v MRTS CTS flow control VSP Enable Restore Settings on Close Figure 6 72 RigCAT control RigCAT is a rig control system similar to hamlib that was developed specifically for fldigi It uses command response definitions that are found in various rig xml files You can use a rig xml file specific for your transceiver or write and test one yourself The easiest way is to adapt an existing rig xml file for a rig that is similar to your own ICOM almost identical command response strings for all of its transceiver line Yaesu rigs have nearly all used unique command response structures until just recently The TS 450 TS 950 and others share a similar set of commands and responses RigCAT co
79. models might give better decoding with the filter disabled Fldigi can send and receive FEC in accordance with the DomEX FEC specification for MultiPsk This type of FEC is achieved by some loss of non printing characters in the primary character set lt is therefore not usable as an FEC mode for ARQ automatic repeat request transmissions The DominoEX decoder can detect the presence of CWI within the passband set by the BW factor Increasing the CWI threshold increases the sensitivity to such interference When the interference is detected the associated data is culled using a technique called puncturing DominoEX operations are described in DominoEX Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 52 Configuration 2 25 Feld Hell Configuration 600 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Transmit font _ Reverse video _JHalve receive width Receive filter bandwidth Slow 4 msec ls Rs 0 v Transmit periods when idle Restore defaults Save Close AEN Figure 2 66 Feld Hell Config Panel The Hellschreiber modes all use a video display that is basically a character by character facsimile The shape of the characters is determined at the transmitting station You can sel
80. of Page Return to Main Page 7 7 ualr telnet sip copy the following to fldigi scripts ualr telnet pl usr bin perl Author Stelios Bounanos MOGLD Date 20090103 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 3 of the License or ualr telnet is free software you can redistribute it and or modify at your option any later version Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 236 Developers ualr telnetl is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program If not see lt http www gnu org licenses gt ae de de de de de e Se 4 use strict use warnings die Usage 0 CALLSIGN n unless ARGV 1 use Net Telnet sub error print SNAME SQTH n exit 1 my t new Net Telnet Host gt callsign ualr edu Port gt 2000 Timeout gt 10 errmode gt amp error t gt open t gt waitfor LOOKUP gt t gt print SARGV 0 S_ t gt getline blank line _ t gt getline call error if m No match found _ St gt getline name chomp s st s s
81. operating systems They have varying interests from very slow speed CW to high speed keyboard full break in CW from RTTY contesters to PSK rag chewers They have insisted that fldigi perform well under all of those operations have been amazed by the global distribution of the testing team It is easy to think that the internet will be the death of amateur radio On the contrary it opens up so many additional ways for us to be cooperative Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen
82. pairs around 2100 Hz Each of the generated Mark Space signals are on off keyed OOK bandwidth limited signals The resultant waveform is not an FM type signal of constant amplitude Therefore the transmit audio and RF amplifiers must be linear just like the requirement for PSK signals There are performance gains using this approach The principal being a reduction in inter symbol interference which gives much improved performance by the receiver The waterfall time domain and spectrum signatures of the transmitted signal look like this we ja 8 pla 60 p xa 4 i gt I no RTTY 145 45 170 s n 10 dB Figure 5 30 W1AW on air signal Figure 5 31 AFSK signal Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 122 Modems Figure 5 32 Spectrum You must operate your transceiver in the USB mode for the fldigi RTTY signal to be the correct polarity If your transceiver is set to LSB then use the fldigi Rev button to reverse the sense of the mark and space signals You must maintain transmitter LINEARITY in the AUDIO AMPLIFIERs Do not think that you can improve perfor mance by over driving the audio input A good operating procedure for most transceivers is the set the audio level to the level for which there is just barely a hint of ALC Then reduce the input to 80 of that power level Over driving an AFSK signal is as disastrous as over driving a PSK signal This is an actual
83. point If fldigi is being used with an FM transceiver you probably should enter the simplex frequency or the input frequency of a repeater being used This frequency value is used with the waterfall audio frequency to compute the logged frequency The logged frequency value will only be correct for LSB and USB operation Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 8 Rig Control 11 The frequency mode pick list is displayed when the book button is pressed Pressing the book button a second time will restore the original logging panel The pick list buttons control selecting adding and deleting entries in the frequency mode list e add the current frequency mode audio track point to the list e select the current list entry e delete the highlighted entry from the list e delete all entries from the list a warning prompt will appear e show active frequencies based on either the entry field to the right or the stations locator see pskre porter spotter e entry field for active frequencies search for example EM The browser list contains frequency sideband modem type and audio frequency The list is saved when fldigi is shut down The combo box on the left will allow the selection and control of the operating mode of the transceiver The combo box on the right will allow the selection and control of the transceiver bandwidth The frequency display is in fact a set of special buttons Eac
84. r This is the contents of the ARRL broadcast macro text at the time the macro button is pressed Each of the lt macro tags has been specified by the string which the Tx processor interprets as the command to process the top most tag in the first in first out sequence of tags As each is executed the referenced tag is printed to the Rx buffer using color coded text lt 105Y 3594 915 gt lt MODEM RTTY 170 45 45 5 gt lt IDLE 2 gt OST DE W1HKJ TEST BULLETIN FOR 9 7 2011 OST DE W1HKJ SK lt MODEM NULL gt lt GOFREQ 1000 gt lt IDLE 5 gt lt MODEM BPSK31 gt lt IDLE 2 gt OST de W1HKJ Test bulletin for 9 7 2011 OST de W1HKJ SK Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 4 3 Advanced QSY operations The lt QSY FFF F NNNN gt macro tag and its delayed flavour lt QSY FFF F NNNN gt allows the user to set the transceiver frequency to FFF F In kHz and optionaly set the audio frequency to NNNN In Hz Itis possible to give several frequencies which specify a frequency set When the macro is executed it choses the first frequency of this set greater than the current one If the current frequency is greater than any frequency of the set then the macro choses the smallest first frequency of this set The utility of this feature is to allow a scan of a range of frequencies by re executing the same macro over and over Each time the macro is executed the next frequency of the set is selected
85. restore the original logging panel The pick list buttons control selecting adding and deleting entries in the frequency mode list e add the current frequency mode audio track point to the list e select the current list entry e delete the highlighted entry from the list e delete all entries from the list a warning prompt will appear e show active frequencies based on either the entry field to the right or the stations locator see pskre porter spotter e entry field for active frequencies search for example EM The browser list contains frequency sideband modem type and audio frequency The list is saved when fldigi is shut down The combo box on the left will allow the selection and control of the operating mode of the transceiver The combo box on the right will allow the selection and control of the transceiver bandwidth The frequency display is in fact a set of special buttons Each digit may be left clicked to increment in frequency by that digit value or right clicked to decrement by that digit value The leading digits will follow suit if a decade rollover occurs You can also place the mouse cursor on a digit and then use the mouse wheel to roll the frequency up and down Manual entry of frequency can be accomplished by clicking on any digit and then entering the numeric value in KHz Don t forget the decimal point if you are entering a fractional KHz value Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Use
86. run_macro By default all methods are allowed The xmlirpc list switch outputs the method list and exits the program If preceded by xmlrpc deny or xmIrpc allow it shows the list of methods as filtered by those switches The methods are listed below The three columns are method name signature return_type argument_types and description Refer to the XML RPC specification for the meaning of the signature characters Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 238 Developers 7 8 1 XML Command Symbol Interpretation Symbol Interpretation n nil boolean i integer d double Ss string 6 bytes A array S struct 7 8 2 Table of XML Commands Method Name Sig ret arg Description fldigi list Ain Returns the list of methods fldigi name sin Returns the program name fldigi version_struct S n Returns the program version as a struct fldigi version s n Returns the program version as a string fldigi name_version sin Returns the program name and version fldigi config_dir sin Returns the name of the configuration directory fldigi terminate nii Terminates fldigi i is bitmask specifying data to save O options 1 log 2 macros modem get_name sin Returns the name of the current modem modem get_names A n Returns all modem names modem get_id i n Returns the ID of the current modem modem get_max_i
87. running fldigi for a while and creating your own sets of macro definitions there will be additional x mdf files located here The palettes folder contains the following files Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 18 Configuration 0 0 X 0 0 35 0 Ts 3l 107 11191 as 33 63 175 179 1 a 35 1 s 139 1 banana pal blue1 pal blue2 pal blue3 pal brown pal 0 0 0 LA 0 5 35 34 1 0 LA 22 75 1 138 1 0 0 1 s2 115 1 17 2 Eg 0 1 cyan1 pal cyan2 pal cyan3 pal digipan pal amfsk pal 0 0 0 LA LA 63 88 0 0 107 33 126 1 0 0 1 223 1 121 1 155 1 TS 0 1 255 1_ gray1 pal gray2 pal green1 pal green2 pal jungle pal 255 2 0 LA 0 LA 223 2 63 63 LA 0 191 1 131 135 0 2 0 1159 1 19 203 1 0 3 0 3 negative pal orange pal pink pal rainbow pal scope pal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E 33 LA 0 0 1 63 75 131 0 1 35 _ J 333 3 39 sunburst pal vk4bdj pal yellow1 pal yellow2 pal yl2kf pal Figure 2 16 Folder Palettes Each of these is a palette definition file that is used to modify the appearance of the waterfall Fidigi has a palette editor that enables you to modify these default files or to create your own The file format of these files is identical to the palette files used by DigiPan The final color rendition might be a little different as a result of using different painting functions The file digipan pal contains 0 0 0 0 0 62
88. s FSK input line You may find it necessary to invert the sense of the keying signal FULL WAVE DIODE VOLTAGE DOUBLER 2 TO RIG GERMANIUM 5 ge JACK 6000HM 6000HM o AUDIO IN o ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 1N914 GERMANIUM Figure 7 2 CW Keying Circuit NOTE L1 Radio Shack has two items that may be used for this isolation transformer Catalog 270 054 and Catalog 273 1374 Attach an audio cable from the Rt Channel out of the your computers SOUND CARD to the input of this FSK INTERFACE CIRCUIT input of L1 Attach another cable from the output of this circuit to your Rig s Keying FSK Jack Every PSEUDO FSK tone that is generated by FLdigi is rectified by this FULL WAVE VOLTAGE DOUBLER circuit The resultant voltage turns the Q1 transistor on and grounds the collector Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 6 Rig Xml How to This document describes the contents of the rig definition file rig xml A number of transceivers have rig definition files written and tested which you may use These are found in the xmls directory on this site xml archives You will find subdirectories by manufacturer which contain files named by rig type ie TS 850 xml If you create test and verify the proper operation for a transceiver not yet posted please share that with others by sending it as an attachment to wl hk j wlhk4j com and will post it on the web site You are encouraged to study the various rig definition fil
89. same format for the bandwidth data then it is specified in the lt BANDWIDTHS gt lt BANDWIDTHS gt tag pair Example for the Icom 746 Pro lt BANDWIDTHS gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 50 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 00 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 100 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 01 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 150 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 02 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 200 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 03 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 250 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 04 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 300 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 05 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 350 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 06 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 400 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 07 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 450 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 08 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 500 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 09 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 600 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 10 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 700 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 11 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 800 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 12 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 900 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 13 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1000 lt SYMBOL g
90. settings shown here can be changed later via the Configure menu EC Figure 2 17 Wizard Configuration Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 11 New Install Wizard 21 Figure 2 18 Operator Configuration See Figure 2 19 Sound Card Configuration See S Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 22 Configuration 00 Fidigi configuration wizard Transceiver control Hardware PTT RIgCAT Hamlib XML RPC Use RIgCAT descri file a ot T Retries Retry interval ms e mo Baud rate E o sopbts a 2 gt C Commands are echoed C CAT command for PTT Toggle RTS for PTT Toggle DTR for PTT ORTS 12 v JDTR 12 v JRTS CTS flow control VSP Enable C Restore Settings on Ciose Mitaize Figure 2 20 Transceiver Configuration See Transceiver Configuration 00 Fidigi configuration wizard 2013 11 15 22 45 2013 11 15 22 45 2013 11 15 22 45 2013 11 15 22 45 2013 11 15 22 45 http www w1hkj com support_files y Data source Figure 2 21 Tabular Configuration See Tabular Data Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 12 Callsign DB Configuration 23 Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 12 Callsign DB Configuration 2 12 1 QRZ 600 Eldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Mi
91. should have excellent opposite sideband suppression Overdriving the transmitter can cause multiple audio signals within the SSB passband and cause unwanted interference to other ops The same is true for a poorly designed or adjusted transmitter with bad sideband suppression recommend having a trusted and knowledgable operator assist you when first trying A2 CW Have them carefully look for evidence of your signal above and below your primary signal by at least 3 Khz If there is no evidence of extra signals then your are set to go If there is you might want to have the transceiver adusted for sideband suppression or check to be sure you are not over driving the audio e Wt control sets the weight of the CW Normal CW is at 50 weight ie a dot is equal to the interval between dots or between code elements It has a range of 20 to 80 percent Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 23 CW Configuration 47 Dash Dot controls the relative weight between a dash and a dot The standard for CW is 3 to 1 The dash is 3 times the length of a dot Some operators prefer the sound of either a heavier or lighter sounding CW This control can be adjusted from 2 5 to 4 0 in 0 1 increments Edge shape provides two leading trailing edge shapes 1 Hanning or raised cosine and 2 Blackman a modified raised cosine with a steeper attack and decay Both of these edge shapes give a more narrow bandwidth CW signa
92. t print ASNAMES_ S_ t gt getline addr S_ t gt getline qth chomp _ ii arg _ print SOTHS An St gt waitfor LOOKUP gt x S St gt print bye Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 8 Xmlrpc Control XML RPC data is transported via simple HTTP and client implementations exist for most programming languages A Perl client that can be used as a control script is included in the source tar ball as scripts fldigi shell This control method is currently used by several external programs including flrig logger32 and Xlog The following command line arguments become available when XML RPC support is compiled into fldigi as de scribed in the build instructions xmlrpc server address HOSTNAME Set the XML RPC server address The default is 127 0 0 1 xmlrpc server port PORT Set the XML RPC server port The default is 7362 xmlrpc allow REGEX Allow only the methods whose names match REGEX xmlrpc deny REGEX Allow only the methods whose names don t match REGEX Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 8 Xmirpc Control 237 xmlrpc list List all available methods The xmlrpc deny and xmirpc allow switches can be used as a simple access control mechanism REGEX speci fies a POSIX extended regular expression This invocation disables the methods that may cause fldigi to transmit xmlrpc deny main tx tune
93. the contents of the first status field typically s n main get_status2 sin Returns the contents of the second status field main get_wf_sideband sin Returns the current waterfall sideband main set_wf_sideband nis Sets the waterfall sideband to USB or LSB main get_frequency d n Returns the RF carrier frequency main set_frequency d d Sets the RF carrier frequency Returns the old value main inc_frequency d d Increments the RF carrier frequency Returns the new value main get_afc b n Returns the AFC state main set_afc b b Sets the AFC state Returns the old state main toggle_afc b n Toggles the AFC state Returns the new state main get_squelch b n Returns the squelch state main set_squelch b b Sets the squelch state Returns the old state main toggle_squelch b n Toggles the squelch state Returns the new state main get_squelch_level d n Returns the squelch level main set_squelch_level d d Sets the squelch level Returns the old level main inc_squelch_level d d Increments the squelch level Returns the new level main get_reverse b n Returns the Reverse Sideband state main set_reverse b b Sets the Reverse Sideband state Returns the old state main toggle_reverse b n Toggles the Reverse Sideband state Returns the new state main get_lock b n Returns the Transmit Lock state main set_lock b b Sets the Transmit Lock state Returns the old state main toggle_lock b n Toggles the Transmit Lock state Returns the new state Generated on
94. the cpu will be directly proportional to this selection If your cpu is slow you might want to select the SLOW or PAUSE option for the waterfall The scale control X1 X2 X4 expands or contracts the view into the fast fourier transform that is displayed on the waterfall or the FFT display fldigi always computes the FFT to a 1 Hz resolution and displays the results according to the scale control Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 12 Operating Controls and Displays 195 Figure 6 63 PSK Waterfall X2 scale Figure 6 64 PSK Waterfall X4 scale The next three controls are positional conrols for the waterfall The waterfall can display 4096 data points where each one can be thought of as a spectral line at the equivalent Hertz The ratio is actually 8000 8192 and is related to the ratio of sound card sampling rate to Fast Fourier Transform length This ratio changes for some modems that require a sampling rate other than 8000 Hz The left arrow key will shift the display to the right displays a lower section of the spectrum The right arrow key moves the display higher in frequency These two buttons are repeating buttons Hold them down and the display slews at about 20 shifts sec The center button with the two vertical block lines is a center the signal button The current cursor red signal cursor in the waterfall will be centered in the display area NOTE these controls are only fu
95. the threshold for detecting when the signal transitions from off to on and on to off These signal levels are relative to the average signal level The on to off is the Lower value and the off to on the Upper This implementation provides a hysteresis detector Early fldigi CW decoders used this scheme but the detection levels were not adjustable The RxWPM control is an indicator and is not used for setting the operation of the CW decoder SOM decoding provides a fuzzy logic implementation to match the RX stream detected on off sequence to a best fit character It can increase the probability of correctly identifying the text character under very noisy conditions The TxWPM sliding controller is used to set the transmit WPM To make the setting easier two additional controls Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 46 Configuration are provided Lower sets the lower limit of the slider and Upper sets the upper limit of the slider The resolution of the TxWPM slider is 1 WPM The Lower Upper controls are in in 5 WPM increments The transmit encoder settings for WPM can also be adjusted with three hot keys e Numeric keypad increases the TXWPM by 1 e Numeric keypad decreases the TxWPM by 1 e Numeric keypad x toggles between the selected TxWPM and a default WPM The Default control on the CW tab sets that default value As shown above the TxWPM is 30 and the default is 18 If during
96. to adjust for example to 850 Hz for Deutsche Wetter Dienst 5 14 1 5 Maximum rows number It non continuous Non non stop reception mode an image is automatically saved when it has more than this number of lines Default 2500 lines Once this number of rows is reached the image is saved and a new image is read with the same parameters This feature has two applications Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 14 WEFAX 133 e In automatic mode APT control if an image end is not detected we can guarantee that the result will take no more than for example the size of two faxes Typical faxes have about 1300 lines so the max lines parameters can be tuned to for example 200 lines In manual mode where images are read continuously this cuts the received images into chunks of equal size 5 14 1 6 Destination directory for saved images Received images are saved in the default folder SHOME fldigi images Linux or lt defaultpath gt fldigi files images Windows Additionally they can be saved manually at any time using the button Save The PNG images received some extra text comments which can be displayed for example with GIMP 5 14 1 7 Monochrome images Fax images are monochromes and are saved as such by default However it is possible to bypass this parameter and save them as color RGB images 5 14 2 Transmitting an Image To open the transmit window you mu
97. trees WWW stations 2013 12 15 19 26 12068 214 WMO stations 2013 12 15 19 26 762099 11558 Weather buoys 2013 12 15 19 26 268888 1515 station_table txt Weather ships 201371275 19 26 78545 1752 Argos amp Iridium 2013 12 15 19 26 1358409 15541 o ww wini convsuppon fies 7 Data source Figure 6 89 Data File Source The dialog box contains a list of the available file s for downloading Click on the Update button to initiate the data transfer The buttons under WWW column are direct links to the data source Selecting them either displays or downloads the data from your web browser Note Data source selection contain a single entry User selection not required Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 224 Operating Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 7 Developers e Build Information e Installing Fldigi e Installing from Source e Parse UALR e Pseudo FSK Rig Xml How to ualr telnet Xmlrpc Control Google Maps 7 1 Build Information 7 1 1 Build Info The following is obtained by executing fldigi version Build information built Fri Dec 25 15 57 13 CST 2009 by dave linux dev on i686 pc linux gnu for 1686 pc 1linux gnu configure flags without asciidoc enable optimizations native compiler gc
98. unless you are experiencing nearby continuous wave interference CWI You can enable and disable the prefilter with the checkbox Please note that the filter requires additional cpu cycles Older and slower cpu models might give better decoding with the filter disabled The DominoEX decoder can detect the presence of CWI within the passband set by the BW factor Increasing the CWI threshold increases the sensitivity to such interference When the interference is detected the associated data is culled using a technique called puncturing Thor has been specifically designed to be used with ARQ text transmissions It is also an easy to use keyboard chat mode Thor operations are described in Operating Thor Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 70 Configuration Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 3 Logging Cabrillo Report e Exporting Logbook Data QSO Logbook e User Interface Configuration Log server 3 1 Cabrillo Report CA ES Sis Select Records to Export Select Cabrillo Contest Fields M 20090104 1952 ND2T 14 095990 RIY a Y 20090104 1949 WOSD 14 098384 RTTY Contest AP SPRINT w Y 20090104 1948 KB7Q 14 099716 RTTY M 20090104 1948 NEWS 14 100360 RTTY call Y 20090104 1946 VEGAO 14 10318
99. verbosity debug pskmail Enable logging for pskmail arq events debug audio Enable logging for sound card events version Print version information build info Print build information help Print this option help Standard FLTK options bg COLOR background COLOR Set the background color bg2 COLOR background2 COLOR Set the secondary text background color di DISPLAY display DISPLAY Set the X display to use DISPLAY format is host n n dn dnd or nodi nodnd Enable or disable drag and drop copy and paste in text fields fg COLOR foreground COLOR Set the foreground color g GEOMETRY geometry GEOMETRY Set the initial window size and position GEOMETRY format is WxH X Y xx fldigi may override this setting xx i iconic Start fldigi in iconified state k kbd or nok nokbd Enable or disable visible keyboard focus in non text widgets na CLASSNAME name CLASSNAME Set the window class to CLASSNAME ti WINDOWTITLE title WINDOWTITLE Set the window title Additional UI options font FONT SIZE Set the widget font and optionally size The default is Arial 12 Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 9 License s 9 1 Copyright Copyright 2006 through 2013 Dave Freese W1HKJ 2007 2008 2009 Stelios Bounanos MOGLD e 2007 2008 2009 Leigh Klotz Jr
100. w1hk3 com fldigi distro fldigi psk png Creating a desktop link to an application is different for each desktop manager so please refer to the documentation for your specific manager The first time that you execute fldigi either from the command line or by clicking on the executable in a file manager or the desktop icon it will create a new directory and file e SHOME fldigi e HHOME fidigi macros maf If this is a new installation you will be guided through some necessary configuration by a new install wizard Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 3 Installing from Source The developers recommend that you build either fldigi from source or install from the repository associated with your distribution The repository may not be immediately available for the most current version number In that case you can try installing the binary distribution Keep in mind that the version numbers of the dependent shared libraries must match those on the machine used to create the binary The source code for fldigi is very large and has a number of dependencies that must be satisfied before a successful compile If you are not familiar with compiling and linking source code you should probably practice on a simpler package before treading these waters Please refer to the following web site for information on building for Linux Windows and OS X digi WIKI burla instructions Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manu
101. 0 850 10 PSKR 850HG1 263 3 C10 BC PSK63R 63 1100 80 00 1725 20 PSKR 1725H 263 4 C20 G1BC PSK63R 63 1760 80 00 2775 32 PSKR 2775H 263 5 C32 G1BC Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion PSK125 125 200 80 00 125 1 PSK 125HG1B 4 PSK125R 125 110 80 00 125 1 PSKR 125HG1B 183 PSK125 125 352 80 00 650 3 PSKR 650HG1B 10 RC4 PSK125 125 440 80 00 825 4 PSKR 700HG1 11 RC5 BC PSK125 125 1100 80 00 1700 10 PSKR 1700H 12 RC10 G1BC PSK125 125 1760 80 00 2750 16 PSKR 2750H 13 RC16 G1BC Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 16 Mode Table 141 Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion PSK250 250 400 80 00 250 1 PSK 250HG1B 126 PSK250R 250 220 80 00 250 1 PSKR 250HG1B 186 PSK250 250 2400 80 00 2000 6 PSK 2000H 263 63 C6 G1B PSK250 250 440 80 00 600 2 PSKR 600HG1 263 20 RC2 BC PSK250 250 660 80 00 950 3 PSKR 950HG1 263 21 RC3 BC PSK250 250 1100 80 00 1650 5 PSKR 1760H 263 22 RC5 G1BC PSK250 250 1320 80 00 2000 6 PSKR 2000H 263 65 RC6 G1BC PSK250 250 1540 80 00 2350 7 PSKR 2350H 263 23 RC7 G1BC Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion PSK500 500 800 80 00 500 1 PSK 500HG1B 173 PSK500 500 1600 80 00 1200 2 PSK 1200H 263 27
102. 0 Hardware PTT control Right Channel VOX Signal Fldigi can generate a 1000 Hz tone for the duration of the PTT keydown period A simple tone detector filter and transistor switch can be used to generate a PTT signal from this sound card output Jim W5ZIT has provided details on building an interface for this type of PTT control Serial Port using DTR or RTS The simplest rig control is just being able to control the push to talk via an external transistor switch You set this type of control on the first configuration tab for rig control You select this operation by checking the Use serial port PTT Select the serial port from the list fldigi will have searched for available ports Then specify whether the h w uses RTS or DTR and whether a or voltage is required to toggle PTT on You can use a serial port for control with the RTS and DTR pins configured for you particular interface The program allows you to use RTS DTR or BOTH for the PTT signal Press the Initialize button to start the serial port Parallel Port Linux and Free BSD only Fldigi sets and clears the parallel port pin PARPORT_CONTROL_INIT pin 16 on the 25 pin parallel port connector Keydown sets Pin 16 to 5 volts and keyup sets the voltage to zero HH Router MacOS X Simular functionality can be achieved on the Macintosh operating system using uH Router by Kok Chen W7 AY See UH Router Website for specific details and requirements A selectable chec
103. 00 Eldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart RsID Video cw Reed Solomon ID Rx The RsID notification message contents and display characteristics are configured on the Notifications configure dialog Disable alert dialog v Retain tx freq lock _ Disable freq change s O Squelenopentsec Reed Solomon ID Tx Transmit modes _ End of xmt ID Resor eat Goce Figure 2 67 RSID Config Panel Fldigi offers several ways to identify the operator or mode that is being used This is particularly useful when using a hard to recognize mode such as Thor Olivia or MT63 2 26 1 Reed Solomon Identifier RSID Reed Solomon IDentifier is a special transmission designed by Patrick Lindecker F6CTE for the modem program MultiPsk It has been adapted to other modem programs Fldigi s implementation is compatible with the MultiPsk RSID but provides a slight variation You can transmit RSID at both the beginning and end of a transmission The detection of RSID normally only occurs in the near vicinity of the current waterfall tracking point This cuts down on extraneous RSID detections when the band is crowded and several RSID signals might be present If you want fldigi to search the entire waterfall for RSID signals you can do so by enabling the Detector searches entire passband You start the search for a signal based on
104. 071 000 1800 7071 800 1500 7071 000 1500 7071 000 With Lk off the TX audio frequency is always synchronized with the RX frequency With Lk on the TX audio frequency is fixed with respect to the RX frequency UNLESS the Qsy button is pressed in which case it shifts to the RX frequency the Transceiver VFO is shifted and both the RX and TX audio frequencies are shifted to put both into the middle of the transceiver passband The TX continues to be locked but at the new audio frequency If the Lk is ON moving the cursor around will ONLY AFFECT the RX frequency and NOT the TX frequency Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 12 Operating Controls and Displays 197 The AFC and SQL buttons enable or disable the respective function in the software The slider just above the AFC amp SQL controls is the squelch level control The bar indicator just above it is the equivalent of received signal level and relates on a 1 1 basis with the squelch level slider The SQL button illuminates YELLOW when the SQL is selected but the signal is below the squelch level It illuminates GREEN when the the SQL is selected and the signal is above the squelch level The indicator just to the left of the AFC button is the overload indicator It will be GREEN if your audio drive to sound card is satisfactory YELLOW if the audio signal is marginally high and turn red when it is in overload Back dow
105. 19 29 WOJMP Danny 14 072990 DOMINO 20130417 03 32 FK8DD Sam 14 072520 PSK31 20130417 21 05 RA2FIA Alex 14 070610 PSK31 20130421 02 39 KE6GG Peter 14 073671 OLIVIA 20130421 02 58 Nv10 Craig 14 074276 MFSK16 20130423 21 30 I5PXF Elio 21 071505 PSK31 20130424 01 51 ZL3KR Alan 21 071543 PSK31 20130424 02 19 WB7ULD Cari 21 071543 PSK31 20130424 BE WIHKJ 7 051504 PSK63RC5 20130429 23 03 UT6IB IGOR 14 072460 PSK31 20130430 02 43 Ewsow Sergey 14 071778 PSK31 20130430 19 18 WBOKGN 14 065515 OLIVIA 20130430 19 30 WX3SKY 14 065521 OLIVIA 20130511 18 35 WAR Nick 14 272 USB 20130511 18 56 NBL Micheal 14 393105 USB 20130525 03 59 ZL2VF 14 071553 PSK63F 20130525 04 00 ZL2VF 14 071553 PSK63F 20130525 04 07 ZL2VF 14 071357 PSK31 20130525 04 07 ZL2VF 14 071357 PSK31 20130607 19 18 N3FLL Frank 7 074007 OLIVIA 20130607 20 22 N3FLL Frank 14 066555 MFSK32 20130625 20 13 WB9FCP Wiliam 14 074582 OLIVIA 20130706 15 43 WB2NVR K2A Robert 14 070661 PSK31 20130706 15 54 WARIGIK2H Heny 14 070988 PSK31 20130706 18 06 K2L Dennis 14 070220 PSK31 20130706 18 13 K2C Don 14 071111 PSK31 20130706 18 18 K2C Don 14 071554 PSK31 20130706 18 34 KISTYKIK2B Danny 14 070840 PSK31 20130706 18 41 K2E NY3C Gene 14 070489 PSK31 20130707 19 11 WB2JEP Alan 14 072364 PSK125 20130717 03 19 UR9OX 14 070912 PSK31 20130718 01 26 Alco 14 071256 PSK31 20130718 02 50 RICQ Vladimir 14 072578 PSK31 20130720 17 03 WABRIK 14 066040 OLIVIA E 20120720 4744 seras 4 088040 oie Figure 3 15 Lo
106. 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 4 1 Macros 91 4 1 5 Macro Display Symbols gt b bi bf gt gt gt gt gt gt I gt 4 K K gt lt lt lt lt Dl K dll 2 lt lt gt gt A 00 ka O gt Darrow returnarrow square dado circle line menu UpA rrow EDn rrow Figure 4 2 Symbols The sign may also be followed by the following optional formatting characters in this order forces square scaling rather than distortion to the widget s shape 1 9 or 1 9 tweaks the scaling a little bigger or smaller flips the symbol horizontally flips it vertically e 0 9 rotates by a multiple of 45 degrees 5 and 6 do no rotation while the others point in the direction of that key on a numeric keypad 0 followed by four more digits rotates the symbol by that amount in degrees Thus to show a very large arrow pointing downward you would use the label string 92 gt Here are my macro buttons suitably annotated Figure 4 3 Macro Buttons There are 4 sets of 12 macro functions You can move between the 4 sets using the keyboard and the mouse 1 Left click on the 1 button to move to set 2 Right click on the 1 button to move to set 4 2 Move the mouse to anywhere on the macro buttons Use the scroll wheel to move forward amp backward through the macro sets 3 Press the Alt 1 Al
107. 31 25 Hz for the default baud rates The default calling mode is 32 1000 It has the following appearance on fldigi s waterfall 20 ea so x Figure 5 24 Olivia 32 1000 Excerpts from the web pages of Gary WB8ROL Oliva Mode is a little different than PSK RTTY and many other digital modes Below are tips on how to maximize your use of this mode Disable your software squelch or turn it down as low as you can Generally turn your squelch setting in your software off or set it as low as it will go You will see some garbage letters get printed out if there is NO Olivia signal present but it doesn t harm anything When an Olivia signal is there it will start decoding it and print out the text without garbage at that time It doesn t do much good to use a digital mode like Olivia that can decode signals 14 db below the noise lever IF you squelch it AT the noise level It would be like getting a pair of high power binoculars and using them only in a 10x10 room with no windows Be Patient When you call CQ on this mode be patient and wait at least 45 60 seconds before you put out another call When the other person who hears your CQ clicks on the waterfall it may take 4 20 seconds or even longer before they might actually start decoding your signal That varies a lot depending on the software they are using AND value they have their Sync Integration Period set to The Sync Integration Period setting determines how
108. 4 RTTY 2 Y 20090104 1945 KITTY 14 105272 RTTY Freq Serial in Mode Serial out O 20090104 1932 WANRA 14 116260 RTTY T 20090104 1929 NEM 14 114932 RTTY QS0 Date Exchange In O 20090104 1929 KE7X 14 114464 RTTY am z 20090104 1701 KIZZ 14 115412 RTTY ME OE AERE O 20090104 1654 WA1Z 14 113392 RTTY QIRST sent 20090104 1652 EIGHB 14 112884 RTTY e CO 20090104 1651 WOLSD 14 112112 RTTY RST rcvd O 20090104 1630 N2NK 14 108864 RTTY gL 20090104 1621__WLUE 14 108488 RIY y Checkall Clear All Check All Cancel f OE Figure 3 1 Cabrillo Report Fldigi can generate a basic Cabrillo report that meets most contest needs Selecting the File Log Cabrillo report menu item opens the following dialog If you want to export every record press the Check All in the left panel Select the Contest type from the pull down menu in the right panel Fidigi knows how to format the various fields for each contest When satisfied with the setup press OK You will then have the opportunity to specify the location and name of the cabrillo output file If you use the Contest How To lt XBEG gt lt XEND gt to capture your outgoing exchange OR if you choose to capture all received exchange information in the Exch field on the QSO Logbook panel then you should be careful not to duplicate the data in the Caprillo report For example You captured outgoing exchange data as lt XBEG gt lt RST gt lt CNTR gt lt XEND gt Do not
109. 4L 63 240 100 00 1260 16 FSK 1260HF1 263 30 B MFS 125 480 100 00 1920 1920HF1 263 31 K128L B Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 16 Mode Table 143 5 16 6 MT 63 Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion MT63 500 5 50 80 00 500 64 x 500HJ2D 9 2 PSK EN MT63 10 100 80 00 1000 64 x 1K00J2D 12 1000 2 PSK EN MT63 20 200 80 00 2000 64 x 2K00J2D 15 2000 2 PSK EN 5 16 7 Olivia Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion OLIVIA 4 63 20 100 00 250 4 FSK 12 dB 250HF1B 75 250 OLIVIA 8 31 15 100 00 250 8 FSK 14 dB 250HF1B 69 250 OLIVIA 4 125 40 100 00 500 4 FSK 10 dB 500HF1B 74 500 OLIVIA 8 63 30 100 00 500 8 FSK 11 dB 500HF1B 72 500 OLIVIA 31 20 100 00 500 16 FSK 13 dB 500HF1B 70 16 500 OLIVIA 8 125 58 100 00 1000 8 FSK 7dB 1K00F1B 116 1000 OLIVIA 63 40 100 00 1000 16 FSK 10 dB 1K00F1B 73 16 1000 OLIVIA 31 24 100 00 1000 32 FSK 12 dB 1K00F1B 71 32 1000 5 16 8 RTTY Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion RTTY 45 45 60 100 00 270 270HF1B 39 RTTY 50 50 66 100 00 270 270HF1B 40 RTTY 75 75 100 100 00 370 370HF1B 4 5 16 9 THOR Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N
110. 5 5 3 Picture with a slant If either the send receive or both ends of the transmission are using an uncalibrated sound card whose sampling rate is not an exact multiple of 8000 Hz the resulting picture at the receive end will appear slanted The degree of slant is directly related to the accumulation of the frequency error at both ends of the transfer Stations wishing to send and receive MFSK pic s should calibrate their sound card The WWV calibration mode is used to measure and set the parts per million ppm correction factor for the sound card Your sound system may be fully corrected but the sending station may have an uncorrected sound card You can usually correct for small errors in the following way After the full picture is received move the mouse to bottom left or right corner of the slanted images the corner that clearly visible Then left click on that corner The program will correct for the slant The correction will not be perfect but it may help to make the image more viewable Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 6 MT63 109 5 6 MT63 MT63 is an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed mode consisting of 64 parallel carriers each carrying part of the transmitted signal The tones are differential BPSK modulated MT63 employs a unique highly redundant Forward Error Correction system which contributes to it robustness in the face of int
111. 8600 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PsK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax j TE Tones Receive synchronizer g 8 gt Tune margin tone frequency spacing 4 4 Integration period FEC blocks V Reset FEC blocks when changing BW or Tones Rese cfu Goo Figure 2 55 Contestia Configuration Configuration of Contestia is similar to Olivia as Contestia is a derivative of Oliva See Contestia for additional information Return to Top of Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 23 CW Configuration 45 Return to Main Page 2 23 CW Configuration Operator Ut Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D misc web HEETE CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax General Timing and QSK Prosigns Lower Upper v SOM decoding 4 0 45 b 4 0 55 P v Matched Filter Filter bandwidth FFT filter O 30 W Tracking 7 28 range wr Figure 2 56 General CW Configuration Fldigi can send and receive morse code from 5 wpm to 200 wpm The operating controls for CW are found on the Config CW tab You can open that tab by selecting the Configure Modems menu item and the clicking on the Modems CW tab You can also open up the CW tab by first selecting CW as the operating mode and then clicking on th
112. 9 444 Google ESMAS ccm kon ee a a A A B ie 99 4 45 Custom dates tiMes e 99 5 Modems 101 Si e A A ead bbe beh ebb bh wd 101 ee A Ge Bed se GES ye es OS a St at ee Ge a ee ee A 102 521 Carrier EREGUENON o ba eA a SS Pea Pe wa a ee ee doe 102 ez Osha ine TAB KEY oo dia Ee a a RR a a ae aa 102 S20 Pausing IAS ee ack u i aoua e A a a EG LA ee A a 102 4 24 Aboring transmit s s a aa sa ee ee e ee ee Ke ee BS ee 102 SAS WENA DRISIMSDO lt x cae ke ee a Bae ate A Bo eR ew ae A ee a ae 103 S26 FaMSwOrKOyiNg lt 2 20h Sea ae bG ed Se ee PER GG Re RS eS 103 52 CW CONNGUIANOW 6 ood we ped e ee de ae ee 104 Bae Pros Go be Boo eR ae Ra A A OR AO Pe 104 MIQUEL Eee YEN a RE AS 104 a so cman Hee Re RO A eo ee oe we a AE E G 105 54AT Hels hreiber modem AAN 105 5 4 2 Hellschreiber modes a 106 5 4 3 Hellschreiber Waterfall 0 0 lt a o po spu a carina tana 106 59 MESE ra a pa a ee o ee a a e RO Shak Be PR es ee dg Sle Bes 107 551 MFSK Picture M de coria Re ee Re Re eee Re Ro 107 5 5 2 Fansmiingan IMASE ac iosa aos res suas a RE we he E 109 5583 Pict wines 2 bec eee ce Be a ek a a ee a ee E a 110 S AGS cae ty fet dee bat a A he aie ts eB key ore Ege hee oh da OD Sages ae ee SE A 111 57 WAVIEX and SITORSB 24 8i 24 000 BATA ER ee E Pe ee E ges 113 tal Transmingalekt e eek eed ae ed e a ee be eee Bae et 113 S72 e SISK 22 oe Ce GS doe ee ee aw Eee be we Ae ee 114 5 7 3 AFC Automatic Fre
113. Added call KESAAO MM loc PSK31 freq 14071066 time 1293827322 type 1 Figure 6 85 Event Log iaaa Figure 6 86 Event Log Menu There are six levels of event logging with increasing depth of reports E re a Quiet b Error c Warning SS E ene d Info e Verbose f Debug Figure 6 87 Event Logging Levels The default level for logging events is warning The event log show above was captured during a period of psk reporting Fidigi was set up to monitor and report all detected signals that satisfied the requirements of the psk reporter web site The spotted signals were then Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 23 Supporting Data Files Acquisition 223 automatically sent to the web site A complete report of the recorded events was obtained by a right click in the text pane Select all and Save as was chosen At the Debug level you will probably see more events than you need You can select which events to suppress using the Log sources menu button It defaults to all enabled Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 23 Supporting Data Files Acquisition Text arcane gt B NBEMS files Audio gt B Data files 4 Exit Figure 6 88 Data File Menu To update support data file s Mouse click on the Data files menu item located in the above drop down menu e600 Data files sources Timestamp Size
114. Beginners Guide Online documentation a Fldigi web site KD Reception reports E Command line options El Audio device info 2 Build info Q Event log Check for updates lt gt About Figure 6 54 Help e Beginners Guide On line documentation open up default browser to the on line Help site e Fidigi web site open up default browser to the www w1hkj com primary web page e Reception reports open up browser to the http pskreporter info web page preset to your callsign Command line options display a list of all command line switches available to the fldigi user Audio device info displays information about all audio devices detected on the computer system Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 10 Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts 187 e Build info displays all relevant information regarding the compilation and link for the application build info Event log opens a text display window that records various events depending on the level of reporting depth selected This is a useful window for reporting problems with the program to the developers e Check for updates fldigi silently opens a download web site checks and reports on whether a new version is available About Version number and a little about the programmers 6 9 1 7 Spot Tx RSID Rx RSID and Tune Buttons File Op Mode Configure View Logbook Help Ja spot a RxD a
115. Channel Signal Processing Disable on very slow CPUs of if signal browser is not used V Multi channel detector Resor ee Figure 2 85 Modems PSK General You should set the acquisition search range for waterfall left click action As you adjust this control you will see the red mode width change on the waterfall scale You can also adjust this value by pointing the mouse to the waterfall Hold down the Control key and rotate the mouse wheel The search routine which finds the PSK signal operates on a s n threshold detector as well as recognizing the PSK phase modulation You can adjust the acquisition signal to ratio threshold for the search routine The PSK decoder estimates the signal to noise ratio S N and the intermodulation distortion IMD of the received signal This measurement is valid during periods when the other station is transmitting the idle signal The estimates are displayed on the status bar You can control how these values are displayed clear or dim after NN seconds Setting the seconds to 0 disables the clear dim action Fldigi has a multi channel browser than can display simultaneous reception of up to 30 PSK signals The browser is described here Signal Browser Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 66 Configuration 2 31 RTTY FSK Configuration Figure 2 87 RTTY TX Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39
116. Code transmission will then restart with the very next keyboard closure of a valid CW character 5 2 3 Pausing transmit The Pause Break momentarily key stops sending text Pressing it again resumes transmission 5 2 4 Aborting transmit The Escape key is used to immediately stop text transmission The Tx buffer is cleared Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 2 CW 101 5 2 5 WPM adjustment In CW mode the status bar is changed to include a transmit WPM adjuster Use the arrow buttons or the mouse Mouse wheel up down changes transmit WPM by 1 Hold the shift and mouse mouse wheel changes transmit WPM by 10 The x button immediately to the right of the WPM adjuster is used to toggle between the current and the default transmit WPM The transmit WPM can also be adjusted with three hot keys e Numeric keypad increases the transmit WPM by 1 e Numeric keypad decreases the transmit WPM by 1 e Numeric keypad x toggles between the selected transmit WPM and the default transmit WPM The Default control on the CW tab sets that default value If during a QSO you needed to slow down to give the other op a better chance to copy what you are sending just hit the x on the numeric keypad and the CW code will immediately switch to sending CW at the set default value 18 wpm in this example Press the x again to return to back to the CW speed that you were previously using Each t
117. Doxygen 176 Operating 6 9 1 2 4 Hell Feld Hell Hell 80 Additional information Hellschreiber Feld Hell Configuration 6 9 1 2 5 MSFK MSFK 4 MSFK 8 MSFK 11 MSFK 16 MSFK 22 MSFK 31 Slow Hell Feld Hell X5 Feld Hell X9 FSK Hell105 Feld Hell Slow Hell Feld Hell X5 Feld Hell X9 FSK Hell FSK Hell 105 Hell 80 Figure 6 34 Hell FSK Hell also called FM Hell by some programs MFSK 31 MFSK 32 MFSK 64 MFSK 128 Figure 6 35 MSFK Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 177 MSFK 32 MSFK 64 e MSFK 64L e MSFK 128 e MSFK 128L Additional information MFSK 6 9 1 2 6 MT 63 MT63 500S MT63 500L MT63 1000S MT63 1000L MT63 2000S MT63 2000L Figure 6 36 MT63 e MT63 500S e MT63 500L e MT63 1000S e MT63 1000S e MT63 2000S e MT63 2000L Additional information MT63 MT63 Configuration Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 178 Operating 6 9 1 2 7 PSK BPSK 31 BPSK 63 BPSK 53F BPSK 125 BPSK 250 BPSK 500 BPSK 1000 MultiGarrier Figure 6 37 PSK 12xP5K125 6xPSK250 Figure 6 38 Multi Carrier PSK psk 31 phase shift keying 31 625 baud psk 63 phase shift keying 63 25 baud psk 63F phase shift keying with FEC 63 25 baud psk 125 phase shift keying 126 5 baud e psk 250 phase shift keying 253 baud
118. Doxygen 7 7 ualr telnet 235 lt BYTE gt FB lt BYTE gt lt BYTE gt FD lt BYTE gt lt REPLY gt The lt SYMBOL gt lt SYMBOL gt pair and the command definition are mandatory The lt SIZE gt lt SIZE gt field is mandatory and specifies the number of bytes contained in this reply The above definition could also have been coded as lt REPLY gt lt SYMBOL gt OK lt SYMBOL gt lt SIZE gt 6 lt SIZE gt lt BYTES gt FE FE E0 66 FB FD lt BYTES gt lt REPLY gt When the reply contains variable data it is specified in a contained tag pair lt DATA gt lt DATA gt This data field contains specifiers that describe the kind and size of the data The lt DTYPE gt lt DTYPE gt tag pair may be one of BINARY or DECIMAL This is an example for the reply to a mode query that is returned by the Icom 746 PRO lt REPLY gt lt SYMBOL gt MODE lt SYMBOL gt specifies the response name lt SIZE gt 8 lt SIZE gt 8 bytes of data returned lt BYTES gt FE FE E0 66 lt BYTES gt 4 bytes of preamble lt BYTE gt 04 lt BYTE gt 1 additional byte for preample lt DATA gt lt DTYPE gt BINARY lt DTYPE gt binary data field of 1 byte lt SIZE gt 1 lt SIZE gt lt DATA gt lt FILL gt 1 lt FILL gt a variable field data not used lt BYTE gt FD lt BYTE gt 1 byte postamble lt REPLY gt Fldigi rigcat will check for both the preample and postamble to insure that a valid reply has been sent by the transceiver Return to Top
119. FENNNN gt Move to specific RF and Audio frequency lt IDLE NN nn gt Transmit idle signal for specified number of seconds lt WAIT NN gt Wait no audio for specified number of seconds lt WPM ww ff gt CW ww WPM optional ff Farnsworth wom Note that each of these tags is identical to their immediate mode counterparts The exception is the addition of the exclamation mark following the leading lt The use of these tags is best explained by example 4 2 1 CW Code Practice Transmission lt MODEM CW gt lt TX gt lt GOFREQ 600 gt lt WPM 10 15 gt NOW IS THE TIME now 180 wpm lt IDLE 2 gt lt RISE 1 0 gt lt PRE 0 4 gt lt POST 0 2 gt lt WPM 180 gt FOR ALL GOOD MEN TO COME TO THE AID of their country now 30 wpm lt IDLE 2 gt lt WPM 30 gt de lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt Modem type is changed to CW before start of transmission lt MODEM CW gt does not have the addition of the symbol Audio carrier is changed to 600 Hertz Transmit WPM set to 30 words per minute followed by text e Transmit is silent for 2 seconds e Rise time pre and post delays are adjusted and the WPM changed to 180 words per minute Text is sent at 180 WPM WPM changed to 30 words per minute followed by identification string and signoff Return to receive Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 4 2 Inline Macros 93 This is a mo
120. FLDIGI Users Manual 3 21 Generated by Doxygen 1 8 6 Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 Contents 1 FLDIGI Users Manual Version 3 21 1 1 1 Fidigi Configuration and Operational Instructions 0 2 eee ee 1 Configuration 3 21 User interface comiguration lt i cdc av ba bed ee ae tala a Pee F844 Hes 3 2 2 Windows Specific Install Config ooo ee 3 2 3 Other Configuration options 2 e 3 24 Soman Ling SWIICHGS lt s se sr soe AA ee ea A A ee A 4 25 Modem Configuration Options c a sa e re ke a ee ee a a aa 4 26 Conlig re Operator 2 cs hee ee Dhow hee A e he A 5 27 Sound Card Conmiquraiion lt ss es Sea eee a ee wat ae ek does 5 2 7 1 Right Channel Audio Output 22 torera eee ie hed 8 242 WAY Pile Sampe Rale oie ea ek ee a E em a la 9 2d Mute soun tads lt a e Ride a A aoe de oe A eee 9 2 ROCO sora Steak Gnd a s ee oe e Ge be bes ae ee aie Se a a Rae a ih 10 201 Fig GONNQUIAIIONW lt lt a sae aa a ae Ee Ra we OR eee ae te E 11 262 ICAI COMO ciones o a a ead de bead bees 13 203 le do a eine Kone ee ls A 14 Bee IAPR DO GAL a dtc a a ee GE Bos oe a Ro 15 29 New mMstalahon si eae Mi we Ba ew Oe ee DA BR Ad eo 15 240 Installing Ficligi on Windows i o e s aes 8585 be a ee eo ee ee o e 18 2 10 1 Special Note for Vista Win7 from user 2 o eo 19 2 10 2 Installing fldigi programs on thumb drive 2 2 ee 19 2 11 New PSl IZA ooo eke a A ae oe ee a a oe ee 8 20 212 Gallen DE OMIURIOA 2 2c a
121. FSK31 gt lt MODEM MFSK32 gt lt MODEM MFSK4 gt lt MODEM MFSK64 gt lt MODEM MFSK64L gt lt MODEM MFSK8 gt lt MODEM MT63 1KL gt lt MODEM MT63 1KS gt lt MODEM MT63 2KL gt lt MODEM MT63 2KS gt lt MODEM MT63 500 lt MODEM MT63 500 L gt s gt lt MODEM NAVTEX gt lt MODEM 0Olivia 16 1 lt MODEM 0Olivia 16 lt MODEM 0Olivia 32 1 lt MODEM Olivia 4 K gt 500 gt K gt 250 gt lt MODEM 0Olivia 4 lt MODEM 0Olivia 64 2 lt MODEM 0Olivia 8 1K gt lt MODEM 0Olivia 8 lt MODEM Olivia 8 500 gt K gt 250 gt 500 gt lt MODEM OLIVIA lt MODEM OLIVIA lt MODEM OLIVIA 250 lt MODEM OLIVIA 500 lt MODEM OLIVIA 500 1000 32 gt 1000 8 gt 8 gt 16 gt 8 gt lt MODEM OLIVIA gt lt MODEM PSK1000 lt MODEM PSK1000R gt lt MODEM PSK1000R lt MODEM PSK125 C2 gt C2 gt C12 gt lt MODEM PSK125R gt lt MODEM PSK125R lt MODEM PSK125R lt MODEM PSK125R lt MODEM PSK125R c10 gt C12 gt C16 gt C4 gt lt MODEM PSK125R lt MODEM PSK250C6 gt lt MODEM PSK250R gt lt MODEM PSK250R lt MODEM PSK250R C5 gt Cc2 gt C3 gt lt MODEM PSK250R lt MODEM PSK250R lt MODEM PSK250R lt MODEM PSK500C2 gt lt MODEM PSK500C4 gt C5 gt C6 gt C7 gt lt MODEM PSK500R gt lt MODEM PSK500R lt MODEM PSK500R lt MODEM PSK500R lt MODEM PSK63R C2 gt C3 gt C4 gt c10 gt lt MODEM PSK63R lt MODEM PSK63R lt MODEM PSK63R lt MODEM PSK63R lt MODEM PSK800C2 gt
122. Forward Error Correction system similar to MT63 The family is very large with 40 or more different options which can make it very difficult to work out which is which The mode works well on poor HF paths and has good sensitivity There are three popular modes which have 8 FSK 16 FSK and 32 FSK thus having three four or five bits per symbol These three modes can be selected without additional configuration The tone frequency spacing and integration period should always be left at 8 and 4 respectively unless you are experimenting with another station running an Olivia modem that can be changed These must always be the same at both ends of the Olivia QSO The modes have two serious shortcomings excessive bandwidth combined with slow typing rate and excessive latency which is the apparent typing delay caused by the integration period See Operating Olivia for additional information Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 30 PSK Configuration 65 2 30 PSK Configuration 8 0 0 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Cw Dom Fela MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax General l AFC behavior 4 50 gt Acquisition search range Hz 4 9 gt Acquisition S N dB S N and IMD behavior Dim after a 15 gt seconds Multi
123. Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 212 Operating 6 18 SYNOP decoding 6 18 1 What is Synop 6 18 1 1 Weather data SYNOP which stands for surface synoptic observations is a numerical code used for reporting weather observations made by manned and automated fixed land weather stations It is also called FM 12 by the World Meteorological Organization It is closely associated to FM 13 XIV SHIP for report of surface observation from a sea station Created in 1982 and FM 14 XIV SYNOP MOBIL for reports of surface observation from a mobile land station Here is an example of undecoded SYNOP weather report 13586 31530 80000 10036 20029 39821 40218 53002 71022 886 333 20029 88715 Many SYNOP reports are available on web sites such as Ogimet 6 18 1 2 Synop reports broadcasts The most important broadcaster on SYNOP data is DWD in RTTY mode 6 18 1 2 1 Deutsche Wetterdienst schedule SYNOP reports are typically sent every six hours by Deutscher Wetterdienst on shortwave and low frequency using RTTY The baud rate must be 50 bauds Freq Station Time 147 300 kHz DDH47 05 00 22 00 42 5 4583 000 kHz DDK2 00 00 24 00 225 0 7646 000 kHz DDH7 00 00 24 00 225 0 10100 800 kHz DDK9 00 00 24 00 225 0 11039 000 kHz DDH9 05 00 22 00 225 0 14467 300 kHz DDH8 05 00 22 00 225 0 6 18 1 2 2 Other broadcasters Until recently ma
124. I Users Manual by Doxygen 2 18 User Interface Configuration Macros 37 2 18 User Interface Configuration Macros Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Figure 2 43 UI Tabs 600 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Number and position of macro bars One bar above waterfall One bar below waterfall Two bars scheme 1 Two bars scheme 2 Two bars scheme 3 Two bars scheme 4 Two bars scheme 5 Two bars scheme 6 _ Load last used macro file on startup Display macro filename on startup _ Prompt to save macro file when closing Resor eeu Cove Figure 2 44 Ul Configure Macros Access to a macro is gained by pressing the associated function key There are actually 48 separate macros that can be created With the default configuration you rotate between the sub sets of 12 using the numbered button to the right of the macro bar or by selecting a set with the Alt 1 Alt 2 Alt 3 or Alt 4 key combination on OS X use the Option 1 etc The default user interface is a single macro bar of 12 buttons located just above the waterfall panel There are times when you need ready access to more than 12 macro functions When a 2 row conf
125. I Waterfall Mouse Behavior The mouse behavior in the waterfall panel can be controlled to suit your particular operating style You might want to replay the saved audio history every time you either left click to select or right click to preview a particular signal You can move the transceiver frequency in increments of 100 Hz by dragging the waterfall scale You can also choose to insert a line of text into the Rx panel each time you left click a waterfall signal The text can include expandable macro tags 2 20 2 1 Waterfall Mouse Behavior Tailoring The mouse wheel behavior can also be tailored to your liking None no mouse wheel activity in waterfall panel AFC range or BW adjust the AFC range BW up down e Squelch level adjust the squelch level up down e Signal search search up down for next signal in current mode e Modem carrier adjust the audio tracking point Hz increments e Modem select modem type from a full rotary of available modems e Scroll move the waterfall left right in 100 Hz increments for 2x 4x expanded waterfall view Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 21 Working Logs Working Logs Fldigi maintains a number of working log files that are found in its default folder The default folder is easy to find simply select the menu item File Show config and your OS default files explorer will be opened to that location Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual b
126. ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion THOR4 3 9 14 100 00 173 173HF1B 136 THORS 5 4 22 100 00 244 244HF1B 139 THOR8 7 8 28 100 00 346 346HF1B 137 THOR11 10 8 40 100 00 262 262HF1B 143 THOR16 15 6 58 100 00 355 355HF1B 138 THOR22 21 5 78 100 00 524 524HF1B 145 THOR25 24 3 88 100 00 1800 4x tone 1800HF1 263 40 X4 spacing 2 B sec interleave THOR50 48 6 176 100 00 900 1 sec 900HF1B 263 41 X1 interleave THOR50 48 5 176 100 00 1800 2x tone 1800HF1 263 42 X2 spacing 1 B sec interleave Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 144 Modems THOR100 97 352 100 00 1800 0 5 sec 1800HF1 263 43 interleave B 5 16 10 THROB Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion THROB1 1 10 80 00 72 1 2 of 72HOF1B 43 9 FSK THROB2 2 20 80 00 72 1 2 of 72HOF1B 44 9 FSK THROB4 4 30 80 00 144 1 2 of 144HF1B 45 9 FSK THROB 1 10 80 00 94 2 of 94HOF1B 46 x1 11 FSK THROB 2 20 80 00 94 2 of 94HOF1B 47 X2 11 FSK THROB 4 40 80 00 188 2 of 188HF1B 146 X4 11 FSK Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 6 Operating Contest How To CW Keying Digiscope Display Digiscope Display WWV mode DXCC List etal Frequency Analyzer Keyboard Operation KML Menus Mouse and
127. K reporter database Reception reports are filtered for duplicates among all data sources a report is queued only once every hour for each callsign and frequency band The queue is flushed every five minutes You can see what the spotter is doing in the Event Log window or on the terminal if you set the log level to Info Debug will show all the gory details lode Configure View Logbo Recent activity for grid EM DO 28080000 388 reports 3 14080000 248 reports 14070000 174 reports 21080000 72 reports 21080000 72 reports 21030000 34 reports 28120000 28 reports 28030000 16 reports Figure 6 68 Activity Reports A button and popup text field on the rig control frame give access to the most recent receptions reports in your geographic area The area is determined by the contents of the field to the right of the button or by the locator text on the operator tab if the mini field is empty The first two characters of the locator are used lf the locator is not set the pskreporter info uses the current IP geolocation to approximate it A popup is displayed when the user clicks the button or presses the Enter key from within the field The popup shows the frequencies by measure of activity that gives more weight to transmissions If rig control is active the user can click on one of the lines to go to that band Clicking on the 18100000 1 report line would immediately QSY the transceiver to 18 1 MHz The data is ret
128. KN lt KN gt VE lt VE gt Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 3 DominoEX The modem code for dominoEX uses a wide band multiple frequency detector that can lock on and detect the incoming signal even when badly mistuned Frequency domain oversampling is used to allow proper tone detection without the need for AFC The AFC control does not alter the decoder in any way The waterfall and digiscope will appear as CO LANS bi QSO bp i KN MH IA zz 6 0 2008 1500 J 0 i 250 wer ao af57 e a alm ul Norm alafio00 rjw osv Store Fuk Rv Cwr g i Bmx mse T mt sso Figure 5 4 DominoEX The text displayed in the status area is the secondary text being sent by the transmitting station When the keyboard buffer is empty the dominoEX modem transmits text from the secondary text buffer Your secondary text buffer can be edited on the DominoEX configuration tab The digiscope display represents the tone pairs moving through the tone filters You can also use an alternate digiscope display left click on the digiscope display area Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 4 Hellschreiber 103 Figure 5 5 DominoEX In this display mode the red line represents the center of the multiple tone bins that are in the detector The dots will be blurry if the AFC is not locked on and become very distinct when AFC lock has been achieved The tone dot
129. NTES 62 5 40 100 00 250 4 FSK 10 dB 250HF1B 55 TIA 4 250 CONTST 31 25 30 100 00 250 8 FSK 13 dB 250HF1B 49 IA 8 250 CONTES 125 78 100 00 500 4 FSK 8 dB 500HF1B 54 TIA 4 500 CONTES 62 5 60 100 00 500 8 FSK 10 dB 500HF1B 52 TIA 8 500 CONTES 31 25 30 100 00 500 16 FSK 12 dB 500HF1B 50 TIA 16 500 CONTES 125 117 100 00 1000 8 FSK 5 dB 1K00F1B 117 TIA 8 1000 CONTES 62 5 78 100 00 1000 16 FSK 9 dB 1K00F1B 53 TIA 16 1000 CONTES 31 25 48 100 00 1000 32 FSK 12 dB 1K00F1B 51 TIA 32 1000 5 16 4 DominoEX Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion DominoE 3 9 29 100 00 173 173HF1B 84 X4 DominoE 5 4 44 100 00 244 244HF1B 85 X5 DominoE 7 8 58 100 00 346 346HF1B 86 X8 DominoE 10 8 80 100 00 262 262HF1B 87 X11 DominoE 15 6 115 100 00 355 355HF1B 88 X16 DominoE 21 5 160 100 00 524 524HF1B 90 X22 DominoE 43 312 100 00 1600 1600HF1 263 45 X44 B DominoE 86 614 100 00 1600 1600HF1 263 46 X88 B 5 16 5 MFSK Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion MFSK4 3 9 18 100 00 154 32 FSK 154HF1B MFSK8 7 8 36 100 00 316 32 FSK 316HF1B 60 MFSK11 10 8 40 100 00 218 16 FSK 218HF1B 148 MFSK16 15 6 58 100 00 316 16 FSK 316HF1B 57 MFSK22 21 5 80 100 00 435 16 FSK 435HF1B 152 MFSK31 31 3 55 100 00 330 8 FSK 330HF1B MFSK32 31 3 120 100 00 630 16 FSK 630HF1B 147 MFSK64 63 240 100 00 1260 16 FSK 1260HF1 263 30 B MFSK128 125 480 100 00 1920 1920HF1 263 31 B MFSK6
130. ON 20 2b bead pea bebe PRS EP EEE ES e 206 6 15 0 Hamit CAT SIM ce e soe A Re we eee we Pec a a la 207 Gold AMER PECAT i e ea Oe epa d RE ee Ce Re ae Bae eG es 208 PT SR RSG REPOTI oia ask eG eh a A ak GA ok A eo a 208 BASA RET coh bee hep hd ee bet be dad e dd 208 S1611 READABILITY 24 2 26 oe eee Re Be we RE aw oe be a Gua eG 208 616 12 SIGNAL STRENGTH cra A ee a E ai 209 GIGS TONE sos ac Ge 4c od bak A A ees 209 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen CONTENTS GNG 2 REO ok cane Pad ad Pa PER eee RS GHEE G Ea DEE ee Ee EDA ws 209 6 16 21 READABIUTY 3 4 lt 26 6 ac fe ewe pw ae ER Meee eA ee ws 209 6 622 a SIM ua ko ave a gs Gn ep AA Aa Raa 210 DIAS QUALITY oa coc arar ee Dea eh ER eR eS bes 210 6 17 Sial BOWS o oo Be a ee A A RA hoe ee ee BS 210 1E SINO OSCONO Sa a di A A A A aaa 214 618 1 Whale SINO lt e somom bee eb bbe k bbe hee e eee beet 214 GISELA MIRAN 20 o aie oh a eS A edh ATE REU ee Ba Ge 214 6 18 1 2 Synopreporis broadcasis 6 o be ee ee 214 6 18 2 Parameleis oo cc i egoa tot bbe be pok hb whe a bee ete bee ed 215 6 19 3 RECODION WINGS 22 pemp Bae Re ee She Be 216 GAGs DAMES lt a ee Re ee Oe Oe Bae ee ee edge eee 217 Ble OUI 2 ape kak a Oe ey ee dae oe BR eo te 219 61942 OUPO 2 oe a Pe Bee ee ee Pah Sk de oe a 219 6 18 5 Command line SYNOP decoder program synop_tool 0 220 1S NUTR SUDOR ra eee dae ae a a oe A Gk ee ee Ae 220 6 20 Usi
131. Output formats 6 18 4 2 1 ADIF When the option is ticked SYNOP weather reports are saved in a new ADIF record in the default logfile The report itself is saved with field lt NOTES xx gt The length can be of several hundredth of chars and accord ingly to the ADIF standard new lines can appear in each report Example of lt NOTES gt field in an ADIF record Header ICAO indicator LOWM Identification and location Land station observation Land observations Precipitations Precipitation omitted no precipitation Station type Manned station 7WW omitted not significant Cloud base 600 to 1000 m Visibility 15 km Cloud cover 7 8 6 18 4 2 2 KML SYNOP reports can generate KML files for fixed stations mobile weather ships buoys etc that is every observa tion which can be associated to a set of coordinates Several reports of the same station can be aggregated in a single place mark Mobile stations have their path drawn linking all coordinates spotted for a given station with an unique name Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 218 Operating KML data are are also saved in a display independent format in lt description gt tags and thus can easily be reused by other software 6 18 5 Command line SYNOP decoder program synop_tool The decoder comes with synop_tool acommand line tool able to decode input text files and generate the same output files as fldigi It is intend
132. RSID by using the main panel switch The RSID detector is a separate decoder that operates in parallel with all other modem decoders If you select the Mark previous frequency and mode a restore link will be inserted into the RX text upon detecting an RSID signal Clicking on this link restores the previous frequency and mode of operation You elect to disable the RSID upon first detection You also have the option of just receiving notification when an RSID signal is detected The notification occurs with a pop up message box You can select which modes will include the transmitted RS identifier and which modes will react to a received and decoded RS identifier The mode to identifier relationships are selected by pressing the associated modes button Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 54 Configuration O Receive modes Y CW Y DominoEX 4 Y DominoEX 5 M DominoEX 8 M DominoEX 11 M FSK Hell M FSK Hell 105 M Hell 80 M MFSK 8 M MFSK 16 M MT63 1000 M MT63 2000 M BPSK 31 M BPSK 63 M BPSK 63F M BPSK 125 Figure 2 68 Receive Modes Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 26 ID Configuration 55 O Transmit modes o Fx O cw a Y DominoEX 4 Y DominoEX 5 Y DominoEX 8 Y DominoEX 11 Y DominoEX 16 Y DominoEX 22 M Feld Hell Y Slow Hell M Feld Hell X5 M Feld Hell X9 M FSK Hell M FSK Hell 105 M Hell 80
133. RTG RTTY CQ 160 CW CQ 160 SSB CO WPX CW CQ WPX RTTY CQ WPX SSB CO VHF CQ WW CW CQ WW RTTY CQ WW SSB DARC WAEDC CW DARC WAEDC RTTY DARC WAEDC SSB FCG FQP IARU HF JIDX CW JIDX SSB NAQP CW NAQP RTTY NAQP SSB NA SPRINT CW NA SPRINT SSB NCCC COQP NEQP OCEANIA DX CW OCEANIA DX SSB RDXC RSGB IOTA SAC CW SAC SSB STEW PERRY TARA RTTY CONTEST ARRL RTTY ae de de de de de e Se Optional email address EMATL LOCATION Operator name NAME Maximum 4 address lines ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS A space delimited list of operator callsign s OPERATORS Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 3 2 Exporting Logbook Data 73 Offtime yyyy mm dd nnnn yyyy mm dd nnnn OFFTIME Soapbox comments SOAPBOX SOAPBOX SOAPBOX QSO 14095 RY 2009 01 04 1952 W1HKJ 599 GA 12345 ND2T 599 CA 67890 QSO 14098 RY 2009 01 04 1949 W1HKJ 599 GA WOSD 599 SD QSO 14099 RY 2009 01 04 1948 W1HKJ 599 1234567890 KB7Q 599 1234567890 QSO 14100 RY 2009 01 04 1948 W1HKJ 599 GA N6WS 599 CA QSO 14103 RY 2009 01 04 1946 W1HKJ 599 GA VE6AO 599 AB END OF LOG Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 3 2 Exporting Logbook Data Fidigi provides automatic export of log records as they are recorded On Linux the data is forwarded to Xlog com patible programs using the SysV message queue system On Windows the records are exported via a temporary file structure an
134. RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Rx Tx Synop SYNOP to ADIF SYNOP to KML _ Interleave SYNOP and text Restore defaults Save Close 7 Figure 2 91 RTTY SYNOP See Synop and RTTY for additional information Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 32 Thor Configuration 69 Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 32 Thor Configuration 600 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Secondary Text KK5VD Filtering a 2 0 gt Filter bandwidth factor ERAS CWI threshold 0 00 v Preamble Detection v Soft symbol decoding vw Soft bit decoding Restore defaults Save Close AEN Figure 2 92 Modems Thor The decoder can detect and defeat a modest amount of CWI that is within the BW set by the BW factor Increasing the CWI threshold increasing the sensitivity for this correction The offending tones are punctured thereby rendering them null to the Viterbi decoder Enter the secondary text This text will be sent during periods when your keyboard is inactive between letters for slow typists The default for this text will be your callsign when you have entered that in the Operator configuration tab Set the BW factor for the decoding prefilter 2 0 should be adequate
135. TIME_OFF end time of QSO in HHMM format TIME_ON start time of QSO in HHMM format TX_PWR power transmitted by this station VE_PROV 2 letter abbreviation for Canadian Province XCHG1 received contest exchange e These fields are either captured on the main dialog computed from internal values or determined by configuration The data in the fldigi logbook can be exported to external text files ADIF text and CSV comma separated value The ADIF can be read by any ADIF compatible logbook program The text output is suitable for use in a word processor and for printing The CSV can be read into many spreadsheet programs such as Excel Open Office or Gnumeric 3 3 2 Digital Modes Signal Reports Fldigi does not enforce any rules on signal reporting It could very well do so for many of the modes in which signal quality is inherently measured as a part of the decoder Learning how to evaluate a signal to properly report it and then help in correcting deficiencies should be the goal of every amateur operator Please read further on using both RST and RSQ signal reports 3 3 3 Capturing QSO Data Fidigi supports two QSO capture panels The first for casual QSO logging Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 3 3 QSO Logbook 77 Enter Xcvr Freq DA Freq 14072 023 On 2050 off 2051 in Out EE A E o NONE y Qth TONEY stja Pri Loc EM64qv Figure 3 3 QSO
136. Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 240 Developers main get_rsid b n Returns the RSID state main set_rsid b b Sets the RSID state Returns the old state main toggle_rsid b n Toggles the RSID state Returns the new state main get_trx_status s n Returns transmit tune receive status main rx n n Receives main tx n n Transmits main tune n n Tunes main abort n n Aborts a transmit or tune main get_trx_state sin Returns T R state main run_macro nii Runs a macro main get_max_macro_id i n Returns the maximum macro ID number rig set_name nis Sets the rig name for xmlrpc rig rig get_name sin Returns the rig name previously set via rig set_name rig set_frequency d d Sets the RF carrier frequency Returns the old value rig set_modes n A Sets the list of available rig modes rig set_mode nis Selects a mode previously added by rig set_modes rig get_modes A n Returns the list of available rig modes rig get_mode sin Returns the name of the current transceiver mode rig set_bandwidths n A Sets the list of available rig bandwidths rig set_bandwidth nis Selects a bandwidth previously added by rig set_bandwidths rig get_bandwidth s n Returns the name of the current transceiver bandwidth rig get_bandwidths Ain Returns the list of available rig bandwidths rig take_control n n Switches rig control to XML RPC
137. TxD r TUNE 25 Figure 6 55 Menu e Spot button The Spot light button is visible if callsign spotting is enabled Use this button to toggle the callsign spotting reporter on and off It is automatically turned off when playback is selected in the Files menu The main window text is not searched if the viewer is active i e if it is displayed and the current modem is PSK See PskReporter and Notifier RxID button toggles the detection of Reed Solomon Identification codes TxID button toggles the transmission of the RSID signal Tune button toggles the Tune mode which causes fldigi to insert a tone at the current waterfall frequency The peak to peak amplitude of this tone is the standard by which you should set your transmitter drive or adjust your antenna matching network The right most button is normally not visible This is the count down timer button that is enabled when a macro button has been configured to repeat after a specified number of seconds This button shows the count down to the next transmission Pressing the button disables the count and restores fldigi to normal keyboard operation Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 10 Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts Fldigi has a bewildering number of keyboard and mouse shortcuts some of which may help make your particular style of operation more efficient You do not need to know them all to make effective use of the program 6 10 1 Main window 6 10
138. ULL gt lt QSY 3594 915 gt lt MODEM RTTY 170 45 45 5 gt lt IDLE 2 gt lt FILE home dave arrl_test bulletin txt gt lt MODEM NULL gt lt GOFREQ 1000 gt lt IDLE 5 gt lt MODEM BPSK31 gt lt IDLE 2 gt lt FILE home dave arrl_test bulletin txt gt lt TX gt lt RX gt e Change modem type to NULL to suppress transmission and start the Tx data stream processor e Send frequency change command to transceiver new frequency is 3594 kHz audio frequency 915 Hz Note that this puts the MARK tone at 1000 Hz Change modem to RTTY 170 Hz shift 45 45 baud default is 5 bits Idle for 2 seconds Send the file contents of specified file e Change to NULL modem Turns off the RTTY diddle audio stream is silent Change audio frequency to 1000 Hz Idle for 5 seconds complete silence of transmit Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 94 Macros e Change modem type to BPSK 31 Send BPSK idle for 2 seconds e Send the file contents of specified file Return to receive note that the lt TX gt can appear anywhere is the macro definition as it is executed when the macro text is parsed lt RX gt is always moved to the end of the Tx buffer It could also have appeared anywhere in the macro string 4 2 5 Appearance of tx buffer At ATAT OST de W1HKJ Test bulletin for 9 7 2011 OST de W1HKJ SK AATATATALN OST de W1HKJ Test bulletin for 9 7 2011 OST de W1HKJ SK A
139. Usage fldigi opti fldigi options home dir DIR Set the home fldigi will fldigi fi in this dire The default config dir D Look for con The default arq server a Set the ARQ The default arq server p Set the ARQ The default flmsg dir DI Look for flm The default auto dir DIR Look for wra The default xmlrpc serve Set the XML The default xmlrpc serve Set the XML The default xmlrpc allow Allow only t xmlrpc deny Allow only t xmlrpc list List all ava cpu speed te Perform the and possibly ON ECTORY directory to full pathname of DIRECTORY put the file stores les and nbems files ctory is Users robert IRECTORY figuration files in DIRECTORY is Users robert fldigi ddress HOSTNAME TCP server address isi 1270071 ort PORT TCP server port is 7322 RECTORY sg files in DIRECTORY is Users robert nbems ECTORY p_auto_file files in DIRECTORY is Users robert nbems WRAP auto r address HOSTNAME RPC server address ES 1270 50 sk r port PORT RPC server port is 1362 REGEX he methods whose names match REGEX REGEX he methods whose names don t match REGEX ilable methods st CPU speed test show results in the event log change options 246 Command Line Switches noise Unhide controls for noise tests wfall only Hide all controls but the waterfall debug level LEVEL Set the event log
140. WALKER LIGHTBUOY NORMAL CONDITIONS RESTORED 2013 02 14 23 13 Callsign OST Country Belgium Locator JO11JE Message number 35 Frequency 0 Mode TOR Message an etc 6 8 11 3 Distinct HTML matrix For the same KML placemark the key will typically the same for all reports More some data are numeric This is therefore convenient to group them in matrices Here is an example for SYNOP weather data made of three reports Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 8 KML 169 2012 12 16 00 00 2012 12 17 06 00 2012 12 18 00 00 Dewpoint temperature Undefined Undefined Figure 11 Humidity Unspecified Precipitations Omitted no observation Omitted no observation Pressure change Not specified Not specified Not specified Sea level pressure 994 hPa 1000 hPa 1013 hPa Ship average speed 0 knots 0 knots Ship direction Calm Calm Station type Automated station No Automated station No observation No 7WW observation No 7WW Temperature 9 5 deg C 9 3 deg C 10 3 deg C Value 37 Visibility 4 km 4 km Wave height 3 6 meters 4 7 meters Waves height 3 5 meters 4 5 meters Waves period 8 seconds 8 seconds Wind direction 265 degrees 275 degrees Wind speed 33 knots Estimated 15 knots Estimated 6 8 12 Data Retention Time Data may be automatically purged based on their time stamp and a maximum retention time in hours Ifthe retention
141. X RST sent Continent O 20110305 013000 LUTHEO 14 072463 PSx31 Esa aes O 20110305 010000 LU7HEO 14 070999 PSK31 RST revd _jCaz O 20110306 202200 WB8ROL 21 072355 CONTESTI ath pxec O 20110306 202400 WB8ROL 28 121000 OLIVIA E Cl 201103131031 4AN WA TK T 14 0722 4 OT TUTA v LOC _JIOTA Cn Coan sae Om QSL VIA select by date Clear All Check All Defaults Figure 3 2 Export Setup If you want to export every record press the Check All in the left panel You can also select and deselect individual records Choose which fields you want to export with the right panel controls Press the OK button to continue or Cancel to abort the operation A file chooser dialog will open which allows you to specify the name and location of the exported file Use the extension adi on Windows and adif on the other OS s 3 2 2 Export Text CSV The same Export Setup dialog is used for Text and CSV exports The Text export produces a simple space delimited file with columns set at locations dictated by the field size for each field that is exported It is suitable for use with a word processing program or for printing a hardcopy of your activities The CSV is a Character Separated Value file with the TAB character used as the field separator This type of file can be imported into nearly all spreadsheet programs such as Gnumeric Open Office or MS Excel Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 3
142. _ sub die _ 0 getopts t l mz e opts SSIG __WARN__ old_warn_handler Convert a 2 4 or 6 character Maidenhead locator string to decimal degrees Return a longitude latitude pair sub mtoll my len length _ 0 _ 0 Jorn hy A WANS WOM rym A A Slen Say 51 VE Slen A 6 _ 0 uc _ 0 die Invalid locator n unless _ 0 A R 2 d 2 A X 2 my digits split _ 0 my Slon Slat 180 90 Slon ord digits 0 ord A 20 ord digits 2 ord 0 2 erd sdiqits 4 ofdq a 0 5 12 Slat ord digits 1 ord A 10 ord digits 3 ord 0 ord digits 5 ord A 0 5 24 return Slon Slat sub HELP_MESSAGE print lt lt EOF Usage 0 OPTIONS MORE_OPTIONS PROGRAM_ARG1 The following single character options are accepted t LABEL Use LABEL as the marker label The default is SFLDIGI_LOG_CALL l LOC Place marker at IARU locator LOC The default is SFLDIGI_LOG_LOCATOR m Show in Google Maps default g Zoom level Google Maps only Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 244 Developers e Write a Google Earth kml file in TMPDIR LOC kml Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 8 Command Line Switches
143. _LOG_FILE current logbook file name FLDIGI_MACRO_FILE current macro file name Added lt PAUSE gt tag Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 4 1 Macros 89 returns to receive but does not clear Tx buffer Added lt TXATTEN nn n gt lt TXATTEN nn n gt tag to control transmit attenuator control from within a macro Added lt COMMENT text gt macro tag a do nothing that disappears from the transmitted text 4 1 2 Modem macro tags Macro tags are also assigned to each supported modem type and sub modem type that is supported by fldigi Data Modems lt MODEM BPSK1000 gt lt MODEM BPSK125 gt lt MODEM BPSK250 gt lt MODEM BPSK31 gt lt MODEM BPSK500 gt lt MODEM BPSK63 gt lt MODEM BPSK63F gt lt MODEM CTSTIA lt MODEM CTSTIA lt MODEM CTSTIA 250 1000 16 gt 1000 8 gt 8 gt lt MODEM CTSTIA 500 lt MODEM CTSTIA 500 lt MODEM CTSTIA gt lt MODEM CW gt lt MODEM DOMEX4 gt 16 gt 8 gt lt MODEM DOMEX5 gt lt MODEM DOMEX8 gt lt MODEM DOMX11 gt lt MODEM DOMX16 gt lt MODEM DOMX22 gt lt MODEM DOMX44 gt lt MODEM DOMX88 gt lt MODEM FELDHELL gt lt MODEM FSKH105 gt lt MODEM FSKHELL gt lt MODEM HELL80 gt lt MODEM HELLX5 gt lt MODEM HELLX9 gt lt MODEM MFSK11 gt lt MODEM MFSK128 gt lt MODEM MFSK128L gt lt MODEM MFSK16 gt lt MODEM MFSK22 gt lt MODEM M
144. a USB drive any removable read writable media Suggest using the folder name NBEMSapps Then copy the following files to that folder fldigi exe e flarq exe fimsg exe e flamp exe Optional installs are the remaining suite of FLDIGI programs Note Dynamic libraries mingwm10 dll pthreadGC2 dll are no longer required on current versions of the FLDIGI suite of programs Create a file in that folder named NBEMS DIR Then start fldigi etc from within that folder Double clicking on the executable from the File Explorer is probably the easiest way to do that The standard data folders for each application will be created and used from within this folder for example if the thumb drive were mounted as drive E NBEMSapps fldigi files Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 20 Configuration E NBEMSapps NBEMS files Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 11 New Install Wizard New Install Wizard The new installation wizard borrows from the normal configuration dialogs You will find information on setting each of the wizard dialog pages on the associated configuration link 600 Fidigi configuration wizard Fidigi configuration wizard The wizard will guide you through the basic fidigi settings Operator information Audio devices Transceiver control Tabular data sources Feel free to skip any pages or exit the wizard at any time All
145. a o AAA E A a eae i ate Bows SO ee Med SG 143 DIGo OEI ooi aa a Go lg a Rade a ae a Gedy ee A A AR ee f 143 TAGA DOMMOEX ic rien oag Bae Sova Se OS OE Rw ae Oa eb ee es 144 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen viii CONTENTS Si MESA ini a a A a A e eA ws 144 SU IM As Ee a e A ae a eS a ee 145 A O Ba Hab ene te eo es A em Sea Eck e hee aa es a 145 Stes RARITY iari c ee ibieed i Pave ee heed ht EW eB eS bee 145 AO THOR cs A A et ee a SO Ae Seo Be derek he he ad Bea a 145 SIRO Tire tas ek Bik de ete ak ar Gb oh kein ee ko POS Bs oe e Be ee 146 6 Operating 147 Bt Somest HowTo ao iiei aa be teed be Pd A bbe ae eet be bebe ela be hed 148 GA Gomest Fields o ce kee Re ee a we em ee we Be a a a 148 64 2 Restarting a contest Session 26 085 5 8 A eee a a eS 149 6 1 3 Rememberngacontact ac essc acrid adda aed ee be eee be nes 149 6 1 4 Savingtheentiresession 2 00 e mo 150 61 5 Comiesting Mace TIPS 2 2 0 0 6 08 024 AY ee ee eee ee aS 150 GLE BAGS ic oR ee A BGC ee A eG Ge ae d a Bd a 151 Ste Bee PMCS cla oe ees Maal a ae Ss AL SS oe a 151 Be GROWING 02k ee ee A BE eS 154 Da Digiscope DISPIA coa a ee ee A a Be alten As Be ee ae a ee ak i 155 Gal QM comer bbe wt Rea oe ed See A ebb a e a bebe bed 156 63 2 DoamiNgEX TONO cocer be ee ewe ee ee aE ee ee ae E 156 Sie IMP E do a bo a bBo oe A 157 Gow PSK oir ia A A A a we 157 E O AA A AN Be a 158 64 Digiscope Display WWV
146. a public URL This URL can then be given as CGI parameter to Google Maps which will display the placemarks on a map There are limitations on the maximum size of KML files which have to be smaller than 10 megabytes Note that KML files are for the moment not compressed into KMZ files An FTP copy is not necessary if the destination directory for KML files storage is public That is accessible from the Internet 6 8 13 1 2 Launch google earth The program will only be launched once because its process id is still present The command can be googleearth SHOME fldigi kml fldigi kml It is possible to change the icons by customizing the file styles kml Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 171 ichier Modifier Affichage Outils Ajouter Aide Recherche Commerces Itin raires Oil Platform 62148 X O Oil Platform 62121 X atform North Seas62144 X 9 BlamouK33 Aller Ex Bordeaux y Q Oil Platform North Sea 62142 X Qy x BAREU11 Y Lleux Ajouter du contenu PIAG Oranjeborg Netherlands G 3 Lieux temporaires 202 Fidigi AMOUKO6 al val MGRL4 British Kestr o MR synop pe AMoUKsa Era Navtex AMOUK34 val Oostende Thames E E amp Base de donn es primaire E E P Fronti res et l gendes Lille OE Lieux 6 Os Photos Data SIO NOAA U S Navy NGA GEBCO oO 2013 Cnes Spot Image _ Routes Ima
147. a to form the above console output Fldigi will accept that output parse it and populate the associ ated log entries Cool Now for some examples Here is a perl script that performs the above for the University of Arkansas on line callsign database ualr telnet The matching macro key definition for the above is lt EXEC gt ualr telnet pl SFLDIGI_LOG_CALL lt EXEC gt lt GET gt which named ualr 4 4 4 Google Earth Map Here is a really cool perl script Google Earth Mapping that accepts the current Loc field in the logging area and generates a Google Earth map which is displayed in your default browser The macro call is lt EXEC gt map pl lt EXEC gt 4 4 5 Custom dates times You can use lt EXEC gt to create custom date time entries For example BARTG contesters use HM but in other circumstances a user might prefer H M or H M etc Create the following script file in the fldigi scripts directory call it mytime CS aaa bin sh date utc H SM ciori e HS date calls strftime the same C function used by fldigi for the ZDT LDT expansion so it has an equally vast number of format strings to choose from Look for them in its manual page Give mytime execute permissions with a file manager or with chmod chmod u x fldigi scripts mytime Test it on the command line and make sure it works correctly fldigi scripts mytime Restart fldigi The mytime script will now appear at the end of the list in th
148. about hundred pixels where the sum of the contrast as the lowest among the complete image width That is It computes for each row and each pixel the absolute value of the horizontal derivate It then sums these derivatives pixel wise row by row Then it computes an average of about hundred pixels along this single row The column which has the lowest averaged contrast is considered to be the image margin which is then shifted on the left of the window This method takes some time to stabilize because at the beginning there are many areas of the image without details It gets stable at the end when only the margin stays with few contrasted details 5 14 3 7 Image detection based on signal power The APT control inherited from the Hamfax signal does not work very well when the image is noised On the other hand fldigi provides ways to evaluate the signal power on a given bandwith This is used because APT control relies on the emission on specific frequencies Therefore in the APT start and phasing loops when check for the presence of strong signals associated to APT control This information is used to take a decision when the traditionally method does not detect anything These two methods are interchangeable but used together for better detection 5 14 3 8 AFC Automatic Frequency Control This option controls the frequency on the complete spectrum width After several hunderads of lines have been correctly loaded That is with
149. ach instance will be paired with a separate flarq similarly set up for multiple operation then you will also need to add the command line switch for arq server address and port The same is true for use with applications that talk to fldigi via its xml rpc socket port You change the address port pairs on both the fldigi launcher and the paired application such as flarq or flrig Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 200 Operating 6 14 PSK Reporter The PSK reporter can generate reception reports from three different sources The decoded text obtained from the Rx Panel text or the multi channel browser Note the psk browser must be visible or decoding and subsequent psk reporting will not occur If you do not want the psk browser panel visible in the main dialog then use the separate browser dialog It can be minimized and signal decoding will continue The log data Data entered manually The configuration for the PSK reporter in in Misc Spotting PSKR needs the following fields from the Oper tab to be non empty 1 Callsign freeform because it s impossible to verify and because we need to support SWLs without callsigns 2 Locator standard 6 character format 3 Antenna info freeform should be kept reasonably short Sources 1 and 2 are configurable from Misc Spotting configuration tab while 3 is always enabled To keep the code sane
150. aintenance web sites for the most current data These lists include List Data List Name Web source DXCC cty dat http www country files com cty LOTW lotw1 txt http www hb9bza net lotw lotwl txt EQSL AGMemberList txt http www eqsl cc Qs Lcard DownloadedFiles AGMemberList txt These files should be downloaded and placed in the fldigi files directory The most convenient way to open the fldigi files directory is via the menu item File Show config The DXCC list browser is shown by selecting the menu item View Countries Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 160 Operating eoo DXCC entities Country Continent ITU Sov Mil Order of Malta EU 28 Spratly Islands AS 50 Monaco EU 27 Agalega amp St Brandon AF 53 Mauritius AF 53 Rodriguez Island AF 53 Equatorial Guinea AF 47 Annobon Island AF 52 Fiji oc 56 Conway Reef oc 56 Rotuma Island oc 56 Swaziland AF 57 Tunisia AF 37 Vietnam AS 49 Guinea AF 46 Bouvet AF 67 Peter 1 Island SA 72 Azerbaijan AS 29 Georgia AS 29 Montenegro EU 28 Sri Lanka AS 41 E P Figure 6 16 DXCC List You can sort the list by Country Continent ITU or CQ zone by clicking on the various column headers Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 6 Frequency Analyzer Fidigi can be used to accurately measure the frequency of a remote signal that is transmitting a steady carrier
151. al by Doxygen 228 Developers Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 4 Parse UALR A simple parser to create a formated console output for fldigi s lt EXEC gt macro include lt ctime gt include lt cstdio gt include lt cstdlib gt include lt unistd h gt include lt string gt include lt iostream gt include lt fstream gt using namespace std using std cout using std cin int main int argc char x argv size_t pos 0 pos2 0 pos3 0 pos4 0 string commandline string name string qth string answer char c cin get while cin eof commandline c c cin get pos5 0 if commandline find No match found string npos goto noresponse pos commandline find if pos string npos goto noresponse pos 2 pos2 commandline find n pos if pos2 string npos goto noresponse name commandline substr pos pos2 pos pos3 name find 32 if pos3 string npos name name substr 0 pos3 for size_t i 1 i lt name length i name i tolower name i answer SNAME answer append name pos4 commandline find pos2 pos4 commandline rfind n pos4 pos4 1 pos5 commandline find n pos4 qth commandline substr pos4 pos5 pos4 answer append SQTH answer append qth Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Ma
152. all cursor frequency and bandwidth lt FILE gt insert text file a file selection box will open when this tag is selected during editing Macro Description lt IDLE NN nn gt transmit idle signal for NN nn sec lt TIMER NN gt repeat this macro every NN sec lt TUNE NN gt transmit single tone tune signal for NN sec lt WAIT NN gt insert delay of NN seconds before transmitting lt REPEAT gt repeat macro continuously lt SKED hhmm YYYYDDMM gt schedule execution to begin at time and optionally date specified Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 88 Macros Macro Description lt CWID gt transmit a CW callsign identifier lt ID gt transmit mode ID using waterfall video text lt TEXT gt transmit video text defined on ID configuration tab lt TXRSID on off t gt transmit RSID on off toggle lt RXRSID onloff t gt receive RSID on off toggle lt NRSID NN gt transmit multiple RsID bursts NN lt 0 will transmit NN bursts for current modem and then return to Rx NN gt 0 will transmit NN bursts for current modem and continue in Tx NN 0 will transmit 1 bursts and continue same as NN 1 lt DTMF Wn Ln gt tones transmit DTMF tone sequence at start of transmission options W wait n msec default O L tone symbol length n in msec default 50 msec and insert silence symbol e
153. ally computing Azimuth to a remote locator when that is available from an on line database Call query Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 7 Sound Card Configuration A few words about sound I O on the PC You are in a maze of twisty little passages all alike PortAudio PulseAudio and OSS are different ways in which fldigi can access your sound card through the various sound systems OSS was the first audio backend in fldigi It works with the Linux sound system of the same name which has now been replaced by ALSA but is still supported via an emulation layer Its only advantage as an audio backend is that it s simple and doesn t require any external libraries The PortAudio backend was written subsequently to support OSS on Linux and FreeBSD ALSA and JACK on Linux CoreAudio on OS X and also the various sound APIs on Windows all through the same PortAudio library PulseAudio is more than an audio hardware access layer refer to its website for a summary of what it does Fldigi supports it mainly because many Linux distributions are now integrating it with their desktops but also because it has a few interesting features Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 Configuration e it can take care of the resampling and volume control for us e it can stream audio over the network and e it makes it easier to run multiple fldigi instances all accessing the same sound car
154. ample It is only necessary for one of the net members to be able to calibrate his or her sound card against WWV The other s would then be calibrated by proxy use of the WWV time tick transmit mode This can even be used in the case where no member has access to a HF transceiver The master station would set the Rx and Tx ppm settings to zero It would then transmit the time tick signal for the other stations to calibrate their sound cards against the master sound card Having all of the stations calibrated in this way will insure that the modem decoders will give maximum performance Here is an example of an advanced macro that will send a CW announcement 2 minutes of time ticks and end with another CW announcement lt MODEM CW gt lt GOFREQ 1000 gt lt WPM 24 gt QRZ QRZ de lt MYCALL gt lt MYCALL gt 2 minute time tick cal run follows lt IDLE 2 gt lt MODEM WWV gt lt IDLE 120 gt lt MODEM CW gt lt IDLE 2 gt end of time tick run de lt MYCALL gt k lt TX gt lt RX gt Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 16 Mode Table 5 16 1 PSK Mode Baud WPM Duty BW Hz Modula S N ITU RSID 1 RSID 2 Cycle tion PSK31 31 25 50 80 00 31 1 PSK 31HG1B 1 PSK63 62 5 100 80 00 63 1 PSK 63HG1B 2 PSK63F 62 5 55 80 00 63 1 PSK 63HG1B 22 EC PSK63R 63 220 80 00 330 4 PSKR 330HG1 263 1 C4 BC PSK63R 63 275 80 00 416 5 PSKR 416HG1 263 2 C5 BC PSK63R 63 550 80 0
155. an also specify that the duplicate had to occur with a given time interval Some VHF contests allow a duplicate CALL after a given time interval Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 17 User Interface Configuration General Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Figure 2 39 Ul Tabs Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 34 Configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio D Misc Web a Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctrls Colors Fonts v Show menu icons Visible modes UI scheme Print CW RTTY THROB CONTESTIA in lowercase Transmit all text in lower case Exit prompts Exit prompts active only when File Exit menu item selected Not active if window decoration close button pressed v Prompt to save Configuration Prompt to save log v Prompt to save macro file Confirm exit Check for updates Check for updates when starting program Figure 2 40 General Ul Config Panel Fldigi offers tips on the use of nearly every aspect of its operation These are particularly useful when you first use the program but after you are familiar with it s operation they tend to get in the way You can turn them off by de selecting Show tooltips Some users prefer to not have icons on the menu system You
156. an interface to the sound card using either the OSS the Portaudio or the PulseAudio Each of the appropriate libraries must be present on the computer to use that particular sound i o On Windows Fldigi uses the Portaudio sound driver only It is also possible to configure Fidigi with File I O only which is useful for testing the application without an interface to the sound card In the File I O only configuration you can record and playback audio files in a number of different formats including the wav format associated with the Windows operating system Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 7 Sound Card Configuration 7 The program will find all active sound cards and the associated drivers for both Select the sound card and driver type that will be used with the program recommend using the Pulseudio device driver if that is available on your Linux distribution Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc Web Devices Settings Mixer Right channel Sample rate Converter Native Capture Medium Sinc Interpolator Native Playback Corrections 112 SRXppm 12 SX ppm 0 S TX offset Figure 2 3 Config Audio Settings If Pulse or Port audio is selected then you can either allow the program to use the auto detect to determine the best sound card sampling rate or you can pick from the drop down list If you know your RX and TX sound card osc
157. aret symbol This is used in the macro expansion routine and also used by the transmit buffer evaluator A Ar puts fldigi into receive mode So you can enter the r caret followed by the r at the end of your transmit buffer and when the sent character cursor red chars gets to that point the program will clear the text and return to the receive mode You can load the transmit buffer with any ASCII Text file of your choice Merely right click in the buffer window and select from the pop up menu You can also short cut to the r from this popup Many ops including me do not like to be tied to a mouse The fldigi text widget supports some short cuts to make your life easier e Pause Break a transmit receive pause button if you are in the receive mode and press the Pause Break key the program will switch to the transmit mode It will begin transmitting characters at the next point in the transmit buffer following the red previously sent text If the buffer only contains unsent text then it will begin at the first character in the buffer If the buffer is empty the program will switch to transmit mode and depending on the mode of operation will send idle characters or nothing at all until characters are entered into the buffer if you are in the transmit mode and press the Pause Break key the program will switch to the receive mode There may be a slight delay for some modes like MFSK PSK and others that require you to send a
158. as there are programmers using the toolkit prefer to think of it as lightning fast and light on the code size Take a look at the size of the executable for fldigi and then compare it with similar applications think you will be surprised by how small it is for what it does The active current development team consists of Dave Freese W1HKJ Stelios Bounanos MOGLD e Remi Chateauneu FAECW e Leigh Klotz WA5ZNU Stephane Fillod F8CFE e John Douyere VK2ETA e Joe Veldhuis N8FQ e Chris Sylvain KB3CS Gary Robinson WB8ROL e Stefan Fendt DO2SMF John Phelps KL4YFD e Andrej Lajovic S57LN Robert Stiles KK5VD Localization files e French Stephane Fillod F8CFE e German Marc Richter DF2MR e Italian Pierfrancesco Caci IK5PVX e Spanish Pavel Milanes Costa CO7WT e Polish Roman Bagi ski SP4JEU 250 Recognitions Several authors have placed their digital modem code and signal processing code in the public domain and their source was either an inspiration or in some cases formed the backbone of the code used in Fidigi AE4JY WinPsk a windows application Tomi Manninen OH2BNS gmfsk a great digital modem program for Linux e Hamish Moffatt VK3SB dominoEX code originally for gmfsk Dr Steven W Smith author of Digital Signal Processing who has kindly placed an entire book on digital signal processing on the internet http www dspguide com If you make a side
159. bIb IA aaus pan rn Aamu AZAN adaadawceGEiiii6n666606 euubiiypy AAAAAARCEEEI 1 T1D O OO00XxGU DAYES Figure 6 82 UTF 8 Encoded Characters Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 20 Using the FLdigi Rt Channel for transmitter PTT 219 UTF 8 characters are represented by 2 bytes which means that a single character will take longer to transmit Transmission speed will be further reduced on modes like PSK where the character to bit stream conversion has been optimized for the English language Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 20 Using the FLdigi Rt Channel for transmitter PTT This interface is designed to take advantage of the Right Speaker tone output in FLDigi for actuating the PTT It is especially useful for interfacing a small notepad with minimal I O capability to a radio It has been my experience that complete ground isolation between a laptop and the radio including eliminating any kind of rig control provides the minimum QRM to the receiver from the laptop The Headphone and Mic connections are the only computer connections necessary The tone output is coupled through a transformer to maintain complete ground isolation between the computer and the radio There is no external power required for this interface and an FET is used to provide the PTT output use transformers in both the audio input and output paths to complete the isolation Note that two of the tra
160. be loaded It never changes styles kml KML style sheet Freely changeable by the user for example to customize the icons User kml Location of the user based on his her Maidenhead locator Synop kml Synop weather reports displayed at the location of the WMO station or ship or buoy Navtex kml Navtex reports displayed at the place of the emitting station A future version will plot the position of the coordinates indicated in the Navtex messages themselves 6 8 4 Extended data When creating a new placemark written in of the KML data files Synop kml Navtex kml etc data are sent to the KML module in the form of key value pairs and are written into two forms e HTML content in the lt description gt tag surrounded by CDATA directives The HTML format is chosen exclusively for display purpose and might change at any new version e Regular lt ExtendedData gt XML tags These data are internally used by Fldigi to reload the previous session The format is stable and can be used by external applications All useful data are saved 6 8 5 Parameters J Fidigi configuration lOp rateur ul Chute d eau Modems Rig Audio ID Divers Web CPU NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text io DTMF wx KML home rchateau fldigi kml KML files directory Change dir fidigi kml KML root file Cleanup KML data now 180 E KML refresh interval seconds
161. benefit to doing that past a certain point usually set mine so that the delay factor is abut 15 20 seconds can time this delay factor by sending a very short test and then when it is done and the software switches back to receive time the number of seconds before you see random garbage start appearing on the screen assuming you have your SQUELCH OFF For the standard Olivia modes like 2000 64 1000 32 500 16 250 8 and 125 4 that usually means my Sync Integration Period is set between 3 5 most of the time If use the faster formats set it higher often between 6 10 As long as my delay factor is approx 15 20 seconds Any higher than that and don t see any real improvement in the quality of the decoding But play with your own settings and see what does best for you If you leave it always on one setting though and use standard and non standard formats of Olivia you are short changing yourself Generally keep your Search Tune Margin setting to about 8 The setting of 8 is usually good for most situations and this setting is usually not all that critical However under a few band conditions it might or might not help to temporarily adjust this If you find other Olivia signals very very close to you almost adjacent or even overlapping it might help to reduce this setting to 4 or even 2 This setting determines how far either side of your center frequency Olivia will search for a signal to decode If you reduce this when another Ol
162. bs Operator ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio D Misc Web E Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts QSO logging Prompt to save log on exit Sort by Date Time OFF v Clear on save _ Date time ON OFF v Convert callsign to upper case Default RST in to 599 v Auto fill Country and Azimuth v Default RST out to 599 cty dat pathname home dave shared_refs Reload Transmit Power 120 Rx Text Capture Word delimiters i Double click to capture v callsign tooltips in received text Client Server Logbook Address 127 0 0 11 Portil8421 Figure 3 17 QSO Logging 3 4 1 Capturing Log data Fidigi has a built in logbook You can request to be prompted whenever there is an unsaved entry in the qso log area You can also elect to whether to clear all of the qso fields when the log is saved or to leave them intact Auto fill Country and Azimuth uses the data found in the file cty dat that you should download and place in the fldigi default folder You can force the callsign field to be upper case independent of capture or keyboard entry You enter your default Transmit Power which is used for the logbook record Fldigi has various ways to transfer data in the Rx panel to the qso logging fields The default is to use a Shift Left Click paradigm You can also use a double click method if you prefer The Shift Left Click will still function Each Generated
163. bserve the slope The following are some observations made on 10 MHz WWYV DCF 77 and RWM under less than ideal conditions Figure 6 14 WWV corrected 20 minute trace 5x scale Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 158 Operating a 0 ppm WWV 5x scale b 1000 ppm WWV 5x scale c 1000 ppm WWV 5x scale e 0 ppm DCF 77 1x scale f 0 ppm DCF 77 5x scale g 1000 ppm DCF 77 1x scale h 65 ppm DCF 77 5x scale o i RWM uncorrected 1x scale j RWM 25361 ppm 1x scale k RWM 25361 ppm 5x scale Figure 6 15 PSK Digiscopes You can see that my sound card requires a positive correction since the slope is negative with a 0 ppm entry The required correction of 120 ppm was determined by guessing the needed correction to be close to 1 10 of the 1000 ppm slope and then adjusting for a steady track along the red graticule The DCF 77 images were provided by Walter DL8FCL The RWM images were provided by Andy G3TDJ You can left click on the tick line anytime you want to recenter the signal That will aid in making your visual observation When you are finished the Rx corr Rate entry is the correct one for your sound card Save the configuration for future fldigi use Andy also provided information on the RWM transmissions RWM details extracted from http www irkutsk com radio tis htm Station RWM Main characteristics Location Russia Moscow 55 degr 44 North
164. c version 4 3 3 Ubuntu 4 3 3 5ubuntu4 compiler flags I srcdir I srcdir include I srcdir irrxml 1 srcdir fileselector pthread 1 usr local include 1 usr local include I usr include freetype2 D_THREAD_SAFE D_REENTRANT D_REENTRANT 1 usr local include 1 usr include libpng12 1 usr local include pipe Wall fexceptions 02 ffast math finline functions fomit frame pointer march native mfpmath sse DNDEBUG linker flags L usr local lib lportaudio lm lpthread L usr local lib 1f1tk_images lpng lz ljpeg 1f1tk 1Xft lpthread ldl lm 1Xext 1X11 1X11 lsndfile lsamplerate lpulse simple lpulse L usr local lib lhamlib lm 1png12 L usr local lib lxmlrpc_server_abyss lxmlrpc_servert lxmlrpc_server_abyss lxmlrpc_server lxmlrpc_abyss lpthread 226 Developers 1xmlrpc lxmlrpce lxmlrpc_util lxmlrpc_xmlparse lxmlrpc_xmltok ldl lrt lpthread libraries FLTK 1 3 2 libsamplerate 0 1 4 libsndfile 1 0 17 PortAudio 19 PulseAudio 0 9 14 Hamlib 1 2 10 XMLRPC C 1 06 31 Runtime information system Linux linux dev 2 6 28 17 generic 58 Ubuntu SMP Tue Dec 1 18 57 07 UTC 2009 1686 libraries libsamplerate 0 1 4 c 2002 2008 Erik de Castro Lopo libsndfile 1 0 17 PortAudio V19 devel built May 25 2009 06 36 24 1899 Pulseaudio 0 9 14 Hamlib version 1 2 10 Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 2 Installing Fidigi 7 2 1 Precompiled Binary The precompiled binary
165. capture panel and the second for contest fields Enter Xcvr Freq H Freq 14072 023 Onj 2103 of zt06 in ou 1407000 RES or a NONE gt y Ej tout n Xn Figure 3 4 Contest capture panel You might prefer a more minimal view of the logging fields You can select to completely suppress the log panel or to use a single line view as in either of these two MA EO Eor orzos eaw f Jo Jidor 2222 Figure 3 5 Minimal QSO Capture Panel EEA MALOS Ex R jes Jon zoso of2057 Figure 3 6 Minimal Contest Capture Panel These are selectable from the View menu Logbook Help View Hide Channels V Floating scope D a Signal browser S Countries o Controls gt gt Figure 3 7 View menu These three buttons are associated with logbook entries e The globe button provides access to QRZ queries The brush button clears all of the logging entries The save into button saves the current logging entries into the logbook Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 78 Logging e El Figure 3 8 Log Butons The frequency Off time off and Out are filled by the program All the others can be populated by manual keyboard entry or by selection from the Rx panel The time off Off is continuously update with the current GMT The time on On will be filled in when the Call is updated but can be
166. ce a beets BG ale SR ce ae Roe Ge Boh es MOR RS 23 AAN OBZ oo bie E eee Oe ER SSS eS a we ee oe E ee 23 2122 POSL ooh cele dG hud bbe t bbb hd tbe ke ew A Poke bbe ee et 24 212o FLAD LOHN sesos a a Sha a a ee a EO Re BE 24 210 SONS and FOME o o See a e eM A a Ee lA A A ea ee a ee eS 25 bed VOM Ge 3 ae edd as Bite Pe oe eee HRA ea eee as 25 2 132 Character Set Selection 2 02 02 0645 oeoe5a 8 e wae ee bbe ee a oes 26 CONTENTS 2 14 215 2 16 217 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 22 2 23 2 24 229 2 26 2er 2 28 229 Z2Ago Frequency DISDE or a PR De eee Rd A A SLRS ED ws 27 2134 Logging COMO 2 ca s om 6 koe ee Be ee ee Ee ee ee a A 27 2d FUDGE S aoe x hs ad dew my mee We Rw OR Ri ae ee Bee meee PS 28 2 TANGOS coco gp Ge a A A ee A ee oe ae Re A a 28 23 7 Light Buttons COW lt ee sire seora be A be a ER OE ee he a 29 Pla ASI AREER ASS we ER a eee Bae ee 29 PStmall COM QUESION o nce ae Ew oe ee ee er oe ew EG a 30 User Interface Configuration Browser 2 ee 31 User Interface Configuration Contest 0 2 00 ee ee 32 User Interface Configuration General 2 2 ee 33 2171 Wisi Modes sacs re a e Bi ee e Po al E O a 35 2172 Limi MOdeS e a ee ee ae ae Ke A O 36 User Interface Configuration Macros ee 37 User Interface Configuration WF Controls 2 a 38 Wateral COnnGurmnom 2 gia 2 e eR RE ee ee A ke hae a ee 39 Es FFT AI A a ee et ed ae ace a ee 41 220 2 Watertall Mouse Behavior
167. ceivers that achieve the SSB filtering with crystal or mechanical filters will have a considerable amount of variation across the passband of the filter This will show up as a varying amount of ALC that is dependent on the audio frequency Once you are comfortable with the process you can very quickly repeat the Tune and set the power for the frequency to which the waterfall is set Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 14 WEFAX This modem is able to receive and transmit HF Fax images traditionally used for weather reports More technical information is available on the wikipedia article Radiofax Two modes are implemented lOC 576 or 288 The focus is made on black and white images color mode is still experimental Many frequencies are available at http www hffax com for example Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 130 Modems When entering any Wefax mode the reception window opens and optionally the transmit window it is always possible to bypass this with the menu bar i fidigi FAECW Fichier Mode Op Configuration WU8 journal Aide RxID TxID TUNE Enter Xcvr Freq MO Freq osd View Hide Channels y in Out Notes IN 5508 Score fottant p ne usa I hs Ej J Weather Fax Image RX W Loc az m JOINT OPERATION A Weather Fax Image TXT DCEANOGRABHY CENTRE NORFHEWOOD UK Signal browser s Pays o Contr les gt Chute d eau gt
168. changing the PSKR options or the above station info does not take immediate effect Instead the Initialize button changes color to indicate that the changes have not been applied Clicking on the button will do so or display an error for the current and future sessions This is similar to the Initialize buttons in the rig control configuration Here are the options in some more detail 6 14 1 Automatically spot callsigns in decoded text The text that is sent to the main window or the PSK browser is continuously searched for callsigns If this option is enabled the main window gets a Spot light button that can toggle the auto spotter on and off It is automatically turned off when playback is selected in the Files menu The main window text is not searched if the viewer is active i e if it is displayed and the current modem is PSK 6 14 2 Send reception report when logging a QSO A reception report is queued for every QSO as soon as it s logged 6 14 3 Report QRG etc This makes the reception reports include the current rig frequency adjusted for modem audio frequency and rig sideband It does not need a click on Initialize to take effect This needs to be an option because it is impossible to tell whether the user has real or fake rig control with 100 certainty Besides that users may want to runa dedicated spotter for a narrow modes sub band and in that case they won t have to synchronise fldigi s frequency display with t
169. ck on the numbered button provides a reverse rotation through the 4 sets of macro keys The respective macro set can be made available by pressing the Alt 1 Alt 2 Alt 3 or Alt 4 key combination Note that this is not Alt F1 etc Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 8 KML Figure 6 19 KML Logo Section data_source Data sources Keyhole Markup Language KML is an XML file format for geographic visualization in two dimensional maps such as Google Maps and three dimensional earth browsers such as Google Earth or Marble Fldigi can generate data with geographical locations which can be used to generate KML data This list might expand in the future The emitting station of a Navtex message The origin of a SYNOP weather report The Maidenhead locator of the user as entered in fldigi user s profile Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 164 Operating 6 8 1 KML generation from Navtex messages i Fidigi configuration lop rateur ul Chute d eau Modems Rig Audio ID Divers Web ow Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Navtex stations file NAVTEX _Stations csv Directory Log Navtex messages to Adif file Log Navtex messages to KML Restaure d fauts Sauvegarde Fermer 7 Figure 6 20 Navtex configuration tab with KML option Each Navtex message comes with the cod
170. click Add a new item for the current frequency and modem Shift Left click Delete all items e Middle click Select last item in menu e Right click Pop up menu Left right click Select item and switch to that frequency modem Shift Left right click Delete item Middle click Update replace item 6 10 1 2 4 Digiscope display Mouse wheel Change AFC BW same as Ctrl mouse wheel on the waterfall 6 10 1 2 5 Rig control window There are some shortcuts in addition to those described in the Rig Control 6 10 1 2 6 Frequency display e Left Right arrow key change the frequency by one 1 Hz Up Down arrow key change the frequency by 10 Hz 6 10 1 2 7 Frequency list e Shift Left click delete the line under the cursor e Middle click replace the line under the cursor with the current frequency mode modem 6 10 1 2 8 PSK viewer window e Besides the bindings mentioned in the PSK Viewer section there are mouse shortcuts to change the nominal frequency of a viewer channel Middle click copy the current waterfall b w marker frequency to the channel under the cursor overwriting that channel s nominal frequency Right click restore a channel s nominal frequency Right click on Clear as above for all channels Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 11 Notifier This dialog available is used to specify search patterns and alerts that are triggered when the decoded Rx text matches t
171. comms You might also need to specifiy whether RTS CTS flow control is uses Kenwood rigs use this quite often or if Xon Xoff flow control is used You may need to try various values of retries retry interval and command interval to achieve consistent hamlib control Press the Initialize button after setting all of the parameters If the settings are all correct fldigi should start receiving frequency information from the rig and annunciating them on the rig control frequency display Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 9 New Installation 15 2 8 4 Xml Rpc CAT Fidigi configuration Figure 2 13 Xml Rpc CAT Control Xml Rpc allows third party software to control various aspects of fldigi operation including but not limited to rig control This is the data interface that is also used by the program flrig a fldigi companion transceiver control program If you are using a third party interface such as DxKeeper Bridge you might be instructed to select this method of CAT Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 9 New Installation fidigi s opening screen looks like the following when starting fldigi for the first time or when setting up a second or subsequent instance using the config dir command line switch The Wizard has been completed and the callsign W1HKJ entered Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 16 Configuration
172. ction so it is very robust Tuning must be very accurate and the software will not tolerate differences between transmit and receive frequency The mode was designed for long path HF DX and due to its great sensitivity is one of the best for long distance QSOs and skeds MFSK8 has improved sensitivity but is very difficult to tune and suffers more from Doppler It is useful as the band fades out MFSK 32 and MFSK 64 are high baud rate and wide bandwidth modes designed for use on VHF and UHF These are very useful for send large documents or files when some transmission errors are can be tolerated This is an example of properly tuned MFSK16 signal with a s n of approximately 9 dB Figure 5 9 MFSK16 signal The same signal viewed with the waterfall expanded to the x2 factor Figure 5 10 MFSK16 signal 5 5 1 MFSK Picture Mode Fldigi can send and receive images using all MFSK baud rates When operating with other modem programs you should limit sending pictures to the MFSK 16 baud rate The program can send and receive MFSK images in both black and white and in 24 bit color The transmission mode for MFSKpic is similar to FAX Reception of an MFSKpic transmission is fully automatic The MFSKpic transmission has a preamble sent which will be visible on the text screen The preamble reads as Pic WWWxHHH or Pic WWWxHHHC for b w or color respectively The WWW and HHH are numbers specifying the width and height of the picture in
173. cursor position You can query on line and local CD based data base systems for data regarding a Call Set up your query using the Callsign DB configuration tab You make the query by either clicking on the globe button or selecing Look up call from the menu The latter will also move the call to the Call field and make the query If you have previously worked a station the logbook will be searched for the most recent qso and fill the Name Qth and other fields from the logbook If the logbook dialog is open that last QSO will be selected for viewing in the logbook You open the logbook by selecting from the Logbook menu Logbook View The logbook title bar will show you which logbook you currently have open Fidigi can maintain an unlimited except for disk space number of logbooks Date On __TimeOn Cal _ Name In QSL revd 20130424 20 52 00 W1HKJ I J J 1 Date Off Time Off Freg Mode Pwr Out QSL sent 20130424 iE 21 45 14 _ 7 051504 PSK63RC5 J ath st Pr Country Loc I Jl Jl Notes County JOTA coz JA muz CONT DXCC OSL VIA Jl Jl ji Ser out Exchange Out Serin Exchange In Call Search JI JI Jl y 1 J Recs 305 New a Update Delete iil Dial Ce Ca Date Time J Callsign J Name Frequency Mode 13 20130408 20 22 UT3i8 Anatoly 21 072395 PSK31 20130410 02 52 wsziT Jim 14 073921 OLIVIA 20130412 21 53 WBBUHZ Tim 14 074495 OLIVIA 20130413 19 18 RU6CH IGOR 14 073933 OLIVIA 20130416
174. d e it provides mixer controls for input and output audio streams e it remembers which hardware is used for each application it serves and it remembers the mixer levels asso ciated with that application In the future it might be possible to replace all of these with a single backend without any loss of functionality performance sound system or platform support That ll be the day Until then Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc Web Devices Settings Mixer Right channel Device Capture pulse Playback pulse PulseAudio O File 1 0 only Figure 2 2 Audio Devices On Linux Use PulseAudio if your Linux distro ships it and you already have the pulseaudio daemon running this is the case with Fedora 8 9 and Ubuntu 8 04 probably also with openSUSE 11 0 Or if you want networked audio etc etc e Otherwise use PortAudio and select a device from the list s PortAudio is also the best way to access JACK through which you can use other programs as audio sources sinks particularly useful with SDR software As with PulseAudio you can select different capture and playback audio devices e The OSS backend should be used only as a last resort Note that it has not been updated to support user configurable sample rates On Windows Use the PortAudio and select the device from the list s Select the SndCrd tab on the configuration dialog On Linux Fidigi c
175. d are accepted by Logger32 The user may also export all or selected records consisting of all or selected fields Access to this export function of available from the menu File Log Export ADIF File Log Export Text and File Log Export CSV 3 2 1 Export ADIF Selecting the Export ADIF menu item opens the following dialog Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 74 Logging 600 Export Setup Select Records to Export Select Fields to Export C 20110119 004300 UA0ZAY 14 071808 PSK31 rca C Province O 201102011034100 VA3MIR 7 036008 PSK31 me z O 201102061221700 KX1H 14 071177 PSK31 v Name _ Country O 201102101033400 W4PHS 7 037061 PSK31 v Freq C Notes O 201102101230100 KP4MS 21 071007 PSK31 O 201102101234900 KU4AC 14 070600 PSK31 _JBand QSL revd date O 20110211 001600 c03GD 14 071168 PSK31 Y Mode CJ QSL sent date O 201102111002200 AA0RB 14 072564 PSK63 z O 20110224 005700 KDOXUR 14 072400 OLIVIA y QSO Date On Serial in O 20110224 014900 KF7LTT 14 071019 PSK31 ASO Date Off C Serial out o 201102271204400 LU4ECN 14 072842 PSK31 Ea O 201103031234300 JA5BDZ 13 098046 PSK31 y Time ON Exchange In O 20110303 234300 JA5BDZ 13 098046 PSK31 Y Time OFF C Exchange Out O 201103041223500 WA4HMX 14 072242 PSK31 z z O 20110304 225400 CE3SNA 28 120634 PSK31 TX Power County O 201103041235400 KB8IBS 14 072568 THRB
176. d in Returns the maximum modem ID number modem set_by_name S S Sets the current modem Returns old name modem set_by_id isi Sets the current modem Returns old ID modem set_carrier isi Sets modem carrier Returns old carrier modem inc_carrier isi Increments the modem carrier frequency Returns the new carrier modem get_carrier i n Returns the modem carrier frequency modem get_afc_search_range i n Returns the modem AFC search range modem set_afc_search_range nii Sets the modem AFC search range Returns the old value modem inc_afc_search_range nii Increments the modem AFC search range Returns the new value Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 8 Xmirpc Control 239 modem get_bandwidth i n Returns the modem bandwidth modem set_bandwidth nii Sets the modem bandwidth Returns the old value modem inc_bandwidth nii Increments the modem bandwidth Returns the new value modem get_quality d n Returns the modem signal quality in the range 0 100 modem search_up n n Searches upward in frequency modem search_down n n Searches downward in frequency modem olivia set_bandwidth nii Sets the Olivia bandwidth modem olivia get_bandwidth i n Returns the Olivia bandwidth modem olivia set_tones nii Sets the Olivia tones modem olivia get_tones i n Returns the Olivia tones main get_status1 sin Returns
177. d on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 28 MT63 Configuration 63 Visibility 10 mile s 0 Sky conditions overcast Temperature 62 F 17 C Dew Point 60 F 16 C Relative Humidity 93 Pressure altimeter 30 04 in Hg 1017 hPa The Search on web button will open your browser toGreg Thompson s global listing of METAR station RSS feeds for world wide airports can be searched here http www airrouting com content AirportLocatorForm aspx Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 28 MT63 Configuration Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio D Misc Web CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PsK RTTY Thor Navtex wefax v Long receive integration Transmit lower start tone Transmit upper start tone FS Tone Duration secs v Allow manual tuning Figure 2 83 Modems MT63 Config Panel MT63 is an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed mode consisting of 64 parallel carriers each carrying a part of the transmitted signal There are 3 bandwidths and baudrates that fldigi implements in MT 63 500 Hz 5 baud 1000 Hz 10 baud 2000 Hz 20 baud The lowest frequency transmitted is always 500 Hz If you have a scheduled MT63 qso or are trying to copy what you think is MT63 you should tune the signal so that the lowest observable signal is at 500 Hz Fldigi is capable of decoding signals that are mistuned by as much as 100 Hz
178. d or Flash want to use card 0 so you then may want to consider using card 1 for fldigi Here is another example with 3 sound systems mother board ALC1200 a thumb drive audio codec and a Signa Link USB xx x List of PLAYBACK Hardware Devices xxx card 0 NVidia HDA NVidia device 0 ALC1200 Analog ALC1200 Analog Subdevices 1 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 card 1 Set USB Headphone Set device 0 USB Audio USB Audio Subdevices 1 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 card 2 default USB Audio CODEC device 0 USB Audio USB Audio Subdevices 1 1 Subdevice 0 subdevice 0 The etc modprobe d alsa options contains these lines options snd NVidia index 0 options snd Set index 1 options snd CODEC index 2 Notice that each line is uniquely related to the aplay report Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 8 Rig Control Figure 2 8 Initial Rig Setup CAT not enabled Enter Xcvr Freq 1000 500 USB ON 800 1807 000 USB BPSK31 1000 3505 000 USB CW 800 usa e 3580 000 USB BPSK3l 1000 USB lv p AAA LSR Cw RNANA Figure 2 9 Docked Rig Control CAT not enabled Manual Entry of transceiver frequency Note The same control is also used for both manual entry of the transceiver frequency or with full CAT control When no CAT is available the control is simply a convenient way of keeping track of the transceiver USB LSB suppressed carrier frequency the mode and the audio tracking
179. decoded signal with its waterfall text and a scope displays The scope display is either a separate moveable resizable dialog that is opened from the View Digiscope menu item or a docked scope Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 154 Operating 6 3 1 CW Figure 6 6 Digiscope CW The CW signal will consist of the time domain amplitude detected signal The horizontal timing is dependent on CW speed so that the display will appear similar independent of CW speed Figure 6 7 Digiscope CW 6 3 2 DominoEX Thor Figure 6 8 Digiscope DominoEX amp Thor DominoEX and Thor have two alternate views available on the digiscope display You can toggle between the views by left clicking on the digiscope display area The triangular view shows data propogation through the interleave filter As signal s n degrades this display will become more wavy Figure 6 9 Digiscope DominoEX amp Thor The second view is the decoded data stream viewed in the frequency domain The dots will be very distinct when the signal is fully acquired and decoding properly It will be fuzzy when the decoder is not locked or there is interference present Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 3 Digiscope Display 155 6 3 3 MFSK Figure 6 10 Digiscope MSFK This is what you expect to see for all of the MFSK type modes The number of steps in the slant lines will
180. deep the Olivia decoding algorithm searches in the noise to get the signal A higher settings takes longer BUT usually decodes with more accuracy at least to a point However a higher setting since it does more work and takes longer will increase the delay factor So when you finish your CQ and your transmitter switches to receive the station listening to you depending on his Sync Integration Periods setting MAY NOT finish decoding your CQ for another 4 20 seconds The same applies during a QSO when you pass it back to the other guy for his turn be patient if he doesn t come back right away because his software may still be decoding your signal long after you stopped transmitting It DOES NOT PAY to be impatient on this mode and send SHORT CQ s or NOT wait at least 45 60 seconds between CQ s Generally a a 2x2 CQ sent at least 2 or 3 times is going to work much better for you than a short one Below is the normal CQ use though on real fast Olivia formats like 500 4 will do a 3x3 and send it 3 times CO CQ de WB8ROL WB8ROL CO CO de WB8ROL WB8ROL Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 9 PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems 117 CQ CQ de WB8ROL WB8ROL pse K Don t set your Sync Integration Period setting TOO high If you set your Sync Integration Period too high it MAY take minutes before your software will start decoding a signal AND there is no or little
181. defined loc amp amp length loc 2 6 my Slabel exists Sopts t Sopts t SENV FLDIGI_LOG_CALL Slabel loc if defined label label eq my lon lat map sprintf 6f _ mtoll loc if Sopts m my url http maps google com maps q lat lon label amp t p amp z Sopts z url s sprintf S 302X ord 1 ge encode some chars exec xdg open url die Could not exec xdg open n Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 9 Google Maps 243 exit 0 unless Sopts e my Skml exists SENV TMPDIR SENV TMPDIR tmp MA SLO Makal open KML gt kml or die Could not write kml n print KML lt lt EOF lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt kml xmlns http earth google com kml 2 2 gt lt Placemark gt lt name gt label lt name gt lt description gt Slabel Sloc lt description gt lt Point gt lt coordinates gt lon lat 0 lt coordinates gt lt Point gt lt Placemark gt lt km1 gt EOF F close KML He TE FE AE FE FE FE FE HE FE HE FE FE HE TE FE HE FE FE HE E E TE HE FE FE HE TE FE HE FE E FE FE E TE FE FE FE FE TE FE HE FE E FE FE HE TE FE FE FE HE TE FE HE TE FE AE FE HE TE HE E E E E E E E E sub cmdline Getopt Std STANDARD_HELP_VERSION 1 my Sold_warn_handler SSIG __WARN__ SSIG __WARN_
182. dem is intended for amateur radio as a conversation RTTY like mode where one station transmits and one or more other stations can listen In short the modem transmits 64 tones in its baudrate specific bandwidth The differential bipolar phase modulation is used to encode 10 bits of information per second on each tone The user data in the form of 7 bit ASCII characters is encoded as a set of 64 point Walsh functions The bits are interleaved over 32 symbols 3 2 seconds to provide resistance against both pulse and frequency selective noise or fading The character rate equals to the symbols rate thus the modem can transmit 10 7 bit characters per second This modem can as well run in two other modes obtained by simple time scaling the possible modes are summa rized here Bandwidth Symbol Rate Character Rate Interleave Char 500 Hz 5 baud 5 char sec 6 4 or 12 8 sec 1000 Hz 10 baud 10 char sec 3 2 or 6 4 sec 2000 Hz 20 baud 20 char sec 1 6 or 3 2 sec For each mode the interleave factor can be doubled thus each character becomes spread over twice as long period of time The MT63 modem is made for single side band operation The audio generated by the modem sound card output is applied to the SSB modulator On the receiver side the output of the SSB demodulator is put into the sound card input The envelope of the MT63 signal is not constant as in other multi tone systems it is rather noise like One must b
183. do not have a login name and password Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 10 Installing Fidigi on Windows 19 On XP C Documents and Settings lt urlogin gt fldigi files On W2K C Documents and Settings lt urlogin gt fldigi files On Vista Win7 C User lt urlogin gt fldigi files lt td gt where lt urlogin gt is the name with which you log onto the computer All of these files were generated by fldigi when it first started The files with the extension pal are palette definition files The file macros maf contains the macro definitions which you can change using the macro editor fldigi prefs and fldigi_def xml are used for storing the application state and configuration items respectively With the exception of the location of this folder the operation of fldigi on windows is identical to linux In all instances where the help files make reference to HOME fldigi you should be substitute the appropriate directory for XP or Vista Win7 Please take the time to read and reread the on line help file Better yet download the Adobe Reader file so that you can view the help locally without needing access to the internet Fldigi is a large complex program with many ways for the user to customize its operation to his or her hardware environment 2 10 1 Special Note for Vista Win7 from user am trying to install the latest and greatest version of FLDIGI and FLARQ on a new To
184. e Configuration Log server 83 3 4 5 Logbook Network Address IP Address Name A 192 168 1 89 HPBA49A1 4 192 168 1 92 linux dev 4 192 168 1 93 HelensDell 4 192 168 1 94 fl mac amp P 192 168 1 96 dave vista Figure 3 20 Network Address My home network has IP address assignments as shown If fllog were running on the mini mac fl mac and fldigi running on the linux dev machine would enter the server address 192 168 1 94 into the fldigi configuration for the Client Server Logbook Figure 3 21 Connect to Server The Logbook Connect to server menu item allows you to connect to the remote logbook If successful then the toggle remains checked and the menu items for accessing the internal logbook are disabled Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 84 Logging Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 4 Macros e Macros e Inline Macros e Advanced QSY operations e Exec Macro 4 1 Macros Macros are short text statements that contain imbedded references to text data used by the program fldigi Macro definition files s are located in the HOME fldigi macros directory and all have the extention mdf The default set of macros are contained in the file HOME fldigi macros macros mdf Fldigi will create this file with a set of default macros on its first
185. e careful not to overdrive the transmitter The receiver of the MT63 is self tuning and self synchronizing thus the radio operator is only required to tune into the signal with 100 Hz accuracy The modem will tell the actual frequency offset after it is synchronized The operator should not try to correct this offset unless he is able to tune the radio receiver very slowly because MT63 as a low rate phase modulated system cannot tolerate sudden frequency changes The MT63 is a synchronous system and it relies on the sampling rate to be the same at the receiver and the transmitter At least the sampling rates should not be different by more that 104 If you have calibrated your sound card to WWV then you will meet this requirement Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 7 NAVTEX and SITOR B 111 5 7 NAVTEX and SITOR B cw Contestia gt DominoEX gt Hell MFSK gt MT63 Olivia gt PSK QPSK gt PSKR gt RTTY gt THOR Throb WEFAX gt WWV Freq Analysis NULL SSB Show fewer modes Figure 5 19 Op Mode Select NAVTEX Navigational Telex is an international automated service for delivery of meteorological and marine safety information to ships These broadcasts are sent with the SITOR collective B mode Also known as AMT OR B or AMTOR FEC using the CCIR 476 character set SITOR B is also used in amateur radio
186. e character followed by one A K N or W followed by an optional letter followed by a digit followed by a letter that is not q followed by one or two letters The search is case insensitive All plain text is a valid regular expression unless you really had been looking for these metacharacters gt lt span gt lt big gt lt br gt These will have to be escaped with a backslash 7 select whether you want a marquee type of continuous scrolling or simply clear the line when it is filled 8 select whether you want the lowest frequency at the bottom checked or the top of browser panel 9 select whether you want the audio stream history buffer to be played back when you select an active channel The first in first out audio history represents the previous 2 minutes of received audio 10 Both the background and slider highlight colors can be selected for the signal browser detection level control The default colors are shown in these images 11 You can set the 2 levels of text hi lighting that is used in the browser lines e HiLite 1 Text color when the regular expression evaluator finds the target text e HiLite 2 Text color when your call sign appears in that receive channel 12 You can set the background colors for the odd even lines and the line selection color Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 16 User Interface Configuration Contest Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID M
187. e check box and a color selection dialog will open The frequency scale defaults to RF frequency You can select to show audio frequencies You can monitor the transmitted audio waveform and also set the level of the monitored signal This IS NOT your final transmitted signal Fidigi can set a notch from the waterfall when used with flrig and a transceiver that supports CAT control of a manual notch filter When the notch is engaged a dotted vertical line is placed on the waterfall at the notch location You can configure the color of the dotted notch indicator Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 20 Waterfall Configuration 41 2 20 1 FFT Waterfall Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Display FFT Processing Mouse 4 o Lowertimit 4 4000 p Upper imit FFT averaging 4 8 iD Latency Blackman FFT prefilter window function Changes take effect on next program startup 4 160 gt Waterfall height in pixels Figure 2 50 UI Waterfall Display You can extinguish the display of received signals below a particular audio frequency Fldigi s waterfall FFT has a bin size of 1 Hz With an FFT of 8192 and a sampling rate of 8000 it takes almost a second to accumulate enough data to perform the full FFT A waterfall that dropped at one scan line per second would be hard on the viewer so fldigi uses a first in first o
188. e ew ee 64 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen CONTENTS v 290 PSK COMTGUTAION o 26 e ee e eee Re a a eee ORG ERR R E e Rete es 65 Zag RTTY 7 FOK ONIS a aoee oara ee Gh ae Re Oe Re ae ee Ce ee Boe 66 232 Ther Contiguraion 2 5 2065 6 264 bee Dee ee Oe ee ae ee Eee OS 69 3 Logging 71 ot Cabrillo Report 2 422 06 boast dow eee a Ae eb Peet hes 71 32 exporting Logbook Dala s cu eae be RA we ee ew ee wh oe eS 73 301 EXPO ADIF aci 66 4 we a woe a ee ae EO ee ee e a a e E a 73 qaa Export TOA OSV won a bee a SEG ee ee RR Pw ee ew ee i 74 tak AO OO see ate Ban ee ea ee eH doe aha 2 See ae ee Se bra dg i 74 gal Listetbeg Fields i esra 8 64 47648464 644405844 bbe ee tbe be ned 75 3 3 2 Digital Modes Signal Reports ou ee ee he ee 76 Game Cauna OSO Data ccs ew koe E Re ee a ee ee ee a 76 3 4 User Interface Configuration Logserver 2 2 0 0 ee ee 81 SAT Capung Log dala cosas ak ask a we eam o ws Gos Gok ate Eds le 81 Sane PERIS e steed oe hed eii id idaneinds 82 JAI County FIS os Sid pow de Rave bP SPSS a Ree ES e 82 gAs linternallogngek xml cis Bi ee ee Pe we A RO ee 82 3 4 5 Logbook Network Address ee 83 4 Macros 85 o A a hb hea eh ed Bee a hi hae ee Ee aS 85 AEV Margiags nc ees Boma Bbw wee Re eee EA SG Bee eS 85 412 Modena tags lt lt sis ee ra a EN eA Ee es 90 AA Oher Modam 22442440 ee SM eR eRe eee a a ee ee 90 aias Mac BONG AENA 91 4 15 Macro Display Symb
189. e left most item CW on the status bar at the bottom of the fldigi main window During operation the Rx and Tx WPM settings are annunciated on the status bar in the two boxes next to the mode indicator The CW signals are converted to a baseband signal It is the digital equivalent of tuning an analog USB transceiver so that the carrier is exactly at the CW carrier frequency The CW decoder can use one of two different DSP filters The Fast Fourier Transform FFT filter is implemented with a sin x x impulse response This is a very steep sided low pass filter Unchecking the FFT filter causes the decoder to use a Finite Impulse Response FIR filter with a cutoff slope that is not as steep The FFT filter is optimum when receiving CW in a white noise environment The FIR filter may give better response with impulse noise Selected a Matched filter for either the FFT or FIR implementation optimizes the filter bandwidth for white noise suppression A lot of impuse noise static can cause either filter to ring and increasing the filter bandwidth might improve detection in that electrical environment Fldigi can track the incoming signal Enable Rx WPM tracking by enabling the check box Enable Tx Trkg The tracking range Hz around the TxWPM setting can be set using the Rx Trkg Rng control When tracking is enabled the tracking filter is reset every time the transmit WPM is adjusted CW detection is basically an amplitude demodulator You can set
190. e macro browser and can be entered with the lt lt button as usual Test that macro and you will see that lt EXEC gt mytime lt EXEC gt inserts the datetime in the specified format Of course you could have entered lt EXEC gt date utc H 3M lt EXEC gt in the macro body text directly Many other uses for the lt EXEC gt lt EXEC gt macro pair can be imagined when used the with ENV parameters For example you could send Azimuth data to an automated antenna rotor The exported variables should be sufficient for a script writer to create custom loggers and clients Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 5 Modems e Contestia CW e DominoEX e Hellschreiber e MFSK e MT63 e NAVTEX and SITOR B e Olivia e PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems e RTTY Thor Throb TUNE Transmit a single tone carrier e WEFAX e WWV transmit mode Mode Table 5 1 Contestia Fidigi can operate on the following Contestia modes without special setup by the operator Mode Symbole Rate Baud Typing speed WPM Bandwidth Hz Contestia 4 250 62 5 40 250 Contestia 8 250 31 25 30 250 Contestia 4 500 125 78 500 Contestia 8 500 62 5 60 500 Contestia 16 500 31 25 30 500 100 Modems Contestia 8 1000 125 117 1000 Contestia 16 1000 62 5 78 1000 Contestia 32 1000 31
191. e needs of ARQ transfers in the HF spectrum It is particularly well suited under conditions of atmospheric static noise Thor borrows from two current modem technologies MFSK and DominoEX Thor emits a distinctive double rising tone sequence at the beginning of each transmission It is used to flush the receive decoder and also provides a visual and audible clue to its being used The modem code for Thor uses a wide band multiple frequency detector that can lock on and detect the incoming signal even when badly mistuned Frequency domain oversampling is used to allow proper tone detection without the need for AFC The AFC control does not alter the decoder in any way The waterfall and digiscope will appear as Mer 0 57 o xa alu p Nom aL ele Store Fuk Rv CR y eee moaie mse me SQL Figure 5 42 Thor The text displayed in the status area is the secondary text being sent by the transmitting station When the keyboard buffer is empty the Thor modem transmits text from the secondary text buffer Your secondary text buffer can be edited on the Thor configuration tab The digiscope display is similar to the DominoEX display and represents the tone pairs moving through the tone filters You can also use an alternate digiscope display left click on the digiscope display area Figure 5 43 DominoEx In this display mode the red line represents the center of the multiple tone bins that are in the detector The dots will
192. e of the sending station also called origin These messages are displayed in KML files at the coordinates of the sender That is KML placemarks are created or updated with these coordinates Fidigi parses the Navtex reports uses the station identifier to make a lookup in the Navtex stations file which contains geographical coordinates These coordinates are used to create KML placemarks More explanation about how station coordinates are used are given at the Navtex page Navtex messages are quite often sent with embedded coordinates of the event they describe Ship wreck oil explo ration etc For example LIGHT BUOY MARKING DANGEROUS WRECK 58 01 2 NORTH 005 27 1 WEST or THREE MEN OVERBOARD IN PSN 39 07 7N 026 39 2E A future version will parse the content of the message extracting raw coordinates and will display a graphic entity at the location of the described event 6 8 2 KML generation from SYNOP reports SYNOP is a code used for reporting weather information and as such is used to broadcast meteorological data by radio One of the most important emitter is Deutsche Wetterdienst which transmits them in RTTY and fldigi is able to decode them and generate KML placemarks at the location of the weather information 6 8 3 KML files structure The KML data are made of different files Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 8 KML 165 fldigi kml Entry point Only this one has to
193. eadily Pressure change 2 2 hPa 62680 16123 9958 WMO Station 62680 WMO station Atbara UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 70265 66 BMPROIIO TUPEQ Gl 222 00078 64527 16123 99593 70483 46 WMO Station 64527 WMO station WMO_64527 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 OLLLL token Present Longitude 48 3 Latitude 59 3 40095 52004 6 18 4 Data files Raises Several data files containing public information are used to decrypt SYNOP data They come from various places on the Internet with redundancy Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 216 Operating SOURCE DESC Web download NOAA WMO ident weather noaa gov data nsd_ bbsss txt NOAA Wx buoys tgftp nws noaa gov data observations marine stations station _table txt UK Wx Service Wx Ships www metoffice gov uk media csv e 7 ToR Stats SHI P csv IOC Meterology Argos Iridium ftp jcommops org JCOMMOPS G TS wmo wmo_list txt There is a specific window for downloading the latest version of these data files lt can be reached with the command File Folders INEIERSA Mode Op Configuration Vue Journal Macros gt FLMSG files Text Capture gt Fichiers NBEMS Audio Data files Quitter X uy 5 1 amp A GC NTZWPI C Figure 6 80 How to reach the data files sources menu These data files can also be found At installation ti
194. eb Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Figure 2 45 Ul Tabs 6 0 0 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ciris Colors Fonts Enable check box to show each respective operator control VWF carrier VWF Shift Controls VWF ref level Y WF drop rate VWF amp span MWF Store VWF mode Vasy v XMT lock Enable all Disable all Figure 2 46 Ul Configure WF Controls You can configure the appearance of fldigi in a variety of ways including the suppression of unused waterfall controls Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 20 Waterfall Configuration 39 Figure 2 47 Ul Configure WF Controls 2 Before adjusting these settings it is recommended that you enable this menu item You can then see the effect of enabling and disabling the various selection boxes Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 20 Waterfall Configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc Web Autostart Figure 2 48 UI Tabs Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 40 Configuration 600 Eldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Display FFT Processing Mouse
195. ect from 15 different fonts all of which have been designed for Feld Hell use In normal use each dot of the character font is transmitted twice You can increase the effective video s n by transmitting the dots 2 or 3 times the normal That is controlled by the Transmit width FeldHell is a pulse amplitude modulated signal The shape of the pulse is a raised cosine This helps to control the bandwidth of the transmitted signal It is customary to use a 4 millisecond risetime for the raised cosine especially on HF You can change that to 2 milliseconds The video edges will be sharper but the bandwidth twice as large You might find 2 msec a better choice for VHF and above Fidigi provides three controls for the receive function The video is normally black on white You can change that to white on black You can also compress the horizontal scan rate of the video You might find this effective in displaying received fonts that are broad or if the other end is using a multiple dot transmit width As you change Hellschreiber modes the optimum filter bandwidth will be set You can change that and might find a narrower filter effective if you are experiencing CWI interference FeldHell is susceptible to CWI If you narrow the filter the received video will become blurred Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 26 ID Configuration 53 2 26 ID Configuration 6
196. ed as a development for checking internal consistency and accuracy of SYNOP decoding without the complexity of the graphical interface It is accessible in the directory 1digi src synop src and must be built with the command make Its command line options are displayed with the option help fldigi src synop src synop_tool help Valid options are data_dir Where the data files are stored For example usr local share fldigi kml_dir Out put directory of created KML files load_dir Input directory of KML files loaded at startup dbg Verbose mode usage Print this message test Decoding preceded by an internal test matrix KML output in aggregated matrices See KML documentation regex text output of regular expressions not decoded reports version Prints version number help Prints this messages Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 19 UTF 8 support Fldigi supports the UTF 8 character set in all of it s labels and widgets controls The Rx and Tx text panels accept both keyboard and text stream that is in UTF 8 format Transmission of UTF 8 characters is supported by these modes PSK PSKR and Multi Channel PSK PSKR Olivia must enable 8 bit extended characters e MT63 must enable 8 bit extended characters MFSK all baudrates supported For example the following Russian and annotated texts can be sent and received Q6BrDek3VKIMHONPCTYOXLUYULbbIb 310A ABBT JEX3VKJIMHONPCTYOXLYUUb
197. ed to a select number of tags See Inline Macro Tags for a list of these tags and examples Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 4 4 Exec Macro The lt EXEC gt lt EXEC gt macro is designed to be used on the Linux OS as it supports fully functional pipes Windows version of file pipes is not fully POSIX compliant but the function might work in the environment Consider all that the following allows you to do from within fldigi and you might want to consider changing over to Linux The lt EXEC gt macro defines an external child process or processes that will be called by fldigi when the macro key is invoked 4 4 1 Exported variables Fldigi exports a set of variables to the child process and adds fldigi scripts to the PATH variable before running the shell code This is the directory location for all executable scripts and programs which you might want to call from within the macro Some examples will be given later Open the macro editor for an undefined macro key and enter the following lt EXEC gt env grep FLDIGI lt EXEC gt Save the macro call it ENV Then press the newly defined macro key All of the exported variables will be shown in the transmit window Here is an example of the results FLDIGI_RX_IPC_KEY 9876 FLDIGI_LOG_LOCATOR FMO02BT FLDIGI_TX_IPC_KEY 6789 FLDIGI_LOG_RST_IN FLDIGI_LOG_FREQUENCY 3581 000 FLDIGI_AZ 108 FLDIGI_MY_CALL W1HKJ FLDIGI_LOG_TIME 2113 FLDIGI_MY_NAME Dave FLDIGI_VERSION 3 0
198. er for a station to grab my call and the k on the end eliminates garbage characters before my macro finishes The tx rx are on separate lines as want to be sure my macro is on a line by itself and not mixed in with screen garbage Now the exchange macro Put this in the F2 key definition lt TX gt lt CALL gt 599 lt CNTR gt lt CNTR gt lt X1 gt lt X1 gt lt CALL gt k lt RX gt Why do have his call at the beginning as well as the end to make sure have copied his call correctly You will also see that have not as yet logged the contact why well are you sure he does not need to correct his call or ask for a repeat You are asked to repeat the exchange you can just re send the exchange macro this verifies all of the information Now he sends you his info and if you have copied it correctly you need a TU macro Put this in the F3 key definition lt TX gt qsl tu qrz test lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt lt LOG gt lt INCR gt Here we have done all the necessary items to complete the exchange Notice that did not log the contact until after everything was correct have fldigi set to clear on save so when the lt LOG gt part of the macro executes the QSO area is cleared Thats the end of my RUN macro setup told you it was rather simplistic and generic 6 1 7 S amp P Macros rarely if ever use S amp P but there are times need to especially if my QSO rate drops while running Again the macros are very generic wit
199. er has access to a HF transceiver The master station would set the Rx and Tx ppm settings to zero It would then transmit the time tick signal for the other stations to calibrate their sound cards against the master sound card Having all of the stations calibrated in this way will insure that the modem decoders will give maximum performance Here is an example of an advanced macro that will send a CW announcement 2 minutes of time ticks and end with another CW announcement lt MODEM CW gt lt GOFREQ 1000 gt lt WPM 24 gt QRZ QRZ de lt MYCALL gt lt MYCALL gt 2 minute time tick cal run follows lt IDLE 2 gt lt MODEM WWV gt lt IDLE 120 gt lt MODEM CW gt lt IDLE 2 gt end of time tick run de lt MYCALL gt k lt TX gt lt RX gt Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 22 Working Logs Working Logs Fldigi maintains a number of working log files that are found in its default folder The default folder is easy to find simply select the menu item File Show config and your OS default files explorer will be opened to that location Rx Tx Capture File Everytime you start or stop fldigi that event is recorded in a daily log file The daily log is named as flidigYYYYMMDD log where YYYYMMDD is the current GMT date This log will also contain your entire session of Rx and Tx data annotated as to activity and time stamped Here is a small example of the daily log Logging started at Tue Dec 30 11 37 21
200. er modes are more affected by Doppler and the QPSK modes are particularly affected With no interleaver and limited coding length the QPSK mode Forward Error Correction coding gain is limited and under burst noise conditions on HF the performance is usually worse than the BPSK option at the same baud rate In general the narrow band BPSK modes work well on a quiet single hop path but give poor performance in most other conditions Figure 5 25 PSK63 signal transmitting text data oscilloscope view Figure 5 26 PSK63 signal transmitting text data waterfall view miT ET WMA AI y E N Figure 5 27 QPSK63 signal transmitting text data oscilloscope waterfall view Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 10 RTTY 119 Figure 5 28 QPSK63 signal transmitting text data waterfall view The two oscilloscope views above clearly show the combined phase and amplitude modulation of these modes With these modes a very linear transmitter is required Over driven operation results in excessive bandwidth poorer reception and difficult tuning Overdrive usually occurs by having the audio signal much too large These are very sensitive modes and usually very little power is required QRP operation of 80 40 30 and 20 meters can provide nearly 100 copy over multi hop paths In many instances PSK can provide better decoding than CW Setting up for a good clean on air signal t
201. erference and facing The tones have synchronous symbols and are raised cosine moduled This mode requires a very linear transmitter Over driving leads to excessive bandwidth and poorer reception The mode is very tolerant of tuning and fldigi will handle as much as 100 Hz of mistuning This is very important since MT63 is often used in very low Signal to Noise ratios There are three standard modes Mode Symbol Rate Typing Speed Bandwidth MT63 500 5 0 baud 5 0 cps 50 wpm 500 Hz MT63 1000 10 0 baud 10 0 cps 100 wpm 1000 Hz MT63 2000 20 baud 20 0 cps 200 wpm 2000 Hz In addition there are two interleaver options short and long which can be set on the MT63 configuration tab The default calling mode is MT63 1000 If the short interleaver is used then one can expect some compromise in robustness The long interleaver results in somewhat excessive latency delay between overs for keyboard chatting MT63 1000 with the long interleaver has a latency of 12 8 seconds You can change from receive to transmit immediately upon seeing the other stations signal disappear from the waterfall You do not need to wait until the receive text completes Any remaining data in the interleaver will be flushed and the associated receive text printed quickly to the Rx pane Tx will commence right after the buffer is flushed MT63 may be operated in the default fixed audio frequency mode In this mode you are not allowed to randomly
202. es The Xchg capture can be either single word or multiple word mark right click If the Xchg field has text contents then the new capture is appended to end of the current text in that field That means you can point to the word representing the field right click and select from the menu You do not need to highlight the text for the word capture You can very rapidly fill in the serial number and the exchange data even if multi value by simply pointing and right clicking on the desired word 8600 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Cts Colors Fonts Exchanges Exchange Out RST always 599 Send id _ Send CW cut numbers Serial number mr Start Digits ECSR V Use leading zeros 10 3 _ Reset Duplicate check CALL plus C Owo v Band V Mode O State owca ernango n Time span over 120 minutes Restore defaults Save Close za Figure 6 2 UI Contest To set up fldigi for contesting you will need to open configure contest the 1st row contains what info you want sent with the appropriate macro tag ie if the contest requires RST and name you would fill in the Exchange Out box with your name The contents of this field are accessed from a macro with the lt XOUT gt tag You will also need to check the RST always 599 box as this is the de facto si
203. es to learn more about how they are organized Comments are contained within the tag pair lt l gt and may appear anywhere in the rig definition file The entire rig definition must be contained within the tag pair lt RIGDEF gt Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 6 Rig Xml How to 231 lt RIGDEF gt The text within the tag pair lt RIG gt lt RIG gt specifies the transceiver to which this file applies as in lt RIG gt Icom 746 PRO lt RIG gt The text within the tag pair lt PROGRAMMER gt lt PROGRAMMER gt is not used by the parser but should as a minimum say who created and who tested the definition file as in lt PROGRAMMER gt Dave Freese W1HKJ Tested by W1HKJ Dave lt PROGRAMMER gt The text within the tag pair lt STATUS gt lt STATUS gt is not used by the parser but should as a minimum state whether the definition file has been Verified is Alpha amp what the Version and Date of creation or update as in lt STATUS gt Verified Version 1 0 Date 2007 Jan 5 lt STATUS gt The lt TITLE gt lt TITLE gt tag pair contains the text which will be displayed on the window decoration bar as in lt TITLE gt Rig Control IC 746 PRO lt TITLE gt The serial port parameters may be preset in the xml file and also set or changed on the rigcat configuration tab lt l default settings for initial setup xml tag parameter
204. execution Fldigi supports up to 48 macro definitions in sets of 12 Macro definitions are not recursive that is a macro cannot reference another macro or itself The imbedded references are similar to those used by DigiPan and other fine modem programs The imbedded reference is an uppercase plain text descriptor contained with the lt gt brackets 4 1 1 Macro tags Macro Description lt FREQ gt my frequency lt MODE gt mode lt MYCALL gt configuration call lt MYLOC gt configuration locator lt MYNAME gt configuration name lt MYQTH gt configuration QTH lt MYRST gt my RST lt ANTENNA gt configuration antenna lt VER gt Fldigi version Macro Description lt CALL gt other stations callsign 86 Macros lt INFO1 gt S N or other data contained in first info field of status bar lt INFO2 gt IMD or other data contained in second info field of status bar lt LOC gt other stations locator lt NAME gt other stations name lt QTH gt other stations QTH lt RST gt other stations RST Macro Description lt MAPIT gt map other stations locator on google lt MAPIT adr lat loc gt map other stations address latitude longitude locator as specified lt CLRRX gt clear RX pane lt CLRTX gt clear TX pane Macro Description lt GET gt text to NAME QTH lt TALK on off t gt Digitalk On Off Toggle th
205. ext stream lt INCR gt increment contest serial number lt DECR gt decrement contest serial number lt XOUT gt contest exchange lt QSOTIME gt current log time in Zulu HHMM format lt LDT gt local date time lt ILDT gt LDT in iso 8601 format lt ZDT gt Zulu date time lt IZDT gt ZDT in iso 8601 format lt QSOTIME gt actual time of execution of the macro useful where exact times are used to match contest log submissions Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 1 Contest How To 149 lt SAVEXCHG gt save entire contents of the expanded macro text to the Exchange Out field in the logbook lt XBEG gt mark the beginning of a text string that is to be saved to the Exchange Out field in the logbook lt XEND gt mark the end of the text string that is to be saved to the Exchange Out field in the logbook note lt SAVEXCHG gt and the lt XBEG gt lt XEND gt macro tags are mutually exclusive lt XBEG gt lt XEND gt is given priority if both all three are specified in a single macro See Macros for additional information on editing and using the fldigi macro system 6 1 6 RUN Macros We need just a few starting with a CQ macro Put this in the F1 key definition lt TX gt cq test de lt MYCALL gt lt MYCALL gt cq k lt RX gt Notice that left 2 spaces between my call and 3 spaces at the end before the k This will make it easi
206. f without the terminator Which should come soon The modem has some flexibility when interpreting messages and is able to deal with missing or incomplete pream ble and terminator i fidigi FAECW Fichier Mode Op Configuration Vue Journal Aide RxID a TxID TUNE Hamlib FT 817 Orea QSO D butFin Indicatif 20000000 o 0700 iss v ME i st __ Pr __ Pays NNNN ZCZC EA85 WZ 1040 ENGLAND SOUTH EAST COAST FOLKESTONE SOUTH WESTWARDS SANDGATE ROAD 1 WRECK OF MOTOR CRUISER LOCATED 51 03 93N 001 09 17E etricFM 3000 gt a 70 rl xz 4 MW norm 4 4 1010 gt osY Store rLk READ_DATA Wla 3 0 Henare soL Figure 5 20 Navtex Reception 5 7 3 AFC Automatic Frequency Control As shown in the reception screen hard copy it is possible to tick AFC The consequence is that the frequency is continuously monitored 5 7 4 Logging Navtex data to ADIF files Navtex messages are delimited with the usual separators ZCZC and NNNN Their format is ZCZC By Bo B3 B4 message text NNNN These four characters are Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 7 NAVTEX and SITOR B e B4 The station origin used for lookups in the Navtex stations file The same character is associated to several stations Therefore we use other criteria such as the frequency and the distance to the receiver to elimina
207. fall audio frequency the transceiver HF frequency waterfall or no annotation Left click on a line of received text to move the waterfall frequency and Rx panel tracking to that signal The contents of the line of text is transferred to the Rx text widget and the main signal processing loop begins to track and decode that signal Right click on a line of received text and that line is cleared and the channel reset for a new detection You may have to do this occasionally if the detector for that channel has locked on to a sideband of a PSK signal This is most likely to occur when the received signal as a marginal or bad IMD Use the gt Clear button to clear and reset all of the channels Channel signal detection and processing should restart immediately Configuring the browser Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 17 Signal Browser 211 00 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts 3q S Channels first channel starts at waterfall lower limit 15 E inactivity timeout Radio frequency Channel label Font v Continuous scrolling v Lowest freq on bottom of viewer v Play back history when active channel selected Detection Level Browser Line Colors ind Button HiLite 1 HiLite 2 Even Odd Select MED llr
208. g lt DTMF W250 L100 1 256 827 3200 gt Macro Description lt POST nn n gt CW QSK post timing in milliseconds lt PRE nn n gt CW QSK pre timing in milliseconds lt RISE nn n gt lt RISE nn n gt CW rise time in milliseconds lt WPM ww ff gt CW WPM ww word rate optional ff Farnsworth rate Macro Description lt AFC onl off t gt AFC on off toggle lt LOCK onl off t gt lock waterfall cursor on off toggle lt REV onl off t gt Reverse on off toggle Macro Description lt QRG text gt Insert current operating info with text into Rx stream ie info text lt lt 2013 01 12T21 18Z RTTY 14005000 0760 gt gt which can be used to return to a mode rf audio frequency lt PAUSE gt Cause transmission to pause at place of occurance in macro text Pause Break key on keyboard resumes transmission lt TXATTEN nn n gt set fldigi tx attenuator to value 30 dB lt val lt 0 lt COMMENT text gt allow macro to contain a comment field everything between lt and gt is ignored by macro parser lt SAVE gt save the current macro definitions to the current file Macro Description lt MACROS gt load a new macro defs file file prompt when editing macro Added macro to insert ORG text into Rx stream lt QORG text to insert gt Added save macro lt SAVE gt tag Added export strings FLDIGI
209. g Book You can resize the dialog to suit your screen size and operating needs Fldigi will remember the placement and size for subsequent use You can create new entries update existing entries and delete entries using this dialog You can also search for an entry by callsign The browser can be sorted by Date Callsign Frequency or Mode The sort can be forward or backward with the most recent being the default selected entry after each sort You execute the sort by clicking on the column button at the top of the column to be sorted Each click causes the sort to reverse like to view my log Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 3 4 User Interface Configuration Log server 81 with the most recent at the top You might want to view it with the most recent on the bottom There are no frills such as keeping track of DXCC worked fancy printouts etc Fldigi s logbook is primarily a capture function You can export your data for use with an external database or for uploading to LOTW or eQSL Data from those sources can also be used for importing into the logbook Exporting logbook data Log Exports Cabrillo reporting Contest Reports Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 3 4 User Interface Configuration Log server Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Figure 3 16 Ul Ta
210. g and the separate logbook dialog 2 13 5 Func keys Operator ui Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D misc web Browser Contest General Logging Macros Figure 2 29 Colors Fonts FKeys You can color code the macro function key buttons in groups of 4 F1 F4 F5 F8 and F9 F12 The background color for each group is adjusted by clicking the respective Bkgnd button The text color for the button labels is adjusted by clicking on the Label Txt button The colors will change on these buttons and also on the main dialog as you make these adjustments The Defaults button restores the colors as shown in this view 2 13 6 Tab Colors Figure 2 30 Colors Fonts Tabs Adjust the color of all tabs to suit your personal taste Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 13 Colors and Fonts 29 2 13 7 Light Buttons Colors Figure 2 31 Colors Fonts Buttons e Adjust the on color of Spot RxID TxID Tune Lk Rev T R and AFC button e Adjust the enabled and on colors of the Sql button 2 13 8 Signal Level Figure 2 32 Colors Fonts Signal Level You can select the low normal high over drive colors for the diamond signal level in the lower right hand corner of the main dialog Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 30 Configuration Figure 2 33 Level Indicator Your audio Rx level should be set to allow the loudest signals
211. ge 2013 GeoContent GO Qk E Dt B timents 3D Image 2 TerraMetrics AA a 51 56 26 60 N 29 57 47 E Altitude 386 17 km intos pratiques l patrros BaTFR17 Figure 6 24 Google Earth 6 8 13 1 3 GPS Babel conversion The command GpsBabe 1 for example will selectively convert the KML file of Synop reports It is generally advised to generate plain text description tags in the KML files because GPS devices might not be able to correctly display HTML data The command can be gpsbabel i kml f SHOME fldigi kml Synop kml o gpx F out gpx The generated files can for example be fed into Xastir Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Figure 6 25 Menu 6 9 1 Menu Heirarchy 6 9 1 1 Files Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 172 Operating 6 9 1 1 1 Folders op iode ai Ea View Logk Figure 6 26 Folders e Fidigi config open the OS native file explorer to the folder containing the fldigi operating amp data files e NBEMS files open the OS native file explorer to the folder containing the NBEMS data files 6 9 1 1 2 Macros Figure 6 27 Macros Open Macros open a macro definition file changes the MACRO keys immediately e Save Macros save the current macro definitions to a designated file Additional information Macros User Interface Configuration Macros 6 9 1 1 3 Text Capture Op Mode Configure
212. ghted menu item Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 174 Operating 6 9 1 2 1 CW cw A THOR Throb WEFAX Navtex SitorB WWW Freq Analysis NULL SSB gt gt gt gt PSKR gt gt gt d Figure 6 31 Op Mode CW receive CW 5 to 200 WPM and transmit on any audio frequency using AF CW Additional information CW CW Configuration 6 9 1 2 2 Contestia Contestia 4 tones 125 Hz wide Contestia 4 tones 250 Hz wide Contestia 8 tones 250 Hz wide Contestia 4 tones 500 Hz wide Contestia 8 tones 500 Hz wide 8 1000 16 1000 32 1000 Figure 6 32 Contestia Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 175 e Contestia 16 tones 500 Hz wide e Contestia 8 tones 1000 Hz wide Contestia 16 tones 1000 Hz wide e Contestia 32 tones 1000 Hz wide e Custom set on dialog Additional information Contestia Contestia Configuration 6 9 1 2 3 DominoEX dominoex 4 dominoex 5 dominoex 8 DominoEX 5 DominoEX 8 DominoEX 11 DominoEX 16 DominoEX 22 DominoEX 44 DominoEX 88 Figure 6 33 DominoEX e dominoex 11 the default calling mode for dominoEX Additional information DominoEX DominoEX Configuration dominoex 16 dominoex 22 dominoex 44 dominoex 88 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by
213. gnal report in contests Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 1 Contest How To 147 If you are participating in a CW contest you may want to select the Send CW cut numbers cut numbers is the norm for a CW contest The cut numbers will send N for 9 and T for zero The next box contains the needed requirements to use serial numbers for a contest You will always want to use leading zeros start with 1 and use 3 digits Press reset to initialize the Out QSO field to the Start number Check the appropriate fields for determining if this is a duplicate call If a duplicate is detected the Call entry will be highlighted as shown in the Dup Color button Pressing this button opens a color selector so you may customize the color There are many choices to alert you to a duplicate contact The duplicate is based on the logical AND of all of the fields to be checked The DUPE is cleared when you press the clear QSO log button the brush icon After you have filled in all the required information make sure you save and close Remember YOU MUST click the Reset button in the Serial number panel for the serial number counter to be initialized You should also press the QSO clear button broom in the QSO entry widget for the other changes to take effect It would be best to create a new log for each contest You create a new log by selecting the menu item File Logs New logbook The default new log name w
214. gt 37 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt FSK R lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 39 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt MODES gt Example 3 for the FT 100 lt MODES gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt LSB lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 00 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt USB lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 01 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt CW lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 02 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt CW R lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 03 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt AM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 04 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt DIG lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 05 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt FM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 06 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt W FM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 07 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt MODES gt Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 6 Rig Xml How to 233 The modes which are supported by lower sideband in the transceiver are specified in the lt LSBMODES gt lt LSBM ODES gt tar pair The string data for the LSB modes must match those given in the modes id specifier For example in the Icom 746 Pro lt LSBMODES gt lt STRING gt LSB lt STRING gt lt STRING gt RTTY lt STRING gt lt STRING gt CW R lt STRING gt lt LSBMODES gt If the transceiver data stream uses identically the
215. h Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 242 Developers main get_rig_bandwidth s n use rig get_bandwidth main get_rig_bandwidths nA use rig get_bandwidths log get_sideband sin use main get_wf_sideband 7 8 3 Minimized WF Window If your external control program duplicates some of the fldigi controls such as the Rx and Tx pane you can run fldigi in a fully minimized mode Fldigi then only provides the controls necessary for signal acquisition and waterfall management Minimization is accomplished by setting the command line switch wfall only or wo The user interface then has this appearance fidigi waterfall only mode i Ja Le gt norm afa 1063 El BPSK31 lr arc r soL Figure 7 3 Simplified WF Window Display The documentation for the external control program will provide additional information if this user interface is desired Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 9 Google Maps snip copy the following to fldigi scripts map pl usr bin perl Author Stelios Bounanos MOGLD Date 20080625 use warnings use strict use Getopt Std our SVERSION 0 3141 our opts e gt 0 m gt 1 z gt 4 cmdline open STDOUT gt dev null my loc exists opts 1 Sopts 1 SENV FLDIGI_LOG_LOCATOR die Invalid locator n unless
216. h ll Js Navigational warning Jii Recs 117 Nouveau Mise jour Supprimer Dial lt lt Date Heure Indicatif Nom Fr quence 20120622 0759 Unknown station 1400 000000 0759 FRC CROSS Corsen 1400 000000 0800 FRC CROSS Corsen 1400 000000 20120622 0801 FRC CROSS Corsen 30 000000 20120622 Unknown station 1400 000000 Figure 5 22 Logging Contacts Navtex messages can be logged to the ADIF file This is done with other extra data Date and time of the contact e Frequency and mode Station name country Maidenhead locator and callsign deduced from the message header and the Navtex stations file See below The locator is calculated using the station coordinates The message content itself Note that carriage returns which cannot be displayed on a single line are trans formed into a tilda Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 8 Olivia 115 5 7 7 Stations file i Navtex stations file Show All Files E Favorites 7 mac win32 NAVTEX_Stations csv flarq desktop flarq xpm fidigi psk png fidigi rtty png fidigi desktop fidigi xpm nsd_bbsss txt 4 Preview show hidden files al y 2D Filename home rchateau RadioAmateurs FlDigiMaster fldigi data xi Cancel Figure 5 23 Choosing Stations File The emitter station is extracted from the Navtex message and used to extract latitude longitude sta
217. h digit may be left clicked to increment in frequency by that digit value or right clicked to decrement by that digit value The leading digits will follow suit if a decade rollover occurs You can also place the mouse cursor on a digit and then use the mouse wheel to roll the frequency up and down Manual entry of frequency can be accomplished by clicking on any digit and then entering the numeric value in KHz Don t forget the decimal point if you are entering a fractional KHz value The mode combobox the bandwidth combobox and the frequency display also annunciate the current transceiver status If you change operating mode on the transceiver that will be annunciated in the respective combobox and fidigi will adjust any internal parameters accordingly Fldigi queries the transceiver 10 times per second to maintain a lock step with the transceiver 2 8 1 Rig Configuration Hardware PTT control Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 12 Configuration Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Hardware PTT RigCAT Hamlib XML RPC h w ptt device pin Use separate serial port PTT v Use RTS RTS V Device dev ttyUSB2 w Use DTR ODTR V Use parallel port PTT PTT delays valid for all CAT PTT types gg 0 00 Start of transmit PTT delay lala 0 00 PTT end of transmit delay Restore defaults Figure 2 1
218. h only the needed info If band conditions warrant you may want to send your call 3 times Put this in the F5 key definition lt TX gt lt MYCALL gt lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 150 Operating Why just my call Well assume the other guy already knows his call The exchange macro is basically the same as the RUN macro Put this one in the F6 key definition lt TX gt 599 lt CNTR gt lt CNTR gt lt X1 gt lt X1 gt k lt RX gt As you see have not as yet logged the QSO or incremented the serial number This is the final S amp P macro Put this one in the F7 key definition lt LOG gt lt INCR gt Now this is the most important macro you will ever need trust me Put it where you won t fail to find it How about FQ lt TX gt agn agn k lt RX gt You will see that it is used many times during a contest especially with weak stations and heavy QRN QRM lt QSOTIME gt time sent in Tx stream repeat execution of lt QSOTIME gt before a lt LOG gt macro or a save to log button press will resend the original time e lt LOG gt macro or a save to log button press appends the QSOTIME to the STX_STRING field in the adif log record and clears the QSOTIME lt XBEG gt e use at end of a contest exchange to save the entire exchange string in STX_STRING e usurps QSOTIME if both are contained in same macro text ie lt RST gt
219. hat will receive the accolades of your QSO partners is easy Follow the instructions on using the Tune button and you will have a clean on signal Good reception of PSK signals requires that the demodulator be phase locked to the incoming signal Fidigi has both a fast acquire slow tracking AFC system Place the red bandwidth bar see above so that it overlies the desired signal and then press the left mouse button The signal should quickly lock on a decoding should commence immediately It is almost impossible to visually tell whether a BPSK or QPSK signal is being received Under very high s n you might be able to hear the difference but that is even difficult for most operators If you are not able to decode a signal that looks like a BPSK and the bandwidth of the signal matches the baud rate then it might be a QPSK signal Just change mode a try reacquiring the signal 5 9 2 Multi Channel PSK modems J 6s ol xt alm rast Jefe 1504 o lm asy store Figure 5 29 PSK63R20C signal transmitting text data waterfall view Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 10 RTTY The RTTY modulator and demodulator have been extensively changed with version 3 21 67 The new design was a cooperative effort of Stefan DO2SMF and Dave W1HKJ with extensive testing performed by Ed W3NR and Dick AA5VU Chen W7AY was a silent contributor to the design by virtue of his excellent technical papers on RTTY modulation and demodulat
220. he cty dat file This file is maintained by and can be downloaded from the following web site http www country files com The default location for this file is in the fldigi default files folder You have the option of changing that file location by either entering the new folder pathname in the edit control or by using the Browse or Default button If you change the contents of cty dat while fldigi is running you should force fldigi to reload the data from the file This data is normally only read when the program starts 3 4 4 Internal Logbook Fldigi has an internal logbook That log should be used for single operator operations There may be times that you need to share a log either between programs on a single computer or with other operators running fldigi on other computers on a LAN or even WAN In lieu of the internal logbook you can elect to use a common logbook server This logbook is maintained by a separate logbook program f 110g fllog provides access to read query and update records via an xmirpc socket interface fllog provides the server function and connecting applications are clients You need to specify both the socket address and socket port The defaults are as shown and are for the instance when both fllog and fldigi are on a single computer Unless configured otherwise fllog will always use the port address 8421 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 3 4 User Interfac
221. he fldigi files folder The file is an ASCII text file The format of the daily log is shown in Working Logs 6 1 5 Contesting Macro Tips OK now we have fldigi setup for basic contesting lets move on to some ideas on macros to use tend to make generic one size fits all macros recommend that you make a new macro file mine is named contest mdf this will give you 48 macros to use based on the type of contest you are entering Take a good look at the examples have listed you will notice there are no commas hyphens or other extraneous items have seen just about every example of a poorly thought out macro there is or has ever been dreamed up Classic examples are e w3nr you are 599 in Alabama your serial number is 001 001 001 how copy e hello ed thanks for the call you are 599 599 001 001 001 QTH Alabama back to you The list goes on and on Just think you have to try and capture the exchange try it and you will see what mean When you enter a contest you have to decide whether you are going to sit on one frequency and call CQ Run or are you going to tune the band looking for stations to work S amp P So lets set up some macros that should cover both cases Several new macro tags have been created to facilitate contesting these include the following tags lt LOG gt add QSO data to the logbook amp clear the QSO data fields lt CNTR gt insert current contest serial number into the t
222. he rig all that often 6 14 4 Host and port With the port set to 14739 the reports will not be entered in the main database but instead will be analysed and displayed here http pskreporter info cgi bin psk analysis pl Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 14 PSK Reporter 201 Probably of no interest to anyone who is not hacking on a PSKR client but may be useful for debugging The PSKR protocol uses UDP with no acknowledgements or retransmissions so don t be surprised if the occasional report never makes it to the server There should be enough coverage overlap to make packet loss irrelevant and save a lot of bandwidth and CPU cycles The spotter needs to see a repeated callsign within a short search window but stations do not always repeat their callsigns In addition some operators like to be creative with their macros and as a result some signals will decode 100 but the callsign will never be auto captured Such callsigns can be reported manually The manual spotting is done by right clicking the QRZ globe icon This will generate a report for whatever is in the Call amp Loc fields so make sure that those are correct You should also verify the frequency e g by placing the waterfall marker on the signal being spotted There is a confirmation popup that will open when you right click the globe button The aim of course is to avoid accidentally sending rubbish reports to the PS
223. he time tick You can see a very slight slope from left to right as the signal goes from top to bottom of the display Open the configure dialog box to the SndCrd tab You are going to be adjusting the Rx corr Rate while you observe the effect of this control on the slope of the time tick line Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 4 Digiscope Display WWV mode 157 Tune in WWV or WWVH on 2 5 5 0 10 0 or 15 0 MHz in the AM mode This seems to give the best signal view Select the WWV modem and allow the data to begin to accumulate in the digiscope display When you can clearly see the bright tick line move the cursor to the bottom of the line and left click at that position That will resync the digiscope display and put the ensuing tick marks at the center line red graticule Then right click anywhere in the digiscope display That changes the zoom level to show more detail regarding the slope of the time tick line The zoom level increases by a factor of 5 Right clicking again restores the original zoom level recommend making the adjustments to the Rx corr Rate control in the x5 zoom level If the slope of the time tick line is positive you will need to apply a negative value to the Rx corr Rate If it is negative then a positive correction is needed Start with a correction of 0 ppm and observe the slope Try a value of 1000 ppm and observe the slope Again try a 1000 ppm correction and o
224. hes for details 2 5 Modem Configuration Options You can configure each modem type to suit your particular operating needs but the defaults should be satisfactory for most users e Contestia Configuration e CW Configuration e DominoEX Configuration e Feld Hell Configuration e ID Configuration e Miscellaneous Configuration MT63 Configuration e Olivia Configuration PSK Configuration e RTTY FSK Configuration Thor Configuration When you have completed the configuration go to the Configure menu and select Save config or press the Save Config button on the configure dialog box The program will write the file fldigi fldigi_def xml Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 6 Configure Operator 5 2 6 Configure Operator 600 Eldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Callsign KKS5VD Name Robert QTH Madison AL USA Locator EM64or Antenna G5RV Jr 22 FT AGL Restore defaults Save Close Figure 2 1 Operator Enter your personal information on the Operator tab of the configuration dialog This information is used by some of the macro expanders The antenna information is required if you elect to report to the spotting web site PSK reporter Your locator data is also used for automatic
225. hich are available for both Windows and Linux If you are using a proportional font and find that the Rx text display gets unresponsive with large amounts of text then you should change to a fixed width font Do a search on the internet for Andale Mono or Consolas Both are excellent fonts for this use Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 26 Configuration 2 13 2 Character Set Selection Figure 2 26 Character set This setting affects how fldigi encodes the text that it transmits and how it interprets what it receives This mainly matters if you intend to transmit and or receive text containing characters that are not in the English alphabet for example letters with diacritics Cyrillic letters Japanese script and similar Successful transmission and reception of such symbols is only possible if both your and the correspondent s program are set to use the same encoding Seeing strange characters instead of what you would expect for example amp amp ccaron always turning up as e indicates that there is probably a mismatch between your encoding and the correspondent s Leaving this control set to UTF 8 the default is strongly recommended as this is a cover all encoding that enables communication in almost any language and script imaginable However there are three cases in which you might want to switch encodings at least temporarily e You never expect to transmit or view an
226. hose patterns This only happens when the Spot button on the main window is activated as with the PSK Reporter client Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 11 Notifier 191 O Notifications lila E Event Action l Station heard twice Trigger limit s 1 E Show alert window Heard CALLSIGN COUNTRY rr TEXT En Enabled one ax az 92 E Mode MODEM RF_KHZ KHz Filter 8 Calisign Hide window after s 5 5 O DXCC entity ARPA Not worked before RX_MARKER B C LotW user Append to TX text eQSL user Duplicates fed Run program in Callsign B Time s 3600 dJ add Remove VBand Mode Update Test Event Filter Action Enabled Station heard twice alisign N Y Figure 6 58 Notifications First here s how it works in general You specify a regular expression RE that contains one or more parenthesised capturing groups Fldigi s spotter matches it against the incoming text main window or Signal Browser so it works with both PSK and RTTY and if the RE matches it performs one or more of the following Displays an alert window with some text and a go to that frequency button Enters some arbitrary text into the Transmit pane The text may contain lt MACRO gt s and these will be expanded as usual Runs a program Unix Linux only for now The text de
227. iewer e Countries DXCC entities Controls Full show all logbook and rig controls Rig control and logging minimizes the logging panel for normal QSO entries Rig control and contest minimizes the logging panel for Contest entries None removes the Rig Control Log panel from the main User Interface Contest fields Display alternate 2nd line in qso logging area provides access to contest logging fields e Waterfall Docked scope toggles the visibility of the docked scope display to the right of the waterfall Min WF Controls toggles the visibility of various waterfall controls as configured by the user 6 9 1 5 Logbook Figure 6 52 Logbook ADIF Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 186 Operating 1ileiieiila tit 4 ee maattin Na a fe Figure 6 53 Logbook Reports e View open the logbook dialog New create a new logbook Open open an existing logbook e Save save the current logbook ADIF Merge merge adif data from an ADIF file ADIF Export export selected or all logbook records to an ADIF formated file see Log Exports Reports Text export selected or all logbook records to a text file suitable for printing Reports CSV export selected or all logbook records to a tab delimited file Reports Cabrillo create a Cabrillo contest report see Cabrillo Reports 6 9 1 6 Help Help 5
228. iguration is selected the original row is forced to the Alt 1 or first sub set of macros and it s numeric rotate button is disabled The second or SHIFTED macro button row can be rotate through Alt 2 Alt 4 using either it s numeric button or the Alt key combination The fldigi macro bar positions will change immediately so you can see the selection With 2 rows shown you obtain access to the primary set with normal Function key press The secondary set is accessed by a SHIFT Function key press You edit any macro definition by using a mouse right click on it s button You can also select to use the mouse wheel to rotate through the macro sub sets When checked you simply hover the mouse over the macro bar and roll the mouse wheel Fldigi manages multiple files that contain macro definitions You may want to have the last used macro file be the one available the next time you start fldigi If so simply enable the load last used Macro file on startup check box Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 38 Configuration You can also choose to display which macro file was loaded at startup or when a new macro file is loaded A brief message indicating which file was loaded will be written to the Rx text area if this option is selected Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 19 User Interface Configuration WF Controls Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc W
229. ill be newlog adif on Linux and newlog adi on Windows You can rename the new log file now or later by using the system file manager or when you save the log The import export feature of fldigi will allow you to export the log into your everyday logging software or the built in fldigi logbook 6 1 2 Restarting a contest session You might have closed down fldigi in the middle of a contest everyone needs a break now and then You then start fldigi and want to continue the contest Here are the steps to insure that you continue operations with no glitches Load your macro file that contains your contest macros more on that below e Select the menu item View Contest fields e Select the menu item View Logbook Make sure you have the contest logbook open if not then this is the time to open that logbook database Select the menu item File Logs Open logbook and find your log data file e Look at the last record and check the serial number sent Enter that number plus one in the Start entry on the config contest tab see above e Press the Reset button in that panel You are ready to keep on contesting 6 1 3 Remembering a contact If you are copying a potential contact but you are not being heard you can save fldigi s modem state using one of two methods 1 double click the signal on the waterfall 2 right click on the Rx panel and select Insert marker A line of text will be inserted at the end of the Rx text buffer I
230. illator correction factors you can enter them now If not you can determine the RX rate correction using a special WWV modem built into Fidigi The decoder and encoder logic for each of the various modems require a specific sound card sample rate which may not be the the actual sound card sample rate The conversion between the modem sample rate and the sound card sample rate is accomplished by one of a set of sample rate converters Sound card oscillators may have a slight error in frequency that causes their sampling rate to not be the value specified This error is usually small enough to be measured in a parts per million Fidigi uses a technique called rate conversion to correct the sampled waveform for this error The error can be measured and the correction factor determined by using the WWV calibration modem The supporting library used for the converter provides several different levels of conversion Best Medium Fastest and Linear Interpolator The default Medium interpolator will be satisfactory for most sound cards If you are running fldigi on a computer with limited cou power you might find it necessary to select one of the more cpu efficient converters either Fastest or Linear Each gives progressively poorer performance but use fewer cpu cycles to perform the frequency conversion You should also be sure that the cpu type is set to Slow cpu on the miscellaneous configuration tab Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio iD Misc
231. ime the transmit WPM is changed the receive decoder WPM tracking is reset to the new transmit WPM This allows you to quickly force the decoder to a new WPM range CW Rx 30 W 30 Dal Figure 5 1 The Rx and Tx WPM are shown in the status bar UA e cw ex30 W 30 ET Figure 5 2 x indicates that default WPM is selected Default ve 5 2 6 Farnsworth keying You might want to use farnsworth keying to provide a character rate that is faster than the word per minute rate Transmit 15 TX WPM EN UNED do h _ Use Famsworth timing Cl A gt Figure 5 3 Farnworth Timing Set the F WPM slider to tthe character rate and enable the Use Farnsworth timing check box When the TX WPM is set to a speed below the Farnsworth value then the character rate will be at the Farnsworth setting and the word rate will be at the TX WPM rate You can also set the TX WPM and F WPM from within a Macros Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 102 Modems 5 2 7 CW configuration The CW Configuration is easily reached from the Config menu or by right clicking on the left most entry in the status bar CW 5 2 8 Prosigns The prosigns are configurable see CW Configuration The defaults are PROSIGN KEYBOARD DISPLAYED AS BT lt BT gt AA lt AA gt AR gt lt AR gt AS lt lt AS gt HM lt HM gt INT amp lt INT gt SK lt SK gt
232. ion which he so generously placed in the public domain fldigi can operate on a wide range of RTTY symbol rates and bandwidths The selection of symbol rate and bandwidth is made on the RTTY configuration tab The three most common in amateur radio use can be selected from the mode menu These are Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 120 Modems Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 10 RTTY 121 Mode Symbol Rate Typing Speed Bandwidth RTTY 45 45 45 baud 6 0 cps 60 wom 270 Hz RTTY 50 50 0 baud 6 6 cps 66 wpm 280 Hz RTTY 75 75 0 baud 10 0 cps 100 wpm 370 Hz These modes were a result of mechanical and electrical designs of the early TTY machines The 45 45 baud and 75 baud machines were for the US Canadian market and used 60 Hz synchronous motors The 50 baud machines were for the European market and used 50 Hz synchronous motors fldigi can encode and decode many other symbol rates and bandwidths Custom combinations are set up on the RTTY configuration tab You probably will never have to do that unless you like experimenting with unusual RTTY modes 5 10 1 RTTY modulator All of the modem signals that fldigi produces are audio signals That includes the RTTY signal fldigi can encode and decode an RTTY signal that is anywhere within the passband of the sideband transceiver It is not limited to the traditional tone
233. is available with and without a dependency on PulseAudio Unless you know that your system uses PulseAudio for its sound card service you should not download that version You will need three shared libraries on your system hamlib 1 2 10 libsamplerate and libportaudio2 Use the libraries available for your linux distribution Most current distributions use either deb or rpm files and can be accessed from a global repository Building the libraries from source should be a last resort unless you are a knowledgable Linux user and have performed a library build from source in the past 7 2 1 1 Hamlib You will need to have hamlib 1 2 7 installed on your system before fldigi can be executed Most current distributions either have a deb or rpm distribution file for hamlib 1 2 10 If you must compile from source you can find it at http www hamlib org Follow the instructions in the source code top directory to compile link and install the library 7 2 1 2 libsamplerate You will need to have libsample installed on your system before fldigi can be executed Most current distributions either have a deb or rpm distribution file for libsamplerate If you must compile from source you can find it at libsamplerate source Follow the instructions in the source code top directory to compile link and install the library Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 7 3 Installing from Source 227 7 2 1 3 PortA
234. is is a Windows only tag and Digitalk must be running lt LOG gt save QSO data to logbook immediately lt LNW gt log at xmt time lt CLRLOG gt clear log fields lt EQSL message gt submit the current log entry to www eQSL cc This macro tag should be put before lt LOG gt or lt LNW gt Macro Description lt QSOTIME gt insert current logbook time HHMM ie 0919 lt ILDT gt insert current local date time in iso 8601 format ie 2011 08 28 04 16 0500 lt LDT gt insert Local date time ie 2011 08 28 04 16 0500 lt IZDT gt insert Zulu date time in iso 8601 format ie 08 28 2011 04 16 CDT lt ZDT gt insert Zulu date time ie 2011 08 28 09 16Z lt LT gt insert local time ie 0416 lt ZT gt insert zulu time ie 0916Z lt LD gt insert local date ie 2011 08 28 lt ZD gt insert Zulu date ie 2011 08 28 lt WX gt insert current weather data from METAR as specified lt WX Xxxx gt on WX configuration tab see WX configure replace xxxx with the 4 letter METAR designator for a report on a station other than the one specified on the weather configuration tab Macro Description lt CNTR gt insert current value of contest counter lt DECR gt decrement contest counter lt INCR gt increment contest counter lt XIN gt send exchange in string Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 4 1 Macros 87
235. isc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Figure 2 37 Ul Tabs Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 17 User Interface Configuration General Fidigi supports a generic but robust set of contest functions In addition to serial and transmit three exchange sequences unique to a specific contest Enter the exchange you want to send for each of the three You can force the RST in out to always be 599 That seems to be a norm for many contests When in and serial out you can capture operating in a CW contest you can have fldigi send cut numbers T for 0 N for nine 600 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts Exchanges Exchange Out _ RST always 599 Send N Send CW cut numbers Serial number Start Digits Use leading zeros po B V Band Y Mode O State E seen Time spanover 120 minutes Figure 2 38 Ul Contest The serial number can be set to use leading zeros You can specify the starting number for the sequence and how many digits are sent ie 0024 Pressing Reset will set the starting number to the QSO logging serial out field See Contest How To for more info You can check for duplicates by any combination of the specified named fields You c
236. ivia signal is close or overlapping it may keep it from locking onto the other signal instead of yours Also if you are trying to decode an extremely weak signal and can t even tell exactly WHERE to click on the waterfall because the trace is too faint or non existent then it might help to increase this setting to 16 or 32 temporarily Then it would perhaps decode the signal even if you were OFF his center frequency by a large margin If the slow speed of Olivia bothers you some If you find yourself wanting things to go a little faster then start using more ham common abbreviations like hw for how and ur for your Don t waste time sending words like the and and all the time An example The weather here is nice and sunny today and the high will get to 85 degrees instead send Wx nice sunny high 85 deg No need to spell out everything and use superfluous words like the and many others And why use words like HERE and TODAY in the above context when the other station already knows you are telling the weather for YOUR QTH for TODAY You aren t writing a novel an article or in a spelling bee Also after you establish the QSO don t send BOTH calls all the time at the beginning and end of every transmission After the QSO is in progress come back to the station like this de WB8ROL instead of W9ZZZ de WB8ROL and when you sent it back to the other guy send BTU de WB8ROL KN That will help speed things up t
237. k box option will be available on the Rig gt Hardware PTT Configuration panel PTT delays You can accommodate delays in transceiver switching between receive and transmit by adjusting the PTT delays The control values are in milliseconds These controls have no effect on external PTT circuits such as those implemented in the SignaLink interfaces They rely on detecting the audio data stream You can use a combination of macro tags in a macro key definition to achieve a resolution For example try a macro definition similar to this to insure that the RSID is sent via a slow FM xcvr or via a VHF repeater Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 8 Rig Control 13 lt TX gt lt MODEM NULL gt lt IDLE 2 5 gt lt MODEM MT63 500 gt lt TXRSID on gt Change the idle time value in fractional seconds to suit your needs 2 8 2 RigCAT control Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Hardware PTT RigCAT Hamlib XML RPC Rig description file FT 950 xml Device dev ttyUSB1 y Retries Retry interval ms a 500 Baud rate 38400 4 ite del pn a ms stopbits 4 ic _ Commands are echoed CAT command for PTT Toggle RTS for PTT Toggle DTR for PTT ORTS 12 v C DTR 12 v RTS CTS flow control _JVSP Enable Restore Settings on Close Figure 2 11 RigCAT control RigCAT is a rig c
238. l than the traditional exponential waveform They are very easy to listen to even at speeds exceeding 100 wpm The Edge control sets the rise and fall times of the CW waveform It can be set anywhere from 0 0 to 15 0 milliseconds in 0 1 millisecond increments DO NOT operate A2 CW with the control set below 4 msec This is the control that sets the effective bandwidth and sound of your CW If the edge is too steep you will have a clicky signal and be the bane of the CW bands The purpose of being able to set the edge to 0 0 or a very quick rise fall time is explained below A good setting for nice sounding CW at 40 WPM and below is 4 to 6 milliseconds Edge decreases pulse width when checked will give a slightly narrower dot length as the edge timing is increased This is useful when operating QSK and listening between the character elements This is what the A2 signal should look like with various settings of weight Dash Dot and Edge The audio frequency is 400 Hz and the TxWPM is 100 WPM a vw o Figure 2 58 Dash Dot 3 0 Edge 0 0 m Figure 2 59 Dash Dot 4 0 Edge 0 0 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 48 Configuration H Figure 2 60 Dash Dot 3 0 Edge 3 msec HII w o 1 40 118 196 274 352 430 508 586 664 742 Figure 2 61 Dash Dot 3 0 Edge 6 msec AMI Figure 2 62 Dash Dot 3 0 Edge
239. ldigi is full wave rectified and detected to create a keyline control The outboard conversion from A2 to keyline requires a nearly square wave pulse output of audio at the CW keying rate Setting the Edge control to 0 0 and then the audio frequency to about 1000 Hz provides the needed signal to effect this type of keyline control If you are operating QSK with a separate receiver transmitter you can very quickly stop your transmit signal with the TAB key In the CW mode only the TAB key causes the program to skip over the remaining text in the transmit text buffer The text that is skipped will be color coded blue The program remains in the transmit mode PTT enabled but since the buffer is now empty no A2 CW signal is generated Code transmission will then restart with the very next keyboard closure of a valid CW character The Escape and Pause Break keys still can be used to respectively abort and pause transmission 2 23 2 QSK You might ask why fldigi doesn t simply provide a keyline output on one of the parallel port pins or on RTS or DTR via a comm port The answer is quite simple Linux is a multi tasking operating system and the interaction between the OS and the application causes the timing to be adversely effected The driver implementation of the audio sub system must be responsive and so the OS gives that sub system a very high priority in its multi tasking structure Many QSK operators use high speed diode antenna switching between
240. ller than you have the decoder setting then the two lines will close toward the NW SE quadrants If the sending station is using a shift that is greater than the decoder setting then the two lines will close toward the NE SW quadrants Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 4 Digiscope Display WWV mode The WWV mode is used to measure the offset of the sound card oscillator It does this by comparing the timing loop for the sound card measurements against the clock tick signal that is transmitted by WWV and WWVH The sampling rate for the sound card should be set to native The sound card samples the signal and returns the values in 512 blocks This block sampling is what sets the basic timing mechanism for the thread that reads the sound card sends data to the waterfall and sends data to the modem signal processing functions A process of filtering is used that simultaneously reduces the sampling rate Most modern soundcards will use 44100 or 48000 as the native smampling rate That sample rate in down converted to 1000 using a decimation in time type FIR The resulting signal is then power detected and further filtered with a filter called a moving average filter The moving average is very good at detecting the edge of a pulse such as the 1 second tick transmitted by WWV This output is then displayed in a manner very similar to a FAX signal Each scan line represents the received signal over a 1 second interval The bright white line is t
241. locks the transmit audio frequency to its present value You can then continue to QSY around your transmit position have used this to reply to a DX station that wanted a 500 Hz response The DX was at 690 Hz audio and wanted a response at 500 moved the display cursor or the audio frequency control to 1190 Hz Hit the Lck button and then went back to 690 with the waterfall cursor Now the program is receiving on 690 Hz and transmitting on 1190 Hz Caught him on the first try Use this button also as a Master Station control Not all rigs are equal in their VFO performance Some exhibit a shift between receive and transmit If this occurs then the stations find themselves chasing each other with every t r exchange Locking your transmit frequency with this control will inhibit that from happening Be sure to disable the control when that qso is over or you may forget and transmit over top of another qso If the Lck is enabled the TX frequency does not follow the AFC action applied to the RX frequency For transceivers which are either hamlib or memmap enabled if the Qsy button is pressed BOTH the RX and TX frequencies are changed to synchronize to where the RX was positioned Perhaps some numbers will help to make that a little clearer Lek Before Qsy After Qsy RX TX RX TX OFF 1002 7071 002 1002 7071 002 1500 7071 002 1500 7071 002 ON 1002 7071 002 1000 7071 000 1500 7071 002 1500 7071 002 ON 1000 7
242. lt CNTR gt lt QSOTIME gt lt SAV EXCHG gt will send an exchange as 599 024 1125 if RST 599 Counter 024 and time of execution is 1125 repeats the same as lt QSOTIME gt e lt LOG gt macro or a a save to log button press saves the associated macro text after expansion QSOTIME and the saved exchange text are cleared after the save occurs An example of the SAVEXCHG macro tag lt RST gt lt CNTR gt lt XOUT gt lt QSOTIME gt lt SAVEXCHG gt Where RST 599 CNTR 0125 XOUT AL QSOTIME 1433 Will save this string to the Exchange Out field in the logbook 599 0125 AL 1433 Please note that you should not include any text or macro tags that are not to be a part of Exchange Out If your macro had this lt TX gt lt CALL gt UR lt RST gt lt CNTR gt lt XOUT gt lt QSOTIME gt de lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt lt SAVEXCHG gt Where CALL W3NR MYCALL W1HKJ the saved Exchange Out field would contain W3NR UR 599 0125 AL 1433 de W1HKJ k Probably not what you want Use separate function keys for the lt TX gt CALL and the de lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt or use the next set of macro tags Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 1 Contest How To 151 lt XBEG gt lt XEND gt These two macro tags are delimiters for capturing the transmitted exchange data for example lt TX gt lt CALL gt de lt MYCALL gt QSL lt XBEG gt lt RST gt lt CNTR gt lt QSOTIME
243. lt can typically be used to iteratively try several frequency for a given test The frequency set can be specified in two distinct ways which can be freely combined together Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 4 3 Advanced QSY operations 95 4 3 1 Distinct frequencies Several distinct separated with a semi column in increasing order For example lt QSY 2616 6 3287 6 3853 1 4608 1 4780 1 7878 1 8038 1 1900 gt It means that the transceiver frequency will be set to 2616 6 kHz then at next execution to 3853 1 kHz etc and will loop back to 2616 6 kHz Each time the same optional audio frequency will be set to 1900 Hz In this specific case it allows to test several Weather Fax broadcast stations until the operator finds an active one 4 3 2 Frequencies must be increasing A frequency can come with an increment This means an implicit range of frequencies from this one to the next frequency If the last frequency has an increment it is never taken into account The last frequency is always an upper limit Let s consider this example lt QSY 89000 100 102000 gt It is equivalent to lt QSY 89000 89100 89200 89300 101900 102000 gt In this case it allows fldigi to scan all FM frequencies by clicking the macro button 4 3 3 Combination with lt TIMER gt macro tag If the macro is automatically reexecuted using the lt TIMER gt the same logic applies At each run of the macro
244. mation but it can be done selected the XmtClr button for a trial run Pressing either the XmtClr or XmtGry will put the program and the transceiver into the transmit mode if it was in the receive mode The image is cleared and then repainted as the transmission proceeds You see the same image progression Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 108 Modems that the receiving station should see The main display also displays the completion on the status bar Hold the mouse over either the XmtClr or the XmtGry button and the tooltip will tell you the transmit time for this image You may abort the transmission at any time by pressing the Abort Xmt button That will return you to the text mode for MFSK You will then have to toggle the T R button if you want to return to receive Figure 5 15 Received MFSK Image The receiving program decodes the Pic 110x119C as a color picture 110 wide by 119 high Here is shown being received on a computer running Vista Home Premium Figure 5 16 Waterfall of a MFSK Image This is what the waterfall will look like during the reception of an MFSK 16 image The actual spectrum signature will vary with the image bytes being transmitted The waterfall scale is in the x4 mode and the above photo was being transmitted in 24 bit color for this screenshot The waterfall clearly shows that the image transmission is within the bandwidth occupied by MFSK 16
245. me your fldigi binary comes with a package All data files are silently installed on your machine e When building your own binary from the sources with the command make install Similarly all files are installed At first use and automatic installation this opens the Data files sources menus where you can download all or some data files used by fldigi Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 18 SYNOP decoding 217 i Data files sources Timestamp Size recs www WMO stations 2012 9 13 00 33 9 761721 N A nsd_bbsss txt Weather buoys 2012 9 13 00 33 268510 1505 station table txt Weather ships 2012 9 13 00 33 78171 1742 TOR Stats SHIP csv Argos amp Iridium 2012 9 13 00 33 2358452 15531 wmo_list txt EiBi shortwaves 2013 3 16 22 51 582925 10999 sked b12 csv MWList radio db 2013 3 19 21 29 9 2783024 33306 mwlist txt Navtex stations 2012 9 13 00 33 11461 200 http www w1hkj com data w Data source Update Reset Figure 6 81 Downloading and updating data files used for various decodings 6 18 4 1 Outputs Each message is a set of key value pairs associated to Description Measurement Wind direction 315 degrees Wind speed 8 m s Anemometer Temperature 0 0 deg C Dew point temperature 3 8 deg C Station pressure 1006 hPa Sea level pressure 1030 hPa 6 18 4 2
246. mmands and responses are defined in a rig specific xml file which contains all of the required queries and responses in extended markup language format Please read the specification document rigxml to learn more about this new way of building generic rig interface definitions and how they are used with fldigi fldigi will look for a file in the HOME fldigi rigs directory for all files with extension xml These contain definitions for the transceiver indicated by the file name ie FT 450 xml IC 756PRO xml etc You can download the appropriate xml files from Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 15 Rig Control 205 the resource directory tree http www w1hk3 com xmls or from the archives web page Place the file in your rigs directory and fldigi will find it You will need to specify how your PTT will be triggered This can be using a CAT command the RTS or DTR pins or none None would be appropriate if you are using the rig s VOX or an outboard sound card interface such as the SignalLink SL 1 which produces its own VOX type of PTT In that case simply leave all of the PTT options unselected If you are using a transceiver or a rig interface such as Cl V that echos all serial data you check off the Commands are echoed box That will suppress fldigi trying to respond to a command it just sent to the transceiver You may need to try various values of retries retry interval and command interval
247. mode lt lt 02 2 24 ara ee o ee i 158 6 9 IDACC List tal cw nee eh ee he ee ra a bd bb es 161 66 Frequericy AUAIWZE o coraus ba s Mb e Dee RR Rae ee a A De Re 162 Gy Keyboard Operailon lt lt ems ae Re BO a Ee Rw a es 164 GAI RIE 165 Be ee ey Sea rag fee Se IR a we ee L 165 6 8 1 KML generation from Navtex messages 2 0 a 166 6 8 2 KML generation from SYNOP reports o e eee ee ee 166 609 IMSS SIIC 25224 4a hb ee eee ee Pa See Pele a pa E 166 6 0 4 Extendedddia 264 2 mak ee ete bbe ee eae he be eee Bee ee E 167 603 Parameleis oeie sia ds eG Is Aw o oe Ae 167 66 6 Destination ASCII 224040 55 be ee ewe re Se hee ERE SE A 168 ioe AMLO csm ed Roe a a ete dk Bot ap Ae goa a ee 169 603 KML petreshiietval occur OR ae we Ae a 169 6 5 9 Cleanupon startup o eee ee a Ee ee be ee 169 60 10 Mergo UISIANOS aia A eek ee Pk ae E ee 169 6 5 11 KML balloon display Ype lt lt cage aoe ew A oe SP Re ee we bee ees 169 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen CONTENTS ix 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 6 16 Bel PIANI as a ra a a aa 169 rte ATMETIDES 0000 So we ee E A REA AR ee E 169 le E ARRE 170 6512 Dats Retention IME o e ci kw Ra ee a a ee ee BR ee ee a 171 6 8 13 CommandrunonKMLcreation 2 00002 ee ee 171 6 3 13 1 Example ofcommands o c sore ae ee Re a a 172 MISS ne oe eR a ee OL eS A ee OER Se Re eee eee ee ee Se A 173 Gol Menu
248. modified later by the operator A right click on the Rx panel brings up a context sensitive menu that will reflect which of the two QSO capture views you have open Look up call Call Name e QTH J RST r Serial number Insert marker gt Clear E Select All Y Save as C Quick entry Figure 3 9 Normal Short Menu Look up call Call Name e QTH RST r Serial number Insert marker Y Clear Select All Y Save as C Quick entry Figure 3 10 Normal Long Menu Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 3 3 QSO Logbook 79 Call Exchange In Serial number Insert marker Y Clear S Select All Y Save as _ Quick entry Figure 3 11 Contest Short Menu Call Exchange In Serial number Insert marker gt Clear E Select All 5 Save as _ Quick entry Figure 3 12 Contest Long Menu Logbook Help View Hide Channels V Floating scope D Signal browser s Countries o Controls gt Waterfall gt Figure 3 13 Contest Long Menu If you highlight text in the Rx pane then the menu selection will operate on that text If you simply point to a word of text and right click then the menu selection will operate on the single word Certain fields may also be populated with automatic parsing Call Name QTH and Loc You point to the Rx pane w
249. n the mixer control or the audio pad from the rig to computer Fldigi will not perform well if the sound card is over driven You will see ghost signals on the waterfall and the modem decoders will not work correctly Receive audio level should be adjusted so that the overload indicator does not illuminate red When observing the received signals on the oscilloscope view you should expect that they do not exceed a peak to peak amplitude of 3 4 of the full display height 6 12 1 Mode Status Indicators The lower left corner of the main display MFSK 16 in the view above is actually a button disquised as a status panel This button responds to the mouse in several ways e Left Click opens a quick pick list of associated modem types you can switch to a new modem type from this popup menu e Right Click opens the configuration dialog at the tab associated with the current modem type e Scroll Wheel rotates forward and backwards through the various modem types in accordance with the modem menu heirarchy Stop at the one you want and you are now in that mode The next status indicator to the right provides information relative to the current modem for PSK it indicates the received signal strength in dB The third status indicator from the left provides additional information relative to the current modem IMD for PSK measured in dB Note that for PSK these values are only measured during periods when the PSK idle signal is being received
250. n is done for this field but all substrings are exported as environment variables such as FLDIGI_NOTIFY_STR_1 The usual lt EXEC gt macro variables are also there and your fldigi scripts directory will be in the shell s path Try it out with a test script for the full list of variables d The trigger limit box specifies how much time must pass between subsequent invocations of whatever actions you have specified The Duplicates pane has a check button that displays the rest of that group when checked If you enable this fldigi will remember what it has seen and ignore the event if it is a duplicate The other controls in that pane determine what constitutes a duplicate a The menu tells fldigi what to look at For the first two event types the menu will display Callsign and for the custom search it will contain a list of X references for the RE b The time box is also essential it determines how close the events must be in time to be considered duplicates c The Band and Mode check boxes further restrict the comparison An example You are looking at callsigns with a dup time of 600s and both Band and Mode checked A callsign is found once and fldigi alerts you Now if this callsign is spotted again less than 600s later and in the same band and mode it is a duplicate and will be ignored With say Band and Mode unchecked it is a duplicate regardless of frequency band or mode as long as it s heard before the 600s elapse
251. n of the audio output Figure 2 6 Stereo Plug 1 Sleeve usually ground 2 Ring Right hand channel for stereo signals negative polarity for balanced mono signals Fldigi uses this channel for special controls signals 3 Tip Left hand channel for stereo signals positive polarity for balanced mono signals Fldigi uses this channel for Rx and Tx audio The PTT CW QSK and Pseudo FSK items are found on their respective configuration tabs They are replicated here for your convenience and these controls may be changed on this or the other tabs Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 7 Sound Card Configuration 9 2 7 2 WAV File Sample Rate Fidigi confic Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio Devices Settings Right channel Wav Wav write sample rate 48000 Figure 2 7 Sample Rate of Saved WAV Files User selectable WAV file sample rate 2 7 3 Multiple sound cards In systems with multiple sound cards they will not always be in the correct sort order on boot This may cause problems not only with fldigi but other apps that depend on a certain sound card The work around is not that difficult and will reliably place the preferred sound card in the correct slot Sound cards are numbered from 0 on to however many cards you have in your computer Usually its only 2 The 1st step is to determine the correct id of the cards in your system Open a terminal and
252. n the CW mode 2 27 2 Callsign spotting ET report pskreporter info Figure 2 77 Callsign spotting Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 60 Configuration Fidigi allows you to automatically participate in a spotting network maintained by Philip Gladstone You can see what the web based reporter looks like by visiting this web site http pskreporter info pskmap W1HKJ or by simply selecting the menu item Help Reception reports Fldigi will continuously scan for spotted callsigns in the decoded text and send reports in the background if you check the Automat option Reports will also or only be sent when you log the QSO into the logbook If you have rig control enabled the reported rig frequency will also be sent to the spotting network Do not change the Host and Port numbers unless these are changed by Philip You need to press the Initialize to begin reporting spot information You will receive a warning message if you did not enter your antenna information on the Operator tab If your CPU performance is marginal you can disable spotting when no signal browser is visible 2 27 3 CPU performance Operator Ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D misc wee CPU NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text i o DTMF wx Figure 2 78 Misc CPU When fldigi is executed for the first time it does some tests to determine the performance factor for yo
253. nce Different reports with the same placemark name can be merged into a single report if their distance is below a given threshold which is the merging distance Otherwise separate placemarks are created and joined by a red line visible in the KML document 6 8 11 KML balloon display type Reports are inserted in the KML document one after the other These description data are visible as KML balloons or when getting placemark properties If they have the same name and are within the merging distance they will form a single placemark The descriptions of each report will be displayed and merged by three possible ways 6 8 11 1 Plain text Description are inserted without any HTML formatting Only special HTML entities such as ampersands are refor matted This is especially useful if the KML document is later converted to GPX because many GPS devices are not able to display HTML data 6 8 11 2 HTML tables Each description of placemark is transformed into a HTML table labelled with the time stamp of the insertion Here is an example of two Navtex messages from the same station at different times Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 168 Operating 2013 02 14 23 18 Callsign OST Country Belgium Locator JO11JE Message number 35 Frequency 0 Mode TOR Message 191533 UTC NOV WZ 1196 SELF CANCELING CANCEL WZ 1192 GA92 MA33
254. nctional if the current waterfall or spectrum view is smaller than the full view available This is usually the case when the X2 or X4 expansion is selected But it also might be the case when the width of the main dialog is reduced so that the waterfall display does not extend over the entire available width Try moving the cursor around in the waterfall area You will see a set of yellow cursor blocks that show the center point and bandwidth of the current operating mode psk31 31 25 Hz for example To capture a received signal just click near the signal and the AFC will perform a multi step acquisition This will be very fast and should not require additional operator intervention Casual tuning You can take a look at any received signal on the waterfall by right clicking and holding the mouse button on or near the signal The modem will begin to decode that signal if it is in the currently selected mode The text will be a unique color on the Rx text widget so that you can discern the difference between casual and normal tracking Release the mouse button and the tracking returns to the previously selected normal tracking point Audio History Fidigi maintains a history buffer of the received audio This buffer is approximately 2 minutes in duration After tracking commences on a signal you can decode the audio history for that signal The audio history is invoked by a Cirl Left click anywhere on the waterfall You can also invoke the audio history for
255. nd then clicking Update Disabled events are kept on the list but are not registered with the spotter and so they are never triggered If you disable all the events and there is nothing else using the spotter e g PSK Reporter the Spot button will disappear from the main window A 2nd example Here s how to do the my call event using the custom text search a Select Custom text search in the event pane b In the RE box enter without the quotes or leading white space lt YOUR_CALL gt de space alnum alpha digit alnum Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 194 Operating and remember to replace lt YOUR_CALL gt with your callsign c In the actions pane you can now use 0 for the whole text matched by the above RE and 1 for the first capturing group the callsign d Select 1 in the duplicates menu if you want dup filtering e Test with lt YOUR_CALL gt de lt SOME_OTHER_CALL gt and you should see the alert window with the text you specified Addional examples Add a My callsign de CALL event with a script that will do something to get your attention when someone calls you Add a Station heard twice with the DXCC filter and the Not worked before option Also set the LotW or eQSL options if desired Add a Station heard twice with no callsign dxcc etc filter but with duplicate filtering Write a script that sends the
256. ng the FLdigi Rt Channel for transmitter PTT o 221 6 2 VEN TANSMIEMDOOS es as a Ae ee a a A RE 223 Baz WORN LOOS ie a A A a A a we A A ES a 223 6 23 Supporting Data Files Acquisition o e 225 Developers 227 FL Build MOMAN cceur RA A A A A Ra Be 227 TAL BUIN see a bee ea Ge Ee RE ES a ee ee ee 227 Ve WmstallnGridigi s 442642 h46 bb et bb bbb AER LEY EEA ee be do E 228 721 Precompiled BIMAIY s acs wb e ee a A ae ee Se Re 228 TAL O ANN 228 Pole TIRSSMPIGNBIG sos 2 ha a o A re ns a e BE A RA SEN a 228 ra POOR AE 229 Faz Installing WEIL e e A ek a e a ia ee ee a E oa 229 TS a o AAA OR RR Ree a eee a 229 EA POISON cia A See Pa eh ee eS 230 oe PW FIR rr Bee a id rd a Bere ed 231 TE ROAM HOWIE foe es ee he a A es ee he Ge be a we A 232 2 WAGON oO oboe ha Ge bade dekh bbe ee ee ae tee EG ee eS 237 Woe a A BH ena eigen ee ol ee Se decd etre Ae hata ap he ma eat eee N 238 7 8 1 XML Command Symbol Interpretation o 2 02000 eee eee 240 78 2 Table of XML Commands lt oo cocinero rr Ee ee te ee 240 103 Mmmized WE Window oo oca a a eR OR a ee ke A a 244 T9 COIE MAGS lt a ba A A SPR ee a ae ees 244 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen CONTENTS xi 8 Command Line Switches 247 9 License s 249 o ae a a E eet mina RN 249 10 Recognitions 251 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen
257. ngle byte multiple bytes or aa string Example 1 for the lcom 746PRO lt MODES gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt LSB lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 00 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt USB lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 01 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt AM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 02 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt CW lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 03 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt RTTY lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 04 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt FM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 05 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt CW R lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 07 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt RTTY R lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 08 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt MODES gt Example 2 for the Kenwood 850 lt MODES gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt LSB lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 31 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt USB lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 32 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt CW lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 33 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt FM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 34 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt AM lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 35 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt FSK lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 36 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt CW R lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE
258. nitions that expand the capability of the lt EXEC gt command lt STOP gt lt CONT gt and lt GET gt The lt STOP gt and lt CONT gt macros stop and resume the expansion of all lt MACRO gt strings For example lt STOP gt lt MYCALL gt lt CONT gt lt MYCALL gt would only expand the second lt MYCALL gt By wrapping the command output in this way we can be sure that no text will be expanded You might even use Se sed s lt CONT gt g if you feel paranoid You can fork and forget with an exec macro defined as lt EXEC gt exec command args gt dev null lt EXEC gt Any of the text that appears between the lt EXEC gt and lt EXEC gt can reference an executable program or shell command found in the fldigi scripts directory Any text output that is returned by the program or script program or the result of the in line command is always returned to the transmit buffer and appears as appended to the transmit window Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 98 Macros 4 4 3 Querying an external database The lt GET gt command captures returned text from the external process and parses it for the following content NAMEtext_name QTHtext_qth If either NAME or QTH is present the trailing text is transferred to the LOG_NAME or LOG_QTH widgets respec tively This means that you can create a script that accesses a local or net based database of callsign data and parse that dat
259. nsformers are wired to the single stereo jack from the Speaker output of the computer The normal Left Speaker Output TIP is used to provide the modulating audio for the radio transmit input while the Right Speaker Output RING provides the tone output that drives the PTT circuit The SHELL of the connector provides the return path for both signals Audio from the radio is supplied to the MIC input on the computer for demodulation by the FLDigi program Somewhat higher output from the computer is required to reliably operate the PTT circuit and the audio balance control in the computer is used to reduce the output to the radio to the level required for normal modulation Since the right speaker tone output is not the same audio used to modulate the radio no signal distortion is caused by the clipping action of the diode rectifiers used in the PTT circuit To configure FLDigi to use this interface go to Configure Rig Control Hardware PTT and check only the PTT tone on right audio channel box Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 220 Operating Computer Audio Input and Output J1 Right Spkr RING AF In GND PTT J2 GND AF Out MIC GND J3 Left Spkr TIP L1 L2 L3 600 600 Ohm CT Audio Transformers W5ZIT D1 D2 1N4148 Small Signal Diode Set FLDigi to send a 1 kHz tone on the Jun 2011 J1 and J3 are a single Stereo Tip Ring Sleeve socket Right Speaker output channel for PTT J2
260. nsitive with the correct settings Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 9 PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 118 Modems 5 9 1 BPSK and QPSK modems PSK are narrow band low symbol rate modes using either single or multiple carrier differential Binary Phase Shift Kying BPSK or Quadrature Phase Shift Keying QPSK PSK63FEC and the PSKxxxR modes are forward error correcting modes PSK63FEC is compatible with the Multi Psk mode of the same name The PSKxxxR or robust modes use both forward error correction and interleaving to achieve about 4 dB s n improvement over standard PSK These modes are use primarily by the PskMail user community They are the invention of John Douyere VK2ETA a member of the fldigi development team In addition to the binary phase shift keying the signal is 100 raised cosine amplitude modulated at the symbol rate This reduces the power to zero at the phase change Because of this amplitude modulation the signal bandwidth is relatively narrow Synchronization at the receiver is straight forward because it can be recovered from the amplitude information Differential PSK is used to provide continuous phase changes when idle to maintain sync and by allowing the receiver to measure phase difference from symbol to symbol to reduce the effects of ionospheric Doppler phase changes which modulate the signal The slow
261. nted in flrig On fldigi VFO A is always the RX frequency VFO B is always the TX frequency Left Click on the A B swaps A amp B VFO frequencies Right Click on the A B assignes A VFO frequency to B VFO Using the mouse wheel adjust VFO B to where you want to transmit Click the SPLIT button it will change color when it is active Tune the waterfall cursor to the Rx signal e Transmit as usual be sure you are not doubling See FLRIG Help for specific operating procedures Some additional information can also be found here Rig Control Page Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Press the VFO B button to listen on the Tx frequency be sure to press Split again before capturing that rare DX station Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 13 Operating Multiple Copies 199 6 13 Operating Multiple Copies General Shortcut Compatibity Securty Detais a Fidigi 3 20 28 HF j Fidigi 3 20 28 VHF Target type Application Target type Application Target location Adigi 3 20 28 Target location Fidigi 3 20 28 Target 28 idigi exe config dir C Users dave fidigi hf Target 3Nidigi exe config dir C Users dave fidigi vhf Start in C Program Files Fidigi 3 20 28 Start in C Program Files Fidigi 3 20 28 Shortcut key None Shortcut key None Run Normal window y Run Normal window y Comment Comment
262. nual Version 3 21 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen Chapter 2 Configuration The first time you execute fldigi you should resize the main window to suit your screen dimensions Then adjust the divider line between the Rx and Tx text widgets Fidigi contains many configurable items to specify operator data user interface and modem characteristics The application also saves many state variables between executions It will start up in the state that it was last used 2 1 User Interface configuration You should initially configure the following Configure Operator Sound Card Configuration Rig Control New Installation 2 2 Windows Specific Install Config e Installing Fldigi on Windows New Install Wizard 2 3 Other Configuration options When the program receives and transmits digital signals and your rig control is satisfactory then you can continue configuring other aspects of the program e Callsign DB Configuration e Colors and Fonts e PSKmail Configuration e User Interface Configuration Browser User Interface Configuration Contest User Interface Configuration General 4 Configuration User Interface Configuration Macros User Interface Configuration WF Controls e Waterfall Configuration e Working Logs 2 4 Command Line Switches Additional configurational items are available from the command line See Command Line Switc
263. nual by Doxygen 7 5 Pseudo FSK 229 cout lt lt answer c_str return 0 noresponse cout lt lt SNAME SQTH return 0 Save the above as parseUALR cxx and then compile and link as follows g parseUALR cxx o parseUALR Copy the parseUALR executable to a directory on your shell exec PATH Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 7 5 Pseudo FSK Using the FLdigi Pseudo FSK Rt Channel function to key a transmitter 00 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart cw Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PsK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Rx Tx Synop Custom Carrier shift Y AutoCRLF a 72 gt chars a 4 450 gt Custom shift O CR CR LF so Baudrrate VTX unshift on space 5 baudot Bits per character _ Pseudo FSK right channel Resor eat Goce Figure 7 1 RTTY TX Configure Select the PseudoFSK check boxes FLdigi is now ready to generate a 1000 hertz tone burst signal on the right channel of the stereo audio out of your sound card This tone burst is on when the RTTY bit is on and off when the RTTY bit is off The left channel will be the normal AFSK signal Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 230 Developers The following circuit may be used to take the FLdigi PSEUDO FSK signal from the right channel of your SOUND CARD to key your transmitter
264. ny shore stations used to transmit Synop reports by Morse Code Ocean Yacht Navigator Ken neth Wilkes 1976 Still according to WMO information for shipping a couple of maritime stations might broadcast these informations in different mode that RTTY but this has not been tested yet There are just anecdotically cited here Maritime Radio Station of Mumbai Met codes FM 12 SYNOP FM 13 SHIP for Sea areas I Band Freq WT MF 500 kHz WT MF 521 kHz WT HF 8630 kHz WT HF 12710 kHz SYNOP decoding is not accessible fromMorse CW modem yet Navtex station of Mumbai COMCEN FM 12 SYNOPSIS FM 13 SHIP for sea area Time schedule 0900 2100 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 18 SYNOP decoding 213 Freq Navtex Also called MSI as Maritime Safety 518 kHz Information SYNOP decoding is not accessible from Navtex modem yet Marine Rescue Co ordination Centre Guayaquil Radio IOA Instituto Oceanografico Armada o Radio Naval Meteorological information in process Text SHIP SYNOP Mode Freq AM 1515 kHz 6 18 2 Parameters i Fidigi configuration Op rateur ui Chute d eau Modems Rig Audio ID Divers Web CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PsK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Rx Tx Synop SYNOP to ADIF Y SYNOP to KML V Interleave SYNOP and text Res
265. ols o a aoma aaa a cma ee a ba ee be hee 92 41 6 Contest macro tags 2 20 6 cs a eG ee A i k p e e ga 93 d2 IIS IASSOS o cra a aa hy A A ee eae E ia LE RR 93 4 2 1 CW Code Practice Transmission ooa 2 es 93 ioe Be MUR RO eS o oe ns e aa PA SRS a eee SRE A eee A 94 4 23 Advanced QSY operations 2 2 mo 94 4 2 4 ARRL style broadcast in multiple modes o eee eee 94 425 Appearance OF DUMEI e econ a Be A He Ba ee ee o a 95 43 Advanced QSY operations o 26 6 4 46 See A Oe ee ew GR 95 431 Dishnetireguenties cia e ee ek Ae oe ee dee A gees Bs 96 43 2 Frequencies must be increasing eee a 96 4 3 3 Combination with lt TIMER gt macro tag o ee es 96 434 EXCGUION EOS i su ae mio E A A a a 96 43 5 Invalid ireguency range ce ew re A e A ee a ee Eo 96 43 6 Increment must be positive 525688 be ae we eee be ee ees 96 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen vi CONTENTS 45 7 Frequency ROL POSITIVA o ne pe De eee Rd ee eee aed RA Ee LA wes 96 4 3 8 Frequencies must be increasing 0 00 a 97 439 Whe Macro Tags oca ae Ra e oe A a E 97 a4 Exe Mele i ionia ee ib baad A Eee ee bh REWER hed 97 44 1 EXPOUISO valables lt cs o s ck Re Re ew ew ee oe eo ee ee Be 97 44 2 Detection of existing scripts lt lt o lt rss 98 4 43 Querying an external database e eo o 9
266. on Affichage Historique Marque pages Outils Aide a Q pan ZA http maps google fr 7q http remi chateauneu free v y 4 Y Protege W Maidenh 9A Bridg 4 Downloa 6 KML Google A o Frequenz 2 Fidigi X Vous Recherche images Maps Play YouTube Actualites Gmail Drive Agenda Plus Google http remi chateauneu free fr kml fldigi km PEU Connexion ma CLUUNty Seyru Itin raire Mes adresses Locator NO11JE re A lt gt 35 Affichage du contenu de remi chateauneu free fr Satellite Le contenu indiqu ci dessous et affich en superposition sur cel O qa plan est fourni par un tiers Par cons quent Google n en est EE o TOR pas responsable Toutes les informations que vous indiquez 191533 UTC NOV ci dessous pourront tre partag es avec le tiers concern K Fidigi aiii WZ 1196 Synop f SELF CANCELLING OM user 4 CANCEL WZ 1192 GA92 MA33 MA anasop WALKER LIGHTBUOY NORMAL A F4ECW CONDITIONS RESTORED London Ov Navtex navtex_station 192 Netherlands Coast Guard NETHERLANDS COAFLGUA Y Niton WZ 1151 FRANCE NORT Y Oostende Thames 191533 UTC NOV WZ ee 7 x if aan H Frankfurt A E N A A y e am Mi Signaler un probl me Ls Transfert des donn es depuis mt0 google com Torinactif y Figure 6 23 KML files displayed in Google Maps An obvious use is to save these file to a remote machine where they can be accessed with
267. on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 82 Logging data item is considered to be a single word normally delimited by the space tab or end of line character You can add word delimiter characters in the designated text box The default is to add to the normal delimiters This is a useful tool for extracting contest exchange data The exchange might be RST STATE and NAME The station being worked might send this as 599 NJ Bozo Double clicking on the 599 NJ and Bozo would treat each as a separate word You can elect to have the RST in out preset to 599 after you clear the QSO entry fields If you check the callsign tooltips in received text then the Rx text area will popup an information box whenever the mouse is held over a callsign for more than 2 seconds The popup will look like one of the following 3 4 2 Pop ups w3nr mOgld AA E United States NA GMT 5 0 CQ 5 ITU 8 Ed worked before 20080624 QTE 92 268 QRB 122km 39910km Figure 3 18 Pop ups ST TTT oe vo Ew w3nr mOgld England EU GMT 0 0 CQ 14 ITU 27 QTE 45 315 QRB 6828km 33204km Figure 3 19 Pop ups 2 3 4 3 Country Files The data is derived by parsing the callsign and referral to both the logbook and the cty dat file If the station was previously worked the operator s name and azimuth distance will be computed from the logbook gridsquare entry Loc Otherwise the azimuth distance is computed from the data in t
268. on air signal that was being over driven but not on purpose 2nd harmonic of Space 1660 Hz Mark 1000 Hz Space 830 Hz a a A a A A A LSB carrier l l l _ 3rd harmonic of Mark 3000 Hz Space poor l l l 3rd harmonic of Space 2490 Hz suppression l l 2nd harmonic of Mark 2000 Hz l SSS oe Figure 5 33 Overdriven RTTY Signal Joe also performed a series of tests on an Icom 706 mkllg transceiver The results of those tests are very enlight ening Two views the 2 KHz span and a 10 KHz span The 10 KHz span shows the one failing of the 1C 706mkllg and other rigs with analog modulation opposite sideband and carrier leakage This one isn t too bad but one can see carrier at 50 dBc and opposite sideband at 55 dBc do use a high audio frequency to minimize harmonic issues For fun I ve attached versions at 70 W in 10K 5K and 2K spans The narrow spans clearly show the benefits of reducing the audio until output power drops 1 5 dB Audio was connected to the IC 706mkllg via the DATA jack rather than the mic connector or Mod In pin of the ACC jack Using this input avoids several potential problems including the constant swapping between mic and digital connections and remembering to turn off the compressor when switching to digital operation The Data input is also 6 dB less sensitive than Mod in making it that much less likely that one will significantly over drive the the transceiver and create distor
269. ontrol system similar to hamlib that was developed specifically for fldigi It uses command response definitions that are found in various rig xml files You can use a rig xml file specific for your transceiver or write and test one yourself The easiest way is to adapt an existing rig xml file for a rig that is similar to your own ICOM almost identical command response strings for all of its transceiver line Yaesu rigs have nearly all used unique command response structures until just recently The TS 450 TS 950 and others share a similar set of commands and responses RigCAT commands and responses are defined in a rig specific xml file which contains all of the required queries and responses in extended markup language format Please read the specification document rigxml to learn more about this new way of building generic rig interface definitions and how they are used with fldigi fldigi will look for a file in the HOME fldigi rigs directory for all files with extension xml These contain definitions for the transceiver indicated by the file name ie FT 450 xml IC 756PRO xml etc You can download the appropriate xml files from the resource directory tree http www w1hk3 com xmls or from the archives web page Place the file in your rigs directory and fldigi will find it You will need to specify how your PTT will be triggered This can be using a CAT command the RTS or DTR pins or none None would be appropriate if you are using the rig
270. oo You don t need to send the other stations call sign continually to fulfill your legal obligation to identify your own station Don t be afraid to switch to a NON standard Olivia format if conditions warrant it If signals are real strong and you prefer to be sending and receiving at a faster speed don t be afraid to ask the other station if they would like to speed things up and switch to another Olivia format even a non standard one If you for instance were talking to me on 500 16 Olivia format and we both had very strong signals and not much QR M QRN etc then ask me if would like to go to 500 8 format or even 500 4 format 500 16 format is approximately 20wpm while 500 8 is close to 30wpm and 500 4 close to 40wpm If you do end up switching to the faster modes you may also want to increase your Sync Integration Period setting substantially too to maintain the best quality decoding If not you might get more errors in the decoded text And if the band conditions become worse go back to the original format AND remember to reset your Sync Integration Period setting or the delay in decoding will be way too long Also if the band starts getting real crowded and say for example you were on 500 16 mode you might suggest to the other station to switch to 250 4 mode increase Sync Integration Period setting too to save space and be a good neighbor to all the other operators nearby 250 4 is the SAME speed as 500 16 and nearly as se
271. opy the frequency under the cursor to the currently selected or first channel in the PSK viewer and select the next channel Shift Left click drag same as unmodified left click no signal search Shift Right click drag likewise with a return to the previous frequency when the button is released no signal search Shift mouse wheel move the squelch slider Scroll wheel usage is dependent upon the configuration see ConfigWaterfall None no mouse wheel activity in waterfall panel AFC range or BW adjust the AFC range BW up down Squelch level adjust the squelch level up down Modem carrier adjust the audio tracking point Hz increments Modem select modem type from a full rotary of available modems Scroll move the waterfall left right in 100 Hz increments for 2x 4x expanded waterfall view Ctrl mouse wheel change the AFC search width in PSK modes or the bandwidth in CW and FeldHell Ctrl Alt Left click on the mouse when the mouse pointer is in the waterfall if operating with flrig and a sup ported transceiver such as the FT 950 will set the transceiver manual notch frequency to the frequency under the mouse cursor Repeat the Ctrl Alt Left click to disengage the notch Disengagement is not dependent on where the cursor is on the waterfall just that it be in the waterfall Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 190 Operating 6 10 1 2 3 Waterfall Store button e Left
272. ord and then either double left click or hold a shift key down and left click The program will attempt to parse the word as a regular expression to populate the Call Name QTH and Loc fields in that order It may place some non standard calls into the Loc field if they qualify as a proper Maidenhead Grid Square such as MM55CQ That may be a special event station but it also looks like a grid square locator value You need to decide when that occurs and use the pop up menu for those special cases The first non Call non Loc word will fill the Name field and subsequent qualify words will go into the QTH field A highlighted section of text can always be copied to the clipboard for subsequent pasting elsewhere The Copy menu item will be active when text in the Rx pane has been highlighted That text can also be saved to a file Use the Save lt span style text decoration underline gt a lt span gt s menu item for that purpose All data fields in fldigi share a common set of keyboard shortcuts Linux users will recognize these as familiar Emacs shortcuts There is also a small popup menu that can be opened for each field by right clicking the contents with the mouse Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 80 Logging rr E Select All Figure 3 14 Menu Popup Edit Field Highlighted text will be overwritten when a paste is selected Otherwise the clipboard will be pasted at the current
273. osign Popup You can assign keyboard characters to be used for Morse prosigns The available characters are 8 lt gt The default assignments are shown above You can also elect to send and receive the KN prosign as an open parenthesis This is commonly used on MARS CW operations See Operating CW for additional information Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 24 DominoEX Configuration 51 2 24 DominoEX Configuration 600 Fldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax Secondary Text KK5VD Y Filtering e 2 0 gt Filter bandwidth factor _ FEC 0 00 CWI threshold Restore defaults Save Close lt Figure 2 65 DominoEX Configuration Enter the secondary text This text will be sent during periods when your keyboard is inactive between letters for slow typists The default for this text will be your callsign when you have entered that in theOperator configuration tab Set the BW factor for the decoding prefilter 2 0 should be adequate unless you are experiencing nearby continuous wave interference CWI You can enable and disable the prefilter with the checkbox Please note that the filter requires additional cpu cycles Older and slower cpu
274. ostamble to all modes except of CW a bit redundant to do that You can select which modes will include the CW postamble Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 58 Configuration 600 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart RsiD Video cw CW Postamble ID Transmit callsign CW ID modes a ES Figure 2 74 CW Postamble ID Config Panel O CwWiDmodes D O cw M DominoEX 4 M DominoEX 5 Y DominoEX 8 Y DominoEX 11 M DominoEX 16 Y DominoEX 22 M FSK Hell M FSK Hell 105 M MFSK 16 M MFSK 32 M MFSK 4 M MFSK 11 M MFSK 22 M MFSK 31 M MFSK 64 M MT63 500 Y MT63 1000 Y MT63 2000 Figure 2 75 CW ID Modes Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 27 Miscellaneous Configuration 59 2 27 Miscellaneous Configuration 2 27 1 Sweet spot Misc cru NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text iyo Figure 2 76 Misc Sweet Spot Config The sweet spot is the audio frequency at which your transceiver provides the best filtering for a particular signal type You can specify the value of the sweet spot for CW RTTY and all others You can also elect to have the audio cursor placed at the sweet spot when changing modes The sweet spot is used for the QSY function The K3 A1A lower sideband can be selected for any transceiver that only provides LSB i
275. oxygen 138 Modems 5 14 3 4 Centering an image If the phasing was not automatically detected the modem could not deduce the beginning of an image The result is an image which is horizontally shifted To correct this one can use the Center slider 5 14 3 5 Picture with a slant If either the send receive or both ends of the transmission are using an uncalibrated sound card whose sampling rate is not an exact multiple of the sample rate the resulting picture at the receive end will appear slanted The degree of slant is directly related to the accumulation of the frequency error at both ends of the transfer Stations wishing to receive Weather fax pictures should calibrate their sound card The WWV calibration mode is used to measure and set the parts per million ppm correction factor for the sound card Your sound system may be fully corrected but the sending station may have an uncorrected sound card You can usually correct for small errors during reception by using the slant slider lts value Typically between 0 005 and 0 005 will be stored in fldigi configuration parameters 5 14 3 6 Automatic centering If the phasing signal could not be used for centering the image the program waits for a string image signal anyway to go into reception mode but it sets an internal flag allowing to automatically center the image This feature can be freely enabled and disabled at any moment it works by detecting a wide vertical band of
276. pixels The successful reception of a MFSKpic is highly dependent on s n conditions The data is transmitted as an FM modulated signal and is subject to burst and phase noise on the transmission path It can provide excellent photo transmission on a really good path Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 106 Modems Figure 5 11 Received MFSK Image This is an example of a photo received on a bench test The received image is an exact replica of the transmitted image The color depth is a full 24 bits Images should be carefully selected for size before beginning a transmission To calculate the transmit time for an image use the following formula Time sec W x H 1000 for black and white Time sec W x H x 3 1000 for color Where the W and H are the dimensions of the photo in pixels A 200 x 200 image will take 120 seconds to transmit in color and 40 seconds to transmit in b w The symbol rate for this mode is 1000 data bytes per second The color image consists of 3 bytes red blue and green for each pixel Figure 5 12 Picture received from KOOG This is an example of a picture received live on 80 meters thanks KOOG Received images are saved in the default folder HOME fldigi images Linux or lt defaultpath gt fldigi files images Windows Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 5 MFSK 107 5 5 2 Transmitting an Image Load or
277. place of the signal on the waterfall Your transmit signal and also the received signal should be centered at 750 Hz for MT63 500 1000 Hz for MT63 1000 and 1500 Hz for MT63 2000 If you click on the waterfall to move the tracking point it will be restored to the required position The default mode MT63 1000 looks like this on fldigi s waterfall JJ e rl a um T Y Figure 5 17 MT63 1000 You can also elect to operate the MT63 modem in a manual tune mode MT63 configuration tab The manual tune allows you to place both the Rx and the Tx signal to be anywhere within the confines of your SSB bandwidth This screen shot shows this capability Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 110 Modems Zli also used my gas stove in the Kitchen J contact and they brought 3 nice fans over which helped me keep the house a little ANS PI Q50 P gt A MejQth 071 5 14072 0 5 Brag we fa o efe eo joa 141M p norm Jaja 1710 Joe osy J store Joe rs MT63 500 smiodg ffo 3 4Hz arc sa Figure 5 18 MT63 500 with QRM This view also demonstrates how immune MT63 is to interference The multiple PSK31 signals that appear on top of the MT63 signal did not degrade the decoder MT63 is usually used above 14073 MHz to avoid the possibility of this type of mode conflict Edited excerpts from Pawel Jalocha s official mt63 code release The MT63 mo
278. postamble at the end of a transmission The transmit text buffer stays intact ready for the Pause Break key to return you to the transmit mode Think of the Pause Break key as a software break in capability e Esc Abort transmission immediately returns the program to receive sending the required postamble for those modes requiring it The transmit buffer is cleared of all text Triple press on Esc terminates the current transmission without sending a postamble The PANIC button Ctrl R will append the r return to receive at the end of the current text buffer Ctrl T will start transmitting if there is text in the transmit text window Alt Meta R will perform the same function as the Pause Break key Tab moves the cursor to the end of the transmitted text which also pauses tx A tab press at that position moves the cursor to the character following the last one transmitted CW operation is slightly different see the help for CW Ctrl three digits will insert the ASCII character designated by that entry Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 8 KML 163 6 7 1 Function Keys Keys F1 through F12 are used to invoke the macro F1 F12 You can also just click on the macro key button associated with that function key There are 4 sets of 12 macros lf you press the numbered button on the macro button bar the next set of macros are referenced by the F1 F12 A right cli
279. preG FLDIGI_LOG_NOTES FLDIGI_LOG_QTH Mt Pleasant SC Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 4 4 Exec Macro 97 FLDIGI_MY_LOCATOR EM64qv FLDIGI_DIAL_FREQUENCY 3580000 FLDIGI_CONFIG_DIR home dave fldigi FLDIGI_LOG_RST_OUT FLDIGI_MODEM BPSK31 FLDIGI_LOG_CALL KH6TY FLDIGI_MODEM_LONG_NAME BPSK 31 FLDIGI_LAUDIO_FREQUENCY 1000 FLDIGI_LOG_NAME Skip FLDIGI_PID 14600 FLDIGI_FREQUENCY 3581000 All of the above envelope variables can be referenced in a shell script that is called from within fldigi 4 4 2 Detection of existing scripts In anticipation of a collection of useful fldigi scripts the macro browser contains a lt exec gt lt exec gt macro line for each executable file found in the scripts directory The EXEC macro allows the text that is read from the child process to be parsed for more fldigi macros For example try this macro lt EXEC gt cat foo lt EXEC gt where foo is a file that contains lt MYCALL gt This may have some interesting uses but if it is undesirable it can be suppressed with an extra layer of redirection Instead of lt EXEC gt command lt EXEC gt you would use lt EXEC gt noexp command lt EXEC gt where noexp is the following very simple script bin bash echo n lt STOP gt se run the command r save its exit code echo n lt CONT gt exit STUD See Ree a SSeS RR SSR SS Sr SSSR ee ees Sse There are three additional MACRO defi
280. quency Control o e e eo 114 5 7 4 Logging Navtex data to ADIF files s s lt s o oc st 114 57S CONGU coca A a AR Os AA Ae 115 548 ADIF Joumal ie cocos ao ra a ee ee hee he es 116 TRE RASO a Gast ain de gk Rad ASS E Be ook eek eee Se a are he Eee e 117 Sco AMUIRPOUMCHONS lt o 45 06 8 ev eR ee Se Re ed ee eee 117 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen CONTENTS vii 50 UINE lt lt Pkt e ee eR ee Phew hee ab eee bbe Re SPB ee eet Abe 117 5 9 PSK BPSK BPSKR QPSK and Multi Channel Modems 119 591 BPSK and OPSK Modems lt e nc ce egonb wee ee Pe ee e a e a eee kee 120 5 9 2 Multl Channel PSK modems s c cca saaa ek eRe RR ee 121 SAD RITT 646 4c5 4 oe eho 44628N be bed dod a eee oe hed eh r hed 121 S101 RIT modutalor c bee a Re wae ARE ROR ae ER whe Sa ek GE ees 123 S102 ITY demogulator lt oa i6 oe dn a ee eh ee eS Ge 128 BAT THOF A oS we eee ER ae Ee RS ee ew eee ee e 129 Piles WO 0000 we Rk eh A ad ER ee A a Gk ee De ee ee 8 130 5 12 1 Throb baud rates and tone spacings lt lt cenas eee ees 130 5 13 TUNE Transmit a single tone carrier 2 os soso oe a aope a a ee 130 5131 TUNE Mode i e vee Gea we a ew ee ee oe ee ee a ee 131 Sl MEROS asia Ba he ay 20S awk aor ache hs bade de a ke ER A Ae wee 131 5 141 Conigursiom 24 5444 2h 22 Ree Sees eb hee ee be be ees 132 5 14 1 1 Embedded vs floating display mode
281. r a clean signal recommend starting out with a dummy load but an off hour for a band might work just as well if you do not have a dummy load e For Windows users Set your sound card output level to the minimum on the Windows mixer e For Linux users Set your PCM level to about 80 Set your Transmit Level control for minimum output level Enable the Tune mode in fldigi you do have CAT or PTT set up right Make sure your transceiver s speech compression control is OFF e Slowly bring up the Mixer audio out until your rig s ALC just starts to function a light blinking or a meter showing this condition e Reduce the Mixer audio output until the ALC is disabled You are now transmitting at maximum output power without distortion You can use any level below this and be assured that your output signal will be clean All digital signals that fldigi generates will be limited to this peak to peak voltage You should always use the minimum power necessary to maintain good comms remember that even if you are clean at 100 W you signal will be so strong among the QRP signals that it will overpower the AGC on many receivers that are working another digital station within the same SSB bandwidth that you are on You will appreciate this the first time that you are working a weak PSK DX station and someone blasts through and captures your AGC You should try the the above adjustments at different audio frequencies Trans
282. re complex macro that might be used for a code practice transmission such as the W1AW broadcast on 3580 KHz lt MODEM NULL gt lt 08Y 3579 200 800 gt lt TX gt lt MODEM CW gt lt WPM 5 15 gt lt IDLE 2 gt lt FILE home dave fldigi ft950 scripts practice 5wpm txt gt lt WPM 10 15 gt lt IDLE 5 gt lt FILE home dave fldigi ft950 scripts practice 10wpm txt gt lt WPM 15 15 gt lt IDLE 5 gt lt FILE home dave fldigi ft950 scripts practice l5wpm txt gt lt WPM 18 gt lt IDLE 10 gt lt FILE home dave fldigi ft950 scripts bulletin txt gt lt IDLE 5 gt end of broadcast de lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt 4 2 2 QSY ffff f aaaa test lt MODEM NULL gt lt TX gt lt 19SY 3583 0 1750 gt lt MODEM RTTY 170 45 45 5 gt RYRYRYRYRYRY de lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt e Change modem type to NULL to suppress sending any signal when transmit enabled This is necessary to allow the transmit data stream to be processed e Send frequency change command to transceiver new frequency is 3583 0 kHz Set audio frequency to 1750 Hz Change modem to RTTY 170 Hz shift 45 45 Baud 5 Bit code standard Baudot e Send RY text e Return to receive 4 2 3 Advanced QSY operations Several QSY frequencies or ranges of frequencies provided by one increment can be proposed in which case the first frequency after the current frequency is chosen Advanced QSY operations 4 2 4 ARRL style broadcast in multiple modes lt MODEM N
283. receiver and antenna fldigi generates a signal that can be used for that purpose The left audio channel is always theAFCW signal When selected the right audio channel can be configured to generate a square wave signal that begins earlier and ends later than each of the CW elements The square wave signal can be rectified and filtered to provide the diode switching signal for the Rx Tx antenna switching The right audio channel QSK signal is selected by checking the box and then adjusting the pre and post timing in millisecond increments Additional information and a schematic diagram of a QSK keying circuit is described in CW Keying Setting up a QSK device can be quite difficult Fldigi helps to ease the adjustment by generating a contin uous series of characters This allows a dual trace scope to be properly synched while making the adjustments to both the software and the associated QSK hardware You enable continuous characters by selecting the checkbox and then enabling the T R button for transmit The repeated character can be change on the fly with the pick control It can be one of either E I S T M O or V Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 50 Configuration 2 23 3 PROSIGNS Operator ut Watertal Modems fig Ausio 10 misc web CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olvia Cont Psk RTTY Thor Nav General Timing and ASK Prosigns Figure 2 63 CW Prosigns Figure 2 64 Pr
284. rieved from http pskreporter info cgi bin psk freq pl or with a filled text field http pskreporter info cgi bin psk freq pl grid TEXT There is a link to the pskreporter info map page in the Help menu Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 202 Operating 6 15 Rig Control Enter Xcvr Freq O P00 ok use ME Figure 6 69 Initial Rig Setup CAT not enabled Enter Xcvr Freq CE 1000 500 USB ON 800 S 1807 000 USB BPSK31 1000 14070 00 ssos 000 ss ou so 3580 000 USB BPSK31 1000 USB ind JAAS AAA LISR Cw anna Figure 6 70 Docked Rig Control CAT not enabled Manual Entry of transceiver frequency Note The same control is also used for both manual entry of the transceiver frequency or with full CAT control When no CAT is available the control is simply a convenient way of keeping track of the transceiver USB LSB suppressed carrier frequency the mode and the audio tracking point If fldigi is being used with an FM transceiver you probably should enter the simplex frequency or the input frequency of a repeater being used This frequency value is used with the waterfall audio frequency to compute the logged frequency The logged frequency value will only be correct for LSB and USB operation The frequency mode pick list is displayed when the book button is pressed Pressing the book button a second time will
285. rs Manual by Doxygen 6 15 Rig Control 203 The mode combobox the bandwidth combobox and the frequency display also annunciate the current transceiver status If you change operating mode on the transceiver that will be annunciated in the respective combobox and fidigi will adjust any internal parameters accordingly Fldigi queries the transceiver 10 times per second to maintain a lock step with the transceiver 6 15 1 Rig Configuration Hardware PTT control Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Hardware PTT RigCAT Hamlib XML RPC h w ptt device pin Use separate serial port PTT v Use RTS ORTS V Device dev ttyUSB2 w Use DTR QODTR V Use parallel port PTT PTT delays valid for all CAT PTT types ja o pi Start of transmit PTT delay lala 0 gt p PTT end of transmit delay Figure 6 71 Hardware PTT control Right Channel VOX Signal Fldigi can generate a 1000 Hz tone for the duration of the PTT keydown period A simple tone detector filter and transistor switch can be used to generate a PTT signal from this sound card output Jim W5ZIT has provided details on building an interface for this type of PTT control Serial Port using DTR or RTS The simplest rig control is just being able to control the push to talk via an external transistor switch You set this type of control on the first configuration tab for rig control
286. rs the contents of the log fields log set_call n s Sets the Call field contents log set_name n s Sets the Name field contents log set_qth n s Sets the QTH field contents log set_locator n s Sets the Locator field contents text get_rx_length i n Returns the number of characters in the RX widget text get_rx 6 ii Returns a range of characters start length from the RX text widget text clear_rx n n Clears the RX text widget text add_tx nis Adds a string to the TX text widget text add_tx_bytes n 6 Adds a byte string to the TX text widget text clear_tx n n Clears the TX text widget spot get_auto b n Returns the autospotter state spot set_auto n b Sets the autospotter state Returns the old state spot toggle_auto n b Toggles the autospotter state Returns the new state spot pskrep get_count i n Returns the number of callsigns spotted in the current session Deprecated methods Method Name Sig Resolution main get_sideband sin use main get_wf_sideband and or rig get_mode main set_sideband nis use main set_wf_sideband and or rig set_mode main rsid n n use main get set toggle _rsid main set_rig_name ns use rig set_name main set_rig_ frequency d d use rig set_frequency main set_rig_modes n A use rig set_modes main set_rig_mode nis use rig set_mode main get_rig_modes A n use rig get_modes main get_rig_mode s n use rig get_mode main set_rig_bandwidths nA use rig set_bandwidths main set_rig_ bandwidth nis use rig set_bandwidt
287. s Marked text modification can also be invoked by using the mouse right click after highlighting The macro reference in the pick list can be transfered to the current editing cursor location Highlight the desired macro reference and then press the double lt lt arrow key for each occurance of the reference to be put into the macro text You can change the label name but any more than 8 characters may exceed the width of the button for the default sized main dialog The lt TIMER NN gt and lt IDLE NN gt macro tags should have the NN replaced with the time interval in seconds lt TX gt lt IDLE 5 gt CQ CQ de lt MYCALL gt lt MYCALL gt k lt RX gt lt TIMER 20 gt e will enable the PTT cause 5 seconds of idle signal send the CQ CQ de W1HKJ W1HKJ k disable PTT and count down 20 seconds before repeating the macro after sending the text the count down timer button upper right hand corner of main dialog will display the current timer value in seconds Press this button to disable the timer the timer be disabled if the Escape key is pressed the T R is pressed and macro key is pressed or if a callsign is copied from the Rx text area to the callsign logbook entry the time will be disabled if any mouse activity occurs in the waterfall control The label associated with each macro key can be individually annotated with a symbol Here are the symbols that are recognized by the button label drawing routine Generated on Tue Apr
288. s will move from bottom to top opposite the direction of the waterfall This is the same signal mistuned Figure 5 6 DominoEX Mistuned and with the signal badly mistuned Figure 5 7 DominoEX Mistuned See DominoEX Configuration Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 4 Hellschreiber 5 4 1 Hellschreiber modem All Hellschreiber modes are based on character scanning reproducing characters in a similar way to a dot matrix printer This technique uses a digital transmission yet allows the received result to be interpreted by eye a similar concept to the reception of Morse by ear The character is scanned upwards then left to right There are typically 14 pixels transmitted dot elements per column although single pixels are never transmitted and up to seven columns per character including inter character space These remarkably simple modes are easy to use easy to tune and although not especially sensitive are entirely suited to HF VHF since they use no sync and the eye can discern the text even in high levels of noise fldigi can operate in the following Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 104 Modems 5 4 2 Hellschreiber modes Mode Symbol Rate Typing Speed Duty Cycle Bandwidth Feld Hell 122 5 baud 2 5 cps 25 wpm 22 350 Hz Slow Hell 14 baud 0 28 cps 2 8 22 40 Hz wpm Feld Hell X5 612 5 baud 12 5 cps
289. sc Web Autostart Call Lookup eQSL Web Browser lookup None QRZ online via default Internet Browser k a ST AE PERS T CA e E _JHamQTH via default Internet Browser Data base lookup lt JQRZcdrom at home dave cdrom QRZ com User name W1HKJ Hamcall net Password _JHamQTH com free service http www hamath com 7 Callook info lookup free service US callsigns only Resor eat Goce Figure 2 22 QRZ Fldigi will open a web browser to either QRZ com or Hamcall net with the contents of the QSO Call field used as a query string to the on line service You may find that your default browser needs to be triggered twice on the first such query That behavior seems to be associated with IE7 but not IE6 for example If you have a CD with the QRZ database installed you can use that CD or its stored contents on a hard drive Simply specify where the CALLBK directory can be found and enable the QRZ radio button If you are a paid subscriber to either QRZ or Hamcall xml database service then you can specify that fldigi use that service for all Callsign data base queries OK2CQR provides a very nice callsign lookup service on his hamqth com web site There is no subscriber fee to use this service Simply register and then use your registered user name and password for access You might want to provide monetary support to Petr if this service meets your needs
290. scribed by the capturing group s can be used in all of the above There is an example of this at the end of this page Not everyone is at ease in writing regular expressions for the notifier to act upon So a few canned searches are coded into the notifier and are selected from the event chooser at the upper left of the dialog 1 My Callsign de CALL Can be used to alert you when CALL calls you 2 Station heard twice Pretty much the same search that the PSK reporter client does 3 Custom text search This reveals an input field where you type your own RE Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 192 Operating Both 1 and 2 are special cases of 3 but with some extra processing available because in each case fldigi knows what it has just found The Filter pane is available for the first two event types only i e not the custom text search In this pane you can specify some properties that the spotted callsign must have for the actions to take place a The Callsign radio button reveals a text field when selected If you enter something in that field the event will be accepted only if the text matches the spotted callsign I may change this to a RE match b The DXCC entity radio button reveals a button that brings up a list of DXCC entities Select entities by clicking or dragging If you select any at all the spotted callsign s country will have to be one of those or the event will be
291. sed speed by using a smaller symbol block size 32 than Olivia 64 and by a using 6bit decimal character set rather than 7bit ASCII set that Olivia does Therefore it has a reduced character set and does not print out in both upper and lower case like RTTY Some traffic nets might not want to use this mode because it does not support upper and lower case characters and extended characters found in many documents and messages For normal digital chats and ham communications that does not pose any problem Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 2 CW 5 2 1 Carrier Frequency Fidigi generates CW by inserting a keyed tone at the current waterfall audio frequency The CW carrier frequency is the USB carrier the audio frequency or the LSB carrier the audio frequency If fldigi is tracking and receiving a CW signal on the waterfall your transmitted signal will be exactly on the frequency of the other operator You probably cannot use your transceivers CW filter unless that filter can be used with the SSB mode 5 2 2 QSK and the TAB KEY If you are operating QSK with a separate transmitter receiver you can very quickly stop your transmit signal with the TAB key In the CW mode only the TAB key causes the program to skip over the remaining text in the transmit text buffer The text that is skipped will be color coded blue The program remains in the transmit mode PTT enabled but since the buffer is now empty no A2 CW signal is generated
292. shiba laptop computer that runs Vista Win7 Win7 The main screen of FLDIGI comes up ok and it says that no call sign has been set and down in the bottom center right there is an error message about there not being the sound card that it thinks it should see understand the messages as the program needs to be configured The problem is that when click on Configuration the main screen grays out and it seems to go off into never never land and not comeback or put up the configuration window At that point the only thing that works on the main screen is the close button What am missing solved the mystery Cockpit error kind of tried installing MULTIPSK and got the no sound card error also Went into the Control Panel to see what was going on When looked at sound input it said there was NO microphone plugged in Then the light came on and remembered that you MUST have a microphone plugged in when using the Vista OS or it doesn t think there is a sound card in the computer Well this is my first encounter with Vista and how am suppose to know or remember that little quark on an OS I ve never used before Once plugged a mic into the sound card input both programs worked just fine Vista Win7 requires either a microphone or a line in device actually plugged into the 8 mm audio jack before the sound driver reports that there is an audio capture device 2 10 2 Installing fldigi programs on thumb drive Create a folder on
293. st of course select one of the two Wefax modems and then right click on the transmit blue window Then the transmit window just opens This is the same logic as sending MFSK images Then you must open an image file using the button Load The image is then displayed for example like that Send image Loads an image fie Supported types PNG JPEG BMP ue gt Load Close Figure 5 49 Transmitting Now to start the transmission you just need to click Tx B W for black and white images etc During transmission image reception is paused The window will display each image line as it is sent Please be patient this may take a while You might note that FIDigi status line displays the estimation transmit time and the current stage Start phasing etc Color transmission Tx Color is intentionally disabled at the moment Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 134 Modems T LPM 120 Tx B W Zoom 50 Effacer Fermer Figure 5 50 Sending 5 14 3 Receiving an image i fidigi FAECW Fichier Mode Op Configuration Vue Journal Aide RxID a TxiD TUNE Enter Xcvr Freq OA Dirreg QSO D butFin Indicatif a 0629 vse yl y een er FET 7 i ARES TSE NOW A Tae A a ie prey ER Le a a TEE SS Ol Sauvegarder _ Effacer Pause Non stop aes FIR Narrow LPM 120 78 _ x
294. t lt BYTE gt 29 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2600 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 30 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2700 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 31 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2800 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 32 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2900 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 33 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3000 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 34 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3100 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 35 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3200 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 36 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3300 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 37 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3400 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 38 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3500 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 39 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 3600 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 40 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt BANDWIDTHS gt If the bandwidth data stream is unique for send and receive data streams then they are specified separately with the lt BW CMD gt lt BW CMD gt tag pair for data sent to the transceiver and the lt BW REPLY gt lt BW REPLY gt tag pair for data returned to the computer Example FT 100 lt BW CMD gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 300 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 00 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT
295. t lt BYTE gt 14 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1100 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 15 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1200 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 16 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1300 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 17 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1400 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 18 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1500 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 19 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1600 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 20 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1700 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 21 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1800 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 22 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 1900 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 23 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2000 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 24 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2100 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 25 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2200 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 26 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2300 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 27 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2400 lt SYMBOL gt lt BYTE gt 28 lt BYTE gt lt ELEMENT gt Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 234 Developers lt ELEMENT gt lt SYMBOL gt 2500 lt SYMBOL g
296. t 2 Alt 3 or Alt 4 to immediately change to that macro set The label for CQ is CQ gt denoting that both lt TX gt and lt RX gt are present in the macro text The label for QSO is QSO gt gt denoting that only lt TX gt is present in the macro text The label for KN is KN O denoting that only lt RX gt is present in the macro text Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 92 Macros You could use any label that is symbolic to the function required Refer to the FLTK web site for a full list of label types If you modify the macros and do not save them Files Save Macros on the main window fldigi will prompt you to save the macros when you exit the program if you have the Exit Prompts option selected 4 1 6 Contest macro tags Refer to Contest How To Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 4 2 Inline Macros The following macro tags will be parsed and acted upon then they occur during the transmission of the macro Tag Description lt WPM NN gt CW words per minute lt POST nn n gt CW post delay lt PRE nn n gt CW pre delay lt RISE nn n gt lt RISE nn n gt CW rise decay time lt MODEM gt Change to specified modem with parameters lt GOHOME gt Move audio carrier to mode sweet spot frequency lt GOFREQ NNNN gt Move audio carrier to specific audio frequency lt IQSY FFF
297. t 830 Hz Mark at 1000 Hz Stop Bits set to 2 vice 1 5 Power 70 Watts Compare this to image D 5 10 2 RTTY demodulator Fldigi s demodulator uses a design based on theoretical work published by Kok Chen W7AY http www w7ay net site Technical ATC f mark Detected Space Figure 5 41 Demodulator The mark and space signals are converted to base band and then filtered in a low pass filter Each filter is a variant of Chen s enhanced Nyquist filter It is implemented using a Fast Overlap and Add Fourier Transform Each time the baud rate is selected the program must rebuild the digital RTTY filter The filter parameters are optimized for the baud rate The detector is an optimized Automatic Threshold Correcting ATC type described in Chen s paper To start decoding a signal simply left click on the signal and the AFC should lock on to the signal Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 11 Thor 127 The digiscope display will extinguish when the Rx signal level falls below the squelch setting It is possible to use fldigi to generate the keying waveform for use with an FSK type of transmitter See Pseudo FSK for adescription of how this can be accomplished See RTTY Configuration Page Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 11 Thor Thor is a new forward error correcting incremental frequency shift keyed communications mode It was developed specifically to meet th
298. t box enters the default alert text for the event you have selected There are a few variables that are substituted when the window is displayed For all three event types MODEM modem name DF_HZ dial frequency RF_HZ actual receive frequency RF_KHZ AF_HZ modem audio frequency For the 1st event type my call CALLSIGN TEXT all matched text For the 2nd event type station CALLSIGN TEXT COUNTRY For the 3rd event type custom you re on your own here but fldigi will helpfully list all the possible substrings found in your RE The whole text is passed through strftime 3 so you can customize the date Here s a reference for the characters http www opengroup org onlinepubs 007908799 xsh strftime html b The Append to TX text box self explanatory The same variable substitutions apply as well as macro expan sion The nearby button shows the macro editor The appended rx text is clickable Clicking it will move the waterfall frequency and transceiver if under CAT to the detected signal and change to the indicated mode Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 11 Notifier 193 lt lt 2009 07 181T29 212 BPSK 31 3580000 1589 gt gt I Figure 6 60 Notifier RX Text c The Run program field and browse button are only available on Unix systems Field contents are passed to the shell bin sh c as with system 3 No variable or backref substitutio
299. t pskrep cxx 408 Added call AA1ME loc mode PSK31 freq 14072166 time 1293827305 type 1 D 14 28 25 spot pskrep cxx 374 Spotted AAIME in buffer W de AAIME pse kn DRW de AAIME D 14 28 42 spot pskrep cxx Spotted KESAAO MM in buffer CQ cg CQ de KESAAO MM KESAAO V 14 28 42 spot pskrep cxx 408 Added call KESAAO MM loc mode PSK31 freq 14071066 time 1293827322 type 1 Figure 2 52 Event Log Figure 2 53 Event Log Menu Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 44 Configuration There are six levels of event logging with increasing depth of reports errr a Quiet b Error c Warning info d Info e Verbose f Debug Figure 2 54 Event Logging Levels The default level for logging events is warning The event log show above was captured during a period of psk reporting Fldigi was set up to monitor and report all detected signals that satisfied the requirements of the psk reporter web site The spotted signals were then automatically sent to the web site A complete report of the recorded events was obtained by a right click in the text pane Select all and Save as was chosen At the Debug level you will probably see more events than you need You can select which events to suppress using the Log sources menu button It defaults to all enabled Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 22 Contestia Configuration
300. t will appear similar to this lt lt 2008 12 30T10 06Z BPSK 31 3580000 0781 gt gt The date time the mode the transceiver operating frequency and the audio offset will be recorded The text line is in blue and behaves in a way that you might expect a url reference to behave in a web browser window Work a few more contacts even on a different band or frequency and then scroll the Rx pane to that special divider Left click on the line of text and fldigi will restore the transceiver to its frequency change the mode to the saved mode and put Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 148 Operating the waterfall cursor at the audio offset frequency Changing the transceiver frequency will only work if you are using CAT control of your transceiver If you are not using CAT control the mode and waterfall cursor will still be restored There is no limit to the number of divider lines that can be inserted into the Rx pane They will all be removed when the Rx pane is cleared 6 1 4 Saving the entire session Select the menu item File Logs Log all RX TX text If this toggle menu is checked your entire session of received and sent text will be saved to a file in the fldigi default files folder It will be given a name synonymous with the date and time is is started ie fldigi20081230 log You can review this log by selecting the menu item File Show config which will open your OS default file explorer to t
301. taure d fauts Sauvegarde Figure 6 79 Synop configuration in RTTY tab By default there is not SYNOP decoding of RTTY reception so its behavior does not change However it receives three new parameters related to Synop decoding SYNOP reports can be saved to the current ADIF log file They are visible in the journal of QSOs with the content of the report the timestamp and the Maidenhead locator equivalent to the geographical coordinates of the emitter of the report SYNOP weather reports can also be plotted on KML files They can then be visualized in KML viewers such as Google Earth If SYNOP reports are saved either to ADIF or KML files fldigi attempts to detect and decode RTTY messages When these messages are detected they are displayed in the reception window An extra parameter allows to replace the coded Synop message giving clarity at the risk of loosing information or mix the decoded reports with the original group of digits Interleaving of SYNOP and text Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 214 Operating 6 18 3 Reception window When SYNOP messages are detected they are displayed in the reception window in red characters depicted here in italic Here are some examples Interleaved text and SYNOP reports 13661 16123 99276 70216 46 WMO Station 13661 WMO station WMO_13661 UTC observation time 2013 02 16 12 00 OLLLL token Present Longitude 21
302. te the ambiguity It is therefore important to specify correctly your Maidenhead locator e Bo The subject indicator used by the receiver to identify the message class such as ice reports or meteo rological messages e Bg B4 A serial number between 00 and 99 5 7 5 Configuration Fildigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CW Dom Feld MT 63 Olivia Cont PSK RTTY Thor Navtex Wefax _JLog Navtex messages to Adif file _JLog Navtex messages to KML Resor ets Figure 5 21 Navtex Configuration As for any modem there is a specific configuration tab for Navtex which allows To specify whether messages should be stored in the current Adif log file To choose the Text file containing stations definitions Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 114 Modems 5 7 6 ADIF journal file i Logbook Meteo adif On Date Heure Off Date Heure Indicatif Nom 20120622 5 osox 20120622 5 J 0so1 j Eav valencia Cabo de la Nao Fr g Mode In Out Tx Power QSL recu QSL env 1400 000000 fror Il I 15 Qth St Pr Pays Loc Spain l Spain mo9ac County IOTA coz TIUZ CONT DXCC Ml Notes TC NOV WZ 1196 SELF CANCELLING CANCEL WZ 1192 GA92 MA33 WALKER LIGHTBUOY NORMAL CONDITIONS RESTORED Ser out Exchange Out Ser in Exchange In Call Searc
303. ted files as you use the program or you may post files in those folders for use by fldigi Images to be sent with the MFSK pic mode should be placed in images Your logbook database will appear in logs If you are running on Linux then you can use various scripts to enhance the macro language that fldigi supports The temp directory holds files that are transitory and you can safely delete those files between sessions The 5 files that appear initially are fldigi prefs contains variables that describe the status of fldigi when last used This is an ASCII text file that you can safely read You should not edit or change this file fldigiYY YYMMDD log this is an historical log of all the received and transmitted text during the day for which the log refers fldigi_def xml contains variables that relate to all of fldigi s configurable items This is an ASCII text file that conforms with the XML specification You can safely read this file but should not edit or change it frequencies2 txt an ASCII text file that contains the default and or modified entries for fldigi s rig control process status_log txt a log of events for the most current fldigi execution This file will contain information relative to any errors that my occur and is important for debugging purposes The macros folder contains a single file macros mdf This is an ASCII text file that contains the default macro definitions After
304. tered at this frequency So let s say that just started copying a rare dx at 1758 Hz and wanted to put the signal at the sweet spot so could easily narrow the receiver bandwidth Click on the signal on the waterfall Let the AFC capture and then press the QSY button The tranceiver frequency will be shifted and the fldigi audio tracking point shifted in unison such that the signal is now at the receivers sweet spot Very fast and very convenient If you do not have hamlib enabled for your transceiver this button will be dimmed and not activated The M gt button allows you to store recall and manage mode frequency pairs If you want to save the current mode and frequency simply left click the button A right click will enable a popup menu from which you can select a previously stored set You can quickly move between modes and audio sub carrier using this technique A shift left click will clear the memory When the popup menu is visible you left click on an entry to select it You can shift left click on an entry to delete that single entry The T R button should be self explanatory It s your transmit receive button Action is immediate so if you were transmiting some text and hit the button the PTT is disabled the transmit text area cleared and the program returned to receive mode The T R button is a lighted button that shows when transmitting All other lighted buttons show YELLOW when they are in the active state The Lck button
305. test your skills in frequency measurement You should be able to make a submission to the FMT using this technique Make corrections to the FMT transmission based upon your WWV measurement You may have to adjust for other local oscillator effects as well If you have some good ways to measure and correct for these Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 162 Operating would be glad to share them with the other fldigi users Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 7 Keyboard Operation The transmit buffer for fldigi is type ahead which means that you can be typing text while the program is sending an earlier part of your transmitted message Newly entered text appears in black and text which has been transmitted is changed to red You can backspace into the red area When you do and the modem in use supports the BS character it will be sent to the receiving station If you monitor PSK and MFSK signals you will often find operators backspacing over previously sent text It s probably just as easy to just send XXX and retype that part of the message but we have gotten used to word processors email etc that allow us to send perfect right text so we expect our digital modems to do the same Let s see what was that prosign often used in CW for oooops All of the alpha numeric keys perform as you would expect entering text into the transmit buffer There is one very important exception The c
306. the casual tuning mode by pressing Ctrl Right click on the waterfall Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 196 Operating The next control is your transceive audio frequency In the display above you can see that the audio signal is 1500 Hz The red cursor is centered beneath 14071 500 Mhz The transceiver was set to 14070 Mhz The arrow key pairs move up down in cycles and tens of cycles You can fine tune the receive point using this control The next two controls to the right of the audio frequency control are for the receive signal processing The one that reads 10 is the max signal level for the waterfall spectrum display The one that reads 51 is for the range over which that control will display signals Both of these are in dB The default of 10 40 is a good starting point but you need to adjust these for band conditions You can see the impact of these controls most easily by putting the main display area in the spectrum mode Changes in these controls will effect the waterfall instantly and for all past history displayed on the waterfall You do not have to wait for new signal data to observe the affect The QSY button is very specific to rigs interfaced with either hamlib or the memory mapped i o Each rig has a sweet spot associated with its bandwidth controller For the Argonaut V this is 1100 Hz For the the Kachina it is 1000 Hz As the transceivers bandwidth is changed the changes occur cen
307. the flmsg icon and right click on it Select Show Package Contents Double click Contents Double click on MacOS You will be viewing an icon labeled flmsg Drag and drop the icon on to the flmsg entry box and the the value will be correctly entered Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 62 Configuration 2 27 6 DTMF decoding Figure 2 81 Misc DTMF Decoding Fldigi can encode and decode DTMF tone sequences Enable this check box to display the decoded tone sequence in the Rx panel DTMF encoding is accomplished by a MACRO tag 2 27 7 WX rss xml queries Operator ul Waterfall modems Rig Audio 10 misc web HEME CPu NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text o DTMF wx Figure 2 82 Misc WX Fldigi provides an automated query of a specified RSS XML feed to obtain and format weather data The report is added to the transmit text stream using the appropriate MACRO tag The report for the above configuration is Huntsville Madison County Executive Airport AL United States KMDQ 34 51 41N 086 33 26W Cond overcast Wind 210 at 12 mph 19 kph Temp 62 F 17 C Baro 30 04 in Hg 1017 mbar The full report option creates this report Huntsville Madison County Executive Airport AL United States KMDQ 34 51 41N 086 33 26W Feb 29 2012 07 15 AM EST 2012 02 29 1215 UTC Wind from the SSW 210 degrees at 12 MPH 10 KT gusting to 17 MPH 15 KT 0 Generate
308. tion WEFAX 6 9 1 2 15 NAVTEX SITOR e Navtex SitorB Additional information NAVTEX and SITOR B 6 9 1 2 16 SSB WWV and Freq Anal WEFAX 10C576 WEFAX 10C288 Figure 6 45 WEFAX NAVTEX SITORB Figure 6 46 NAVTEX SITOR e SSB fldigi does not transmit but can be used for rig control signal frequency analysis and logging e WWV special receive only modem used for calibrating sound card Freq Anal used for carrier detection and frequency measurement Additional information Frequency Analyzer Digiscope Display WWV mode Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 184 Operating 6 9 1 3 Configure Figure 6 47 Configure See Configuration Page 6 9 1 4 View se o ANO eo y Figure 6 48 View Figure 6 49 View Controls Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 185 Docked scope C Minimal controls Figure 6 50 View Waterfall e View Hide Channels Opens Closes muli signal viewer shares space with Rx Tx panels Floating Scope Opens up a resizable moveable scope display MFSK Image Opens the MFSK picture image if being received Weather Fax Image Opens WEFAX send receive dialog e Signal browser open the psk rtty viewer dialog to display up to 30 simultaneously decoded psk signals Dialog viewer contains shared data control with the View Hide Channel v
309. tion in the audio stages ahead of the modulator Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 10 RTTY 123 The green area is 400 Hz wide Figure 5 34 Image A Transceiver operated in FSK mode Power 100 W Figure 5 35 Image B Transceiver in USB fldigi AFSK audio drive Space at 2125 Mark at 2295 Hz Power 100 Watts ALC just extinguished Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 124 Modems Figure 5 36 Image C Transceiver in USB fldigi AFSK audio drive Space at 2125 Mark at 2295 Hz Power reduced to 80 Watts 1 dB Figure 5 37 Image D 2 K span Transceiver in USB fldigi AFSK audio drive Space at 2125 Mark at 2295 Hz Power reduced to 70 Watts 1 5 dB Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 5 10 RTTY 125 Figure 5 38 Image F 10 K span Transceiver in USB fldigi AFSK audio drive Space at 830 Hz Mark at 1000 Hz Power 70 Watts The LSB leakage is clearly seen at approximately 55 dB Figure 5 39 Image G 5 K span Transceiver in USB fldigi AFSK audio drive Space at 830 Hz Mark at 1000 Hz Power 70 Watts The LSB leakage is clearly seen at approximately 55 dB Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 126 Modems 21 065 00 Figure 5 40 Image H 2 K span Transceiver in USB fldigi AFSK audio drive Space a
310. tion name and other characteristics from a file containing well known station data NAVTEX_Stations csv It is possible to edit this text file or to choose another one 5 7 8 XML RPC functions Two XML RPC functions are create navtex get_message Returns next Navtex SitorB message with a max delay in seconds passed as an integer parameter Empty string if timeout navtex send_message Send a Navtex SitorB message passed as a string Returns an empty string if OK otherwise an error message Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 5 8 Olivia fldigi can operate on the following Olivia modes without special setup by the operator Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 116 Modems Mode Symbol Rate Typing Speed Bandwidth Olivia 8 250 31 25 baud 1 46 cps 14 6 wpm 250 Hz Olivia 8 500 62 5 baud 2 92 cps 29 2 wom 500 Hz Olivia 16 500 31 25 baud 1 95 cps 19 5 wpm 500 Hz Olivia 32 1000 31 25 baud 2 44 cps 24 4 wom 1000 Hz Unusual combinations of symbol rate and bandwidth can be selected using the Olivia configuration tab These are unconnected simplex chat modes with full time Forward Error Correction Olivia is a very robust mode with low error rates but the penalty can be an annoyingly slow transfer of information If you are a one finger typist then Olivia is your cup of tea The tones are spaced the same as the baud rate for example
311. to achieve consistent rigcat control Press the Initialize button after setting all of the parameters If the settings are all correct fldigi should start receiving frequency information from the rig and annunciating them on the rig control frequency display 6 15 3 Hamlib CAT control Hamlib is a set of standard libraries for interfacing to a large number of transceivers The hamlib library system consists of a front end which acts on behalf of all rigs and backends which are specific to each rig Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Hardware PTT RigCAT Hamlib XML RPC SE peee y Retri Retry Int aS o po Baud ate 6001S Write delay ms Post write delay ms Stopbits a2 D o 5 e Sideband PTT via Hamlib command Rig mode JDTR 12 RTS 12 RTS CTS flow control C IXON XOFF flow control Advanced configuration Figure 6 73 Hamlib CAT Control Select your transceiver from the list of supported units Then select the serial port and baud rate If you are familiar with the hamlib library you can send various startup sequences to the rig using the advanced configuration PTT control can be achieved using CAT commands or via DTR RTS on the same port as the control comms You might also need to specifiy whether RTS CTS flow control is uses Kenwood rigs use this quite often or if Xon Xoff flow control is used You may need
312. to drive the indicator into the yellow and never into the red zone Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 2 14 PSKmail Configuration Fldigi can act as both a server and a client for PskMail a separate application from fldigi The PSKmail specific configuration parameters are all located on the Misc Pskmail tab of the configuration dialog Instructions on setting these parameters are a part of the pskmail installation Operator Ut Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 10 Misc web CPU NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text o DIME Wx Figure 2 34 PSK Mail Configuration Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 15 User Interface Configuration Browser 31 2 15 User Interface Configuration Browser 600 Fidigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio 1D Misc Web Autostart Browser Contest General Logging Macros WF Ctris Colors Fonts aq _ Channeis first channel starts at waterfall lower limit 15 3 inactivity timeout rra ome Continuous scrolling v Lowest freq on bottom of viewer V Play back history when active channel selected Detection Level Browser Line Colors a RMC Figure 2 35 Ul Browser Configuration e090 Signal Browser 14072 5 ftetnctI watched it and hoped Army would do something but th 14072 04 to you anr co
313. to try various values of retries retry interval and command interval to achieve consistent hamlib control Press the Initialize button after setting all of the parameters If the settings are all correct fldigi should start receiving frequency information from the rig and annunciating them on the rig control frequency display Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 206 Operating 6 15 4 Xml Rpc CAT Fidigi configuration Figure 6 74 Xml Rpc CAT Control Xml Rpc allows third party software to control various aspects of fldigi operation including but not limited to rig control This is the data interface that is also used by the program flrig a fldigi companion transceiver control program If you are using a third party interface such as DxKeeper Bridge you might be instructed to select this method of CAT Return to Top of Page Return to Main Page 6 16 RST and RSQ Reporting 6 16 1 RST Is the traditional Readability Strength Tone reporting system used for CW operations for nearly as long as amateurs have enjoyed the airwaves 6 16 1 1 READABILITY 1 Unreadable Barely readable occasional words distinguishable Readable with considerable difficulty Readable with practically no difficulty a A OO ND Perfectly readable that is 100 print in todays jargon Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 16 RST and RSQ Reporting 207
314. tomatic mode this allows to skip detection steps This is often necessary when the signal is not very good When receiving an image either in manual or automatic mode APT control other controls are displayed Line The number of the line currently received Width The image width in pixels This is usually 1809 if LPM is 120 LPM Lines per minute Typically 120 can be 60 90 120 or 240 This is detected in automatic mode but can be manually adjusted Slant This is used to adjust the slant of the image due to a clock inaccuracy This value is saved in the configuration file so it is not needed to reenter it each time Center This is used to manually adjust the horizontal center of the image if it could not be detected in the phasing step Auto When this button is set the image will be automatically centered This process starts after some hundredth of lines are received by shifting left and right the image It takes some time to converge Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 136 Modems i fidigi FAECW E is Fichier ModeOp Configuration Vue Journal Aide RxID a TxID TUNE Enter Xcvr Freq MO Freq QSO D butFin _ Indicatif Nom Out Notes ETD lt gt os3s usg ls y 3 joTH st Pri Pays Loc az JONT OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGY amp OCEANOGRAPHY CENTRE NOR FIWOOD fu K ji ae UN NE N a ie a Effacer Pause
315. udio You will need to have libportaudio2 installed on your system before fldigi can be executed Most current distributions either have a deb or rpm distribution file for libportaudio2 If you must compile from source you can find it at http www portaudio com Follow the instructions in the source code top directory to compile link and install the library 7 2 2 Installing fldigi The static executables are tested on as many distributions as possible to insure that they work out of the box but there are always a few Linux distributions that may have a missing link or library The precompiled binaries have been tested and work correctly on all of the Debian and Ubuntu Kubuntu distributions They have also been tested and confirmed to work on Suse 10 1 and Mandriva 2007 Download the tarball for the binary version and unpack to a directory on your HD such as HOME bin or some other convenient directory of your choosing The least common denominator for unpacking a tarball is to download the file and save it to a convenient directory such as HOME downloads Then open up a terminal window Assuming you will be installing the executable to HOME bin do the following and that you have downloaded the tarball to HOME downloads cd cd bin tar xzf downloads fldigi D dd npa bin tgz where D dd is the current version number as in 3 10 You can create a link to the fldigi executable on your desktop using the fldigi png icon located at http ww
316. uent in FFT analysis and the creation of digital filters printed the relevant pdf files and then purchased the hard bound copy Improvements to the original gmfsk signal processing algorithms can all be attributed to this excellent source And last but certainly not least must thank the crew who perform alpha testing and on line support of the applica tion These are stalwart amateurs who risk their operating system and radio equipment in testing testing and more testing Their only reward is in being able to influence the design of the application and the fun of seeing it work and the bugs disappear Thank you to Call Name Call Name Call Name Call Name 4Z5ST Boris K3GAU David KU1T Zibi VA3DB Dianne AAOHW Chuck K4XTT Victor KV9U Rick VE3IXI Dave AC7JN Dave K6KAR Kirk NONB Nate VK2TMG Brett CT1DRB David K7BRK Chris N2AMG Rick VK4BDJ David CX7BF Walter K4RE Brian N4UM Tim W3NR Ed DF4OR Ekki K9AO Rick N4ZNV Mike W4ROS Ross DK1JBE Tom KB3FN Lynn N6WFL Jason W6JVE Jim DL6XAZ Fred KDOAR Mike N8FQ Joe WA8VPZ Marshal DL8FCL Walter KD40 Phil NN8B Don WA4SXZ Rich GOUZP Paul KD8DKT Mike NT1G Skip WB8ROL Gary G3TDJ Andy KE3Y Travis OZ4KK Erik WD4FDW Steve G6CKR Roger KH6TY Skip PAOR Rein WD4FNY Bill G8SQH David KL7NA Rob PA3GWH Richard WUY9Q Bob and many others whose names are not listed please accept my apology The test team is representative of users on Windows Linux Free BSD and OS X
317. ur central processor unit If it determines that the cpu is below a critical speed it tries to compensate by modifying some of its timing and algorithms If you are using a slow cpu the Slow cpu check box will be enabled You can also manually check this box if you find that fldigi is not performing well on some of the more esoteric modes such as PSK250 MFSK32 etc 2 27 4 Text i o Operator ul Waterfall Modems Rig Audio D misc Web i CPU NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text i o DTMF WX Capture rx text to external file Figure 2 79 Misc Text I O Fldigi can perform automatic capture of the Rx text stream The simplest is to simply capture all incoming text to a file Select this from the lower of the two frames The Rx file is named textout txt and is written to the directory as shown above The file can be used to review an execution session or it can be accessed by an external program For example it could be parsed to provide a text to speech conversion Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 2 27 Miscellaneous Configuration 61 2 27 5 NBEMS flmsg flwrap interface 600 Eldigi configuration Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart CPU NBEMS Pskmail Spotting Sweet Spot Text i o DTMF WX KML NBEMS data file interface Open message folder Reception of fimsg files Open with fimsg v
318. urFy Pse ld f 14071 99 eeteeee 14071 83 14071 70 HE4 14071 39 west of Marysville Washington Kelly my station Radio 14071 26 u 14071 14 E 40 AN ah 0 7 a F Figure 2 36 Browser Panel Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 32 Configuration Fldigi can display multiple decoded signals in both PSK and RTTY modes The multi channel display is either a separate dialog or an embedded resizable panel 1 select the number of 100 Hz channels you want visible 2 select the start frequency for the browser your transceiver may not rx signals below this value 3 select the inactivity timeout for the browser After this number of seconds the channel will be cleared and prepared for the next detection cycle 4 select what kind of label annotation you want on each line 5 select the font and font size to be used in the browser 6 You can enter any text you want to search for in the Seek Regular Expression widget This text can be a simple text snippet such as CQ or any regular expression When the regex is satisfied in a channel the text color for that channel is changed to red With a regex you can specify a more generic pattern which means that you can match more things and your search is somewhat noise tolerant Here is an example for a CQ from a US station should match most callsigns gt cq aknw a z 0 9 a pr z a z 1 2 This says cq followed by at least on
319. ut FIFO 8192 byte buffer for the FFT data 512 byte audio blocks move through the buffer with each successive read of the sound card The full buffer of 8192 samples is used to compute the FFT That means that data in the FFT can have a latency of 8 scans This provides excellent frequency resolution but poor time resolution the vertical waterfall appearance The latency control allows you to select the number of 512 byte blocks that are used for the FFT The default latency is set to 4 You should be able to achieve a reasonable compromise between the time and frequency domain resolutions FFT averaging can be used to smooth the waterfall display in the frequency domain The FFT Prefilter or window function is used to reduce aliasing in the FFT computation The default prefilter for the Fast Fourier Transform associated with the waterfall is Blackman You can try the other windowing filter Under some conditions you might prefer one of those The Blackman window has proven best for my setup Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 42 Configuration 2 20 2 Waterfall Mouse Behavior Operator UI Waterfall Modems Rig Audio ID Misc Web Autostart Display FFT Processing Mouse x Left or right click always replays audio history _JDragging on the waterfall scale changes frequency _ Insert text on single left click Modem carrier Wheel action Figure 2 51 U
320. wide signal format e 16 500 16 tone 500 Hz wide signal format 32 1000 32 tone 1000 Hz wide signal format Custom tones and bandwidth configurable on Olivia tab Additional information Olivia Olivia Configuration 6 9 1 2 11 RTTY Figure 6 42 RTTY e RTTY 45 45 Baud Baudot 170 Hz shift used primarily in U S RTTY 50 50 Baud Baudot 170 Hz shift used primarily in Europe e RTTY 75N 75 Baud Baudot 170 Hz shift Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 182 Operating RTTY 75W 75 Baud Baudot 800 Hz shift Custom Baud Rate Baudot ASCII Shift etc configurable on RTTY tab Additional information RTTY RTTY FSK Configuration 6 9 1 2 12 THOR THOR 4 THOR 5 THOR 8 THOR 11 THOR 16 THOR 25 x4 THOR 50 x1 THOR 50 x2 THOR 100 Figure 6 43 THOR Thor 4 e Thor 5 Thor 8 e Thor 16 e Thor 22 Thor 25 x 4 4 x tone spacing 2 second interleave Thor 50 x 1 1 second interleave e Thor 50 x 2 2 x tone spacing 1 second interleave Thor 100 0 5 second interleave Additional information Thor Thor Configuration 6 9 1 2 13 THROB Figure 6 44 throb Throb1 Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen 6 9 Menus 183 Throb2 Throb4 e ThrobX 1 ThrobX 2 ThrobX 4 Additional information Throb 6 9 1 2 14 WEFAX e WEFAX 10C576 e WEFAX 10C288 Additional informa
321. y Doxygen 2 21 Working Logs 43 Rx Tx Capture File Everytime you start or stop fldigi that event is recorded in a daily log file The daily log is named as flidigY YY YMMDD log where YYYYMMDD is the current GMT date This log will also contain your entire session of Rx and Tx data annotated as to activity and time stamped Here is a small example of the daily log Logging started at Tue Dec 30 11 37 21 2008 UTC RX 2008 12 30 11 37Z o ur property No pwr even for a day is rough TX 2008 12 30 11 392Z TX 2008 12 30 11 39Z CQ CQ CQ de W1HKJ W1HKJ W1HKJ TX 2008 12 30 11 40Z CQ CQ CQ de W1HKJ W1HKJ W1HKJ pse k RX 2008 12 30 11 40Z mG sk Logging stopped at Tue Dec 30 11 48 11 2008 UTC This log is appended to with each start and stop That means that no data is ever overwritten Status log A log of errors warnings and status reports is written for each session This file is overwritten each time the program is opened and subsequently closed Its format is also ASCII text and will contain data such as Q main fldigi 3 04BV log started on Tue Dec 30 05 47 10 2008 W dxcc_open Could not read contest country file home dave fldigi cty dat This data is identical to that which can be viewed with the event log dialog which is opened using the menu item Help Event log Event log D 114 28 25 spot pskrep cxx Spotted AAIME n butter RW de AAIME pse kn DRW de AAIME V 14 28 25 spo
322. y character except for the lower 128 characters ASCII of the ANSI data set This might be true for English to English communications in which you do not want to have decoded noise appear as UTF 8 character renditions e You want to communicate using non English characters but the correspondent s program does not support UTF 8 In such a case you should find out what encoding the correspondent is using and change your setting accordingly e You expect to exchange a lot of traffic that mostly consists of non English characters communication in Cyrillic script being a notable example UTF 8 encodes each non English character into a symbol two to four bytes long Such characters require more time to transmit and thus reduce the effective transmission speed Choosing another encoding that requires less bytes to be sent might be beneficial if the transmission speed is crucial For example a pair of operators wanting to communicate in Cyrillic script might want to choose CP1251 to retain the maximum transmission speed Warning transmission of non English characters regardless of the encoding used requires that the digital mode used be capable of handling 8 bit traffic The following modes suit this requirement DominoEX e MFSK MT63 8 bit extended characters must be enabled e Olivia 8 bit extended characters must be enabled e PSK all variants e THOR Generated on Tue Apr 29 2014 15 10 39 for FLDIGI Users Manual by Doxygen

FLDIGI Users Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents